Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended December 31, 2016

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission file number: 1-14260

The GEO Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Florida   65-0043078

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

One Park Place, Suite 700,

621 Northwest 53rd Street

Boca Raton, Florida

  33487-8242
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (561) 893-0101

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-Accelerated filer   ☐  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the 74,519,466 voting and non-voting shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2016 (based on the last reported sales price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date, the last business day of the registrant’s quarter ended June 30, 2016 of $34.18 per share) was approximately $2.1 billion.

As of February 22, 2017, the registrant had 75,074,845 shares of common stock outstanding.

Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for its 2017 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the year covered by this report, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
PART I  
Item 1.  

Business

     3  
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     26  
Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     48  
Item 2.  

Properties

     48  
Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     48  
Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     48  
PART II  
Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     49  
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     52  
Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     52  
Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     86  
Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     87  
Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     167  
Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

     167  
Item 9B.  

Other Information

     167  
PART III  
Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     168  
Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     168  
Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     168  
Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     168  
Item 14.  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     169  
PART IV  
Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     169  
 

Signatures

     175  

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

As used in this report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “GEO” and the “Company” refer to The GEO Group, Inc., its consolidated subsidiaries and its unconsolidated affiliates, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

General

We are a fully-integrated real estate investment trust (“REIT”) specializing in the ownership, leasing and management of correctional, detention and reentry facilities and the provision of community-based services and youth services in the United States, Australia, South Africa and the United Kingdom. We own, lease and operate a broad range of correctional and detention facilities including maximum, medium and minimum security prisons, immigration detention centers, minimum security detention centers, as well as community based reentry facilities. We develop new facilities based on contract awards, using our project development expertise and experience to design, construct and finance what we believe are state-of-the-art facilities that maximize security and efficiency. We provide innovative compliance technologies, industry-leading monitoring services, and evidence-based supervision and treatment programs for community-based parolees, probationers and pretrial defendants. We also provide secure transportation services for offender and detainee populations as contracted domestically and in the United Kingdom through our joint venture GEO Amey PECS Ltd. (“GEOAmey”). As of December 31, 2016, our worldwide operations included the management and/or ownership of approximately 87,000 beds at 104 correctional, detention and community based facilities, including idle facilities and projects under development, and also include the provision of community supervision services for more than 174,000 offenders and pretrial defendants, including approximately 95,000 individuals through an array of technology products including radio frequency, GPS, and alcohol monitoring devices.

We provide a diversified scope of services on behalf of our government clients:

 

   

our correctional and detention management services involve the provision of security, administrative, rehabilitation, education, and food services, primarily at adult male correctional and detention facilities;

 

   

our community-based services involve supervision of adult parolees and probationers and the provision of temporary housing, programming, employment assistance and other services with the intention of the successful reintegration of residents into the community;

 

   

our youth services include residential, detention and shelter care and community-based services along with rehabilitative and educational programs;

 

   

we provide comprehensive electronic monitoring and supervision services;

 

   

we develop new facilities, using our project development experience to design, construct and finance what we believe are state-of-the-art facilities that maximize security and efficiency;

 

   

we provide secure transportation services for offender and detainee populations as contracted; and

 

   

our services are provided at facilities which we either own, lease or are owned by our customers.

We began operating as a REIT for federal income tax purposes effective January 1, 2013. As a result of the REIT conversion, we reorganized our operations and moved non-real estate components into taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRS”). We are a Florida corporation and our predecessor corporation prior to the REIT conversion was originally organized in 1984.

Business Segments

We conduct our business through four reportable business segments: our U.S. Corrections & Detention segment; our GEO Care segment; our International Services segment and our Facility Construction & Design

 

3


Table of Contents

segment. We have identified these four reportable segments to reflect our current view that we operate four distinct business lines, each of which constitutes a material part of our overall business. Our U.S. Corrections & Detention segment primarily encompasses our U.S.-based privatized corrections and detention business. Our GEO Care segment, which conducts its services in the U.S., consists of our community based services business, our youth services business and our electronic monitoring and supervision service. Our International Services segment primarily consists of our privatized corrections and detention operations in Australia, South Africa, and the United Kingdom. Our Facility Construction & Design segment primarily contracts with various states, local and federal agencies, as well as international agencies, for the design and construction of facilities for which we generally have been, or expect to be, awarded management contracts. Financial information about these segments for years 2016, 2015 and 2014 is contained in Note 15 — Business Segments and Geographic Information included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Developments

Developments Relating to Bureau of Prisons’ Use of Private Facilities

On August 18, 2016, the U.S. Deputy Attorney General of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) issued a memorandum directed to the Bureau of Prisons (“BOP”) which stated that the BOP should either decline to renew or substantially reduce the scope of contract renewals in a manner consistent with law and the overall decline of the BOP’s inmate population. The DOJ in its memo to the BOP argued that private facilities do not provide the same level of correctional services, programs and resources, do not substantially save costs, or have the same level of safety and security compared to BOP facilities. These arguments were purportedly based on a report that was published by the DOJ’s Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) just a few days before the DOJ memorandum was issued.

We believe that the report issued by the OIG does not support such arguments for a variety of reasons. First, we believe the methodology used by the OIG in its comparative analysis was flawed since the analysis was of privately operated facilities and BOP facilities that were dissimilar in number and demographics (14 private facilities with approximately 28,000 beds and an inmate population made up of 96% non-U.S. citizens compared to 14 BOP facilities with approximately 22,600 inmates of which only 12% were non-U.S. citizens).

In its report, the OIG acknowledged that “inmates from different countries or who are incarcerated in various geographical regions may have different cultures, behaviors, and communication methods” and that “incidents in any prison are usually a result of conflict of cultures, misinterpreting behaviors, or failing to communicate well.” The OIG report went on to say that “without the BOP conducting an in-depth study into the influence of such demographic factors on prison incidents, it would not be possible to determine their impact.” In its response to the OIG report, the BOP itself stated, “we continue to caution against drawing comparisons of contract prisons to BOP operated facilities as the different nature of the inmate populations and programs offered in each facility limit such comparisons.”

Second, the OIG failed to use nationally recognized performance ratings for its comparative analysis such as the BOP’s Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting (“CPAR”) System ratings which are generally used in an annual assessment conducted by on-site monitors; the standards used by the American Correctional Association (“ACA”) for accrediting prisons, jails and community reentry facilities; or the standards used by The Joint Commission (“TJC”) for accrediting the healthcare operations at correctional facilities. A review of these nationally recognized performance ratings would have revealed that GEO’s BOP facilities have received exemplary CPAR ratings, have achieved current ACA accreditation scores ranging from 99.28% to 100.0%, and are accredited by TJC. Instead, the OIG developed its own categories of security indicators without indicating why these standards were more relevant or significant than the standards referenced above that we believe are more established.

Despite these shortcomings, we believe that the OIG report actually shows that privately managed facilities were comparably as safe and secure as BOP facilities and in many important respects are safer. Specifically,

 

4


Table of Contents

privately operated facilities had one-third the rate of deaths as the BOP prisons as well as fewer suicides. Private facilities also had significantly lower rates of inmate-on-inmate and staff-on-inmate incidents of sexual misconduct. Additionally, private facilities had significantly lower rates of positive inmate drug tests and fewer drug confiscations. Similarly, private facilities had fewer inmate fights, fewer disruptive behavior incidents, fewer uses of force, and fewer overall inmate grievances.

Despite these findings, the OIG report chose to deemphasize them and instead focused on other safety indicators such as only selected grievance categories where BOP prisons performed better than private facilities. In other areas, we believe the OIG arguably misinterpreted the data. For instance, the OIG concluded that higher rates of contraband confiscations in private facilities should be viewed negatively even though higher confiscation rates we believe are the result of more proactive and effective contraband detection processes in private facilities compared to BOP facilities. Similarly, the OIG report found that private facilities experienced higher rates of guilty findings related to inmate disciplinary proceedings, which was portrayed negatively even though a higher rate of guilty findings we believe is the result of better documentation of the evidence pertaining to inmate disciplinary cases. In another finding, the OIG report concluded that private facilities monitored a lower rate of inmate telephone calls; however as the OIG report itself pointed out, private facilities were not contractually required to monitor inmate telephone calls. With respect to the rate of facility lockdowns and incident rates in several other categories, which are also mentioned in the report, we believe that the aforementioned population demographic differences, which were acknowledged by the OIG and the BOP, significantly limit the ability to accurately compare the data between private facilities and BOP prisons.

For all these reasons and contrary to the DOJ memorandum, we believe that private facilities are comparably as safe and secure as BOP prisons, and in fact are safer in many of the security indicators used by the OIG report including inmate death rates, suicides, drug use, sexual misconduct, disruptive behavior, uses of force, and overall grievances. Additionally, contrary to the statements in the DOJ memorandum, we believe private facilities achieve significant annual savings for taxpayers. The OIG report itself provided cost data which showed that the fiscal year 2014 annual per capita costs calculated by the BOP were $22,159 for private facilities and $25,251 for BOP institutions, demonstrating that private facilities achieve a 12% cost savings.

We are fully committed to operating our facilities and programs at the highest level, providing safe, secure and humane surroundings for those in our custody and care, our staff and the communities in which we operate. We believe we provide our government partners, including the BOP and ICE, with facilities that maximize security and efficiency while offering our suite of GEO Continuum of Care services and resources. On September 30, 2016, as discussed below, we announced that the BOP extended our contract for our company-owned D. Ray James Correctional Facility. We believe this decision validates our belief that we operate facilities that maximize security and efficiency while offering our suite of GEO Continuum of Care services and resources. Notwithstanding the above, the BOP or other federal, state or local governmental partners may choose to cancel, decline to renew or modify the scope of our existing contracts with them, which may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial results.

On February 21, 2017, the Attorney General issued a memorandum rescinding the August 18, 2016 memorandum from the former Deputy Attorney General. We welcome the memorandum by the Attorney General reinstating the continued use of privately operated facilities. We believe that the decision made last August was based on a misrepresentation of the report issued by the OIG. We are proud of our long-standing partnership with the BOP and our strong record of providing safe, secure and humane care to the men and women entrusted to us. We believe that we are at our best as a company when helping those entrusted to our care re-enter society as productive and employable citizens.

Contract Awards

On December 19, 2016, we announced that we had signed a contract with ICE for 780 beds at an existing company-owned facility in Folkston, Georgia which will be named the Folkston ICE Processing Center (the “Center”). The Center will house immigration detainees under a five-year intergovernmental service agreement between Charlton County, Georgia and ICE. The Center is located adjacent to our company-owned D. Ray James Correctional facility. The Center began intake during the first quarter of 2017.

 

5


Table of Contents

On September 30, 2016, we announced that the BOP has extended our contract for our company-owned D. Ray James Correctional Facility for a two-year renewal term through September 30, 2018 for the housing of up to 1,900 beds with a fixed payment for 1,800 beds compared to our previous contract which contained a fixed payment for 1,962 beds.    

Community Education Centers Acquisition

On February 22, 2017, we announced that we had signed a definitive agreement to acquire Community Education Centers (“CEC”), a private provider of rehabilitation services for offenders in reentry and in-prison treatment facilities as well as management services for county, state and federal correctional and detention facilities. Pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreement, we will acquire CEC for $360 million in an all cash transaction, excluding transaction related expenses. We will not assume any debt as a result of the transaction. CEC’s operations encompass over 12,000 beds nationwide. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2017 subject to the fulfillment of customary conditions. The transaction will be supported by a term loan financing commitment and borrowings under our existing Revolving Credit Facility. We plan to integrate CEC into our existing business units of GEO Corrections & Detention and GEO Care.

Idle Facilities

In the U.S. Corrections & Detention segment, we are currently marketing approximately 3,300 vacant beds at four of our idle facilities to potential customers. The annual carrying cost of idle facilities in 2017 is estimated to be $12.0 million, including depreciation expense of $1.2 million. As of December 31, 2016, these facilities had a net book value of $33.8 million. We currently do not have any firm commitments or agreements in place to activate these facilities but have ongoing contact with several potential customers. The per diem rates that we charge our clients often vary by contract across our portfolio. However, if all of these idle facilities were to be activated using our U.S. Corrections & Detention average per diem rate in 2016, (calculated as the U.S. Corrections & Detention revenue divided by the number of U.S. Corrections & Detention mandays) and based on the average occupancy rate in our U.S. Corrections & Detention facilities for 2016, we would expect to receive annual incremental revenue of approximately $70 million and an increase in annual earnings per share of approximately $.15 to $.20 per share based on our average U.S. Corrections and Detention operating margin.

Quality of Operations

We operate each facility in accordance with our company-wide policies and procedures and with the standards and guidelines required under the relevant management contract. For many facilities, the standards and guidelines include those established by the American Correctional Association, or (“ACA”). The ACA is an independent organization of corrections professionals, which establishes correctional facility standards and guidelines that are generally acknowledged as a benchmark by governmental agencies responsible for correctional facilities. Many of our contracts in the United States require us to seek and maintain ACA accreditation for our facilities. We have sought and received ACA accreditation and re-accreditation for all such facilities. We achieved a median re-accreditation score of 99.9% as of December 31, 2016. Approximately 80.4% of our 2016 U.S. Corrections & Detention revenue was derived from ACA accredited facilities for the year ended December 31, 2016. We have also achieved and maintained accreditation by The Joint Commission at four of our correctional facilities and at nine of our youth services locations. We have been successful in achieving and maintaining accreditation under the National Commission on Correctional Health Care, or (“NCCHC”), in a majority of the facilities that we currently operate. The NCCHC accreditation is a voluntary process which we have used to establish comprehensive health care policies and procedures to meet and adhere to the ACA standards. The NCCHC standards, in most cases, exceed ACA Health Care Standards and we have achieved this accreditation at ten of our U.S. Corrections & Detention facilities and at two youth services locations. Additionally, B.I. Incorporated (“BI”) has achieved a certification for ISO 9001:2008 for the design, production, installation and servicing of products and services produced by the electronic monitoring business units, including electronic home arrest and electronic monitoring technology products and monitoring services, installation services, and automated caseload management services.

 

6


Table of Contents

Business Development Overview

We intend to pursue a diversified growth strategy by winning new clients and contracts, expanding our government services portfolio and pursuing selective acquisition opportunities. Our primary potential customers include: governmental agencies responsible for local, state and federal correctional facilities in the United States; governmental agencies responsible for correctional facilities in Australia, South Africa and the United Kingdom; federal, state and local government agencies in the United States responsible for community-based services for adult and juvenile offenders; federal, state and local government agencies responsible for monitoring community-based parolees, probationers and pretrial defendants; and other foreign governmental agencies. We achieve organic growth through competitive bidding that begins with the issuance by a government agency of a request for proposal, or RFP. We primarily rely on the RFP process for organic growth in our U.S. and international corrections operations as well as in our community based re-entry services and electronic monitoring services business.

For our facility management contracts, our state and local experience has been that a period of approximately 60 to 90 days is generally required from the issuance of a request for proposal to the submission of our response to the request for proposal; that between one and four months elapse between the submission of our response and the agency’s award for a contract; and that between one and four months elapse between the award of a contract and the commencement of facility construction or management of the facility, as applicable.

For our facility management contracts, our federal experience has been that a period of approximately 60 to 90 days is generally required from the issuance of a request for proposal to the submission of our response to the request for proposal; that between 12 and 18 months elapse between the submission of our response and the agency’s award for a contract; and that between four and 18 weeks elapse between the award of a contract and the commencement of facility construction or management of the facility, as applicable.

If the local, state or federal facility for which an award has been made must be constructed, our experience is that construction usually takes between nine and twenty-four months to complete, depending on the size and complexity of the project. Therefore, management of a newly constructed facility typically commences between ten and twenty-eight months after the governmental agency’s award.

For the services provided by BI, local, state and federal experience has been that a period of approximately 30 to 90 days is generally required from the issuance of an RFP or Invitation to Bid, or ITB, to the submission of our response; that between one and three months elapse between the submission of our response and the agency’s award for a contract; and that between one and three months elapse between the award of a contract and the commencement of a program or the implementation of program operations, as applicable.

The term of our local, state and federal contracts range from one to five years and some contracts include provisions for optional renewal years beyond the initial contract term. Contracts can, and are periodically, extended beyond the contract term and optional renewal years through alternative procurement processes including sole source justification processes, cooperative procurement vehicles and agency decisions to add extension time periods.

We believe that our long operating history and reputation have earned us credibility with both existing and prospective customers when bidding on new facility management contracts or when renewing existing contracts. Our success in the RFP process has resulted in a pipeline of new projects with significant revenue potential.

In addition to pursuing organic growth through the RFP process, we will from time to time selectively consider the financing and construction of new facilities or expansions to existing facilities on a speculative basis without having a signed contract with a known customer. We also plan to leverage our experience and scale of service offerings to expand the range of government-outsourced services that we provide. We will continue to pursue selected acquisition opportunities in our core services and other government services areas that meet our criteria for growth and profitability. We have engaged and intend in the future to engage independent consultants to assist us in developing privatization opportunities and in responding to requests for proposals, monitoring the legislative and business climate, and maintaining relationships with existing customers.

 

7


Table of Contents

Facility Design, Construction and Finance

We offer governmental agencies consultation and management services relating to the design and construction of new correctional and detention facilities and the redesign and renovation of older facilities including facilities we own, lease or manage as well as facilities we do not own, lease or manage. Domestically, as of December 31, 2016, we have provided services for the design and construction of approximately 53 facilities and for the redesign, renovation and expansion of approximately 52 facilities. Internationally, as of December 31, 2016, we have provided services for the design and construction of 11 facilities and for the redesign, renovation and expansion of one facility.

Contracts to design and construct or to redesign and renovate facilities may be financed in a variety of ways. Governmental agencies may finance the construction of such facilities through any of the following methods:

 

   

a one time general revenue appropriation by the governmental agency for the cost of the new facility;

 

   

general obligation bonds that are secured by either a limited or unlimited tax levy by the issuing governmental entity; or

 

   

revenue bonds or certificates of participation secured by an annual lease payment that is subject to annual or bi-annual legislative appropriations.

We may also act as a source of financing or as a facilitator with respect to the financing of the construction of a facility. In these cases, the construction of such facilities may be financed through various methods including the following:

 

   

funds from equity offerings of our stock;

 

   

cash on hand and/or cash flows from our operations;

 

   

borrowings by us from banks or other institutions (which may or may not be subject to government guarantees in the event of contract termination);

 

   

funds from debt offerings of our notes; or

 

   

lease arrangements with third parties.

If the project is financed using direct governmental appropriations, with proceeds of the sale of bonds or other obligations issued prior to the award of the project, then financing is in place when the contract relating to the construction or renovation project is executed. If the project is financed using project-specific tax-exempt bonds or other obligations, the construction contract is generally subject to the sale of such bonds or obligations. Generally, substantial expenditures for construction will not be made on such a project until the tax-exempt bonds or other obligations are sold; and, if such bonds or obligations are not sold, construction and therefore, management of the facility, may either be delayed until alternative financing is procured or the development of the project will be suspended or entirely canceled. If the project is self-financed by us, then financing is generally in place prior to the commencement of construction.

Under our construction and design management contracts, we generally agree to be responsible for overall project development and completion. We typically act as the primary developer on construction contracts for facilities and subcontract with bonded National and/or Regional Design Build Contractors. Where possible, we subcontract with construction companies that we have worked with previously. We make use of an in-house staff of architects and operational experts from various correctional disciplines (e.g. security, medical service, food service, inmate programs and facility maintenance) as part of the team that participates from conceptual design through final construction of the project. This staff coordinates all aspects of the development with subcontractors and provides site-specific services.

When designing a facility, our architects use, with appropriate modifications, prototype designs we have used in developing prior projects. We believe that the use of these designs allows us to reduce the potential of

 

8


Table of Contents

cost overruns and construction delays and to reduce the number of correctional officers required to provide security at a facility, thus controlling costs both to construct and to manage the facility. Our facility designs also maintain security because they increase the area under direct surveillance by correctional officers and make use of additional electronic surveillance.

The following table sets forth our current expansion and development project and its stage of completion for the Company’s facilities:

 

Facilities Under Construction

   Additional
Beds
     Capacity
Following
Expansion/
Construction
     Estimated
Completion
Date
     Customer      Financing  

Ravenhall Prison Development

     1,300        1,300        Q4 2017        Department of Justice,        GEO  
              State of Victoria     

Competitive Strengths

Leading Corrections Provider Uniquely Positioned to Offer a Continuum of Care

We are the second largest provider of privatized correctional and detention facilities worldwide and the largest provider of community-based reentry services, youth services and electronic monitoring services in the U.S. corrections industry. We believe these leading market positions and our diverse and complementary service offerings enable us to meet the growing demand from our clients for comprehensive services throughout the entire corrections lifecycle. Our continuum of care platform enables us to provide consistency and continuity in case management, which we believe results in a higher quality of care for offenders, reduces recidivism, lowers overall costs for our clients, improves public safety and facilitates successful reintegration of offenders back into society. We have continued to expand our GEO continuum of care platform by doubling our annual expenditure commitment from its current cost of $5 million annually to $10 million beginning in 2017.

Attractive REIT Profile

Key characteristics of our business make us a highly attractive REIT. We are in a real estate intensive industry. Since our inception, we have financed and developed dozens of facilities. We have a diversified set of investment grade customers in the form of government agencies which are required to pay us on time by law. We have historically experienced customer retention in excess of 90%. Our strong and predictable occupancy rates generate a stable and sustainable stream of revenue. This stream of revenue combined with our low maintenance capital expenditure requirement translates into steady predictable cash flow. The REIT structure also allows us to pursue growth opportunities due to the capital intensive nature of the corrections/detention business.

Large Scale Operator with National Presence

We operate the seventh largest correctional system in the U.S. by number of beds, including the federal government and all 50 states. We currently have correctional operations in approximately 33 states and offer electronic monitoring services in every state. In addition, we have extensive experience in overall facility operations, including staff recruitment, administration, facility maintenance, food service, security, and in the supervision, treatment and education of inmates. We believe our size and breadth of service offerings enable us to generate economies of scale which maximize our efficiencies and allows us to pass along cost savings to our clients. Our national presence also positions us to bid on and develop new facilities across the U.S.

Long-Term Relationships with High-Quality Government Customers

We have developed long-term relationships with our federal, state and other governmental customers, which we believe enhance our ability to win new contracts and retain existing business. We have provided correctional

 

9


Table of Contents

and detention management services to the United States Federal Government for 30 years, the State of California for 29 years, the State of Texas for approximately 29 years, various Australian state government entities for 25 years and the State of Florida for approximately 23 years. These customers accounted for approximately 62.4% of our consolidated revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Recurring Revenue with Strong Cash Flow

Our revenue base is derived from our long-term customer relationships, with contract renewal rates and facility occupancy rates both approximating 90% over the past five years. We have been able to expand our revenue base by continuing to reinvest our strong operating cash flow into expansionary projects and through strategic acquisitions that provide scale and further enhance our service offerings. Our consolidated revenues have grown from $877 million in 2007 to $2.2 billion in 2016. We expect our operating cash flow to be well in excess of our anticipated annual maintenance capital expenditure needs, which would provide us significant flexibility for growth in capital expenditures, future dividend payments in connection with operating as a REIT, acquisitions and/or the repayment of indebtedness.

Sizeable International Business

Our international infrastructure, which leverages our operational excellence in the U.S., allows us to aggressively target foreign opportunities that our U.S. based competitors without overseas operations may have difficulty pursuing. We currently have international operations in Australia, South Africa and the United Kingdom. Our international services business generated approximately $410 million of revenues, representing approximately 19% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016. Included in our international revenues are construction revenues related to our prison project in Ravenhall, Australia which are presented in our Facility Design & Construction segment. We believe we are well positioned to continue benefiting from foreign governments’ initiatives to outsource correctional services.

Experienced, Proven Senior Management Team

Our Chief Executive Officer and founder, George C. Zoley, Ph.D., has led our Company for 32 years and has established a track record of growth and profitability. Under his leadership, our annual consolidated revenues from continuing operations have grown from $40.0 million in 1991 to $2.2 billion in 2016. Dr. Zoley is one of the pioneers of the industry, having developed and opened what we believe to be one of the first privatized detention facilities in the U.S. in 1986. Our Chief Financial Officer, Brian R. Evans, has been with our Company for over 16 years and has led our conversion to a REIT as well as the integration of our recent acquisitions and financing activities. Our top seven senior executives have an average tenure with our Company of over 11 years.

Business Strategies

Provide High Quality, Comprehensive Services and Cost Savings Throughout the Corrections Lifecycle

Our objective is to provide federal, state and local governmental agencies with a comprehensive offering of high quality, essential services at a lower cost than they themselves could achieve. We believe government agencies facing budgetary constraints will increasingly seek to outsource a greater proportion of their correctional needs to reliable providers that can enhance quality of service at a reduced cost. We believe our expanded and diversified service offerings uniquely position us to bundle our high quality services and provide a comprehensive continuum of care for our clients, which we believe will lead to lower cost outcomes for our clients and larger scale business opportunities for us.

Maintain Disciplined Operating Approach

We refrain from pursuing contracts that we do not believe will yield attractive profit margins in relation to the associated operational risks. In addition, although we engage in facility development from time to time

 

10


Table of Contents

without having a corresponding management contract award in place, we endeavor to do so only where we have determined that there is medium to long-term client demand for a facility in that geographical area. We have also elected not to enter certain international markets with a history of economic and political instability. We believe that our strategy of emphasizing lower risk and higher profit opportunities helps us to consistently deliver strong operational performance, lower our costs and increase our overall profitability.

Pursue International Growth Opportunities

As a global provider of privatized correctional services, we are able to capitalize on opportunities to operate existing or new facilities on behalf of foreign governments. We have seen increased business development opportunities including opportunities to cross sell our expanded service offerings in recent years in the international markets in which we operate and are currently exploring opportunities for several new projects. We will continue to actively bid on new international projects in our current markets and in new markets that fit our target profile for profitability and operational risk.

Selectively Pursue Acquisition Opportunities

We intend to continue to supplement our organic growth by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating businesses that fit our strategic objectives and enhance our geographic platform and service offerings. Since 2005, and including the acquisitions of Protocol Criminal Justice, Inc. (“Protocol”), Soberlink and the LCS Facilities, we have completed nine acquisitions for total consideration, including debt assumed, in excess of $1.7 billion. Our management team utilizes a disciplined approach to analyze and evaluate acquisition opportunities, which we believe has contributed to our success in completing and integrating our acquisitions.

 

11


Table of Contents

Facilities and Day Reporting Centers

The following table summarizes certain information with respect to: (i) U.S. and international detention and corrections facilities; (ii) community-based services facilities; and (iii) residential and non-residential youth services facilities. The information in the table includes the facilities that we (or a subsidiary or joint venture of GEO) owned, operated under a management contract, had an agreement to provide services, had an award to manage or was in the process of constructing or expanding during the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Corrections & Detention — Western Region:
Adelanto Detention Facility, Adelanto, CA (3)   1,940   ICE - IGA   Federal

Detention

  Minimum/

Medium

  May 2011   5 years   5 years   Owned
Alhambra City Jail,
Los Angeles, CA
  71   USMS   City Jail   All

Levels

  July 2016   1 year   Five, One
Year
  Managed
Arizona State-Prison Florence West Florence, AZ   750   AZ DOC   State DUI/

RTC

Correctional

  Minimum   October

2002

  10 years   Two,
Five-year
  Managed
Arizona State Prison —Kingman, AZ   3,400   AZ DOC   State
Correctional
Facility
  Minimum/
Medium
  January 2008   10 years   Two,
Five-year
  Managed
Arizona State-Prison Phoenix West Phoenix, AZ   500   AZ DOC   State DWI

Correctional

  Minimum   July 2002   10 years   Two,
Five-year
  Managed
Aurora/ICE Processing Center Aurora, CO   1,532   ICE /
USMS
  Federal

Detention

  All Levels   September 2011/
October 2012
  2 years /
2 years
  Four,
Two-year
/ Four,
Two-year
  Owned
Baldwin Park City Jail, Baldwin Park, CA   32   Los Angeles
County
  City Jail   All Levels   July 2003   3 years   Perpetual,
Three-
year
  Managed
Central Arizona Correctional Facility Florence, AZ   1,280   AZ DOC   State Sex

Offender

Correctional

  Minimum/
Medium
  December

2006

  10 years   Two,
Five-year
  Managed
Central Valley
MCCF McFarland, CA
  700   CDCR   State
Correctional
Facility
  Medium   September 2013   Four Years
and Ten
Months
  None   Owned
Desert View MCCF Adelanto, CA   700   CDCR   State
Correctional
Facility
  Medium   September 2013   Four Years
and Ten
Months
  None   Owned
Downey City Jail Los Angeles, CA   33   Los Angeles
County
  City Jail   All

Levels

  November 2014   3 years   Two,
One-year
  Managed
Fontana City Jail Los Angeles, CA   25   Los Angeles
County
  City Jail   All

Levels

  February

2007

  5 months   Five,
One-year,
Three
One-year,
plus One
Three-
year
  Managed

 

12


Table of Contents

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Garden Grove City Jail Los Angeles, CA   16   Los Angeles
County
  City Jail   All

Levels

  July 2015   3 years   Unlimited,
Perpetual
Three-Year
  Managed
Golden State MCCF McFarland, CA   700   CDCR   State

Correctional

  Medium   November
2013
  Four
Years and
Eight
Months
  None   Owned
Guadalupe County Correctional Facility Santa Rosa, NM(3)   600   NMCD - IGA   Local/State

Correctional

  Medium   January

1999

  Perpetual   None   Owned
Hudson Correctional Facility Hudson, CO   1,250   Idle             Leased
Lea County Correctional Facility Hobbs, NM(3)   1,200   NMCD - IGA   Local/State

Correctional

  Medium   December
2015
  3 Years   None   Owned
McFarland Community Correctional Facility McFarland, CA   300   CDCR   State

Correctional

  Minimum   April 2014   4 Years
and Two
Months
  None   Owned
Mesa Verde Community Correctional Facility Bakersfield, CA(3)   400   ICE - IGA   State
Correctional
  Minimum   March
2015
  5 Years   None   Owned
Montebello City Jail Los Angeles, CA   35   Los Angeles
County
  City Jail   All

Levels

  July 2014   2 Years   One,
Two-Year
  Managed
Northeast New Mexico Detention Facility Clayton, NM(3)   625   NMCD / IGA   Local/State

Correctional

  Medium   August

2008

  21 Years,
Eleven
Months
  Unlimited,
One-Year
  Managed
Northwest Detention Center Tacoma, WA   1,575   ICE   Federal

Detention

  All

Levels

  September
2015
  1 Year   Nine,
One-Year
  Owned
Ontario City Jail Los Angeles, CA   44   Los Angeles
County
  City Jail   Any

Level

  July 2014   3 Years   Two,
Three-year
  Managed
Western Region Detention Facility San Diego, CA   770   USMS   Federal

Detention

  Maximum   January

2006

  5 Years,   One, Five-
year plus
One,
One-year
and Two
months
  Leased
Corrections & Detention — Central Region:            
Big Spring Correctional Center Big Spring, TX   3,509   BOP   Federal

Correctional

  Medium   April

2007

  4 years   Three,
Two-year
  Owned
Brooks County Detention Center, TX(3)   652   USMS - IGA   Local &
Federal
Detention
  Medium   March
2013
  Perpetual   None   Owned
Central Texas Detention Facility San Antonio, TX(3)   688   USMS / IGA   Local &

Federal

Detention

  Minimum/

Medium

  October
2016
  Perpetual   None   Managed
Coastal Bend Detention Center,TX(3)   1,176   USMS - IGA   Local &
Federal
Detention
  Medium   July 2012   Perpetual   None   Owned
East Hildago Detention Center(3)   1,300   USMS - IGA   Local &
Federal
Detention
  Medium   July 2012   Perpetual   None   Owned

 

13


Table of Contents

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Great Plains Correctional Facility Hinton, OK   1,940   BOP   Federal

Correctional

  Minimum   June 2015   5 years   Five,
One-Year
Plus One
Six-Month
Extension
  Owned
Joe Corley Detention Facility Conroe, TX   1,517   USMS / ICE   Local

Correctional

  Medium   July

2008/July

2008

  Perpetual/
5 Years
  None/
18-Months
Plus Two,
Six-Months
and One
One-year
Extension
  Owned
Karnes Correctional Center Karnes City, TX(3)   679   USMS - IGA   Local &

Federal

Detention

  All

Levels

  February
1998
  Perpetual   None   Owned
Karnes County Residential Center,TX(3)   1,158   ICE - IGA   Federal

Detention

  All

Levels

  December

2010

  5 years   One, Five-
Year
  Owned
Lawton Correctional Facility Lawton, OK   2,682   OK DOC   State

Correctional

  Medium   October
2013
  Nine
Months
  Four,
Automatic
One-year
  Owned
Reeves County Detention Complex R1/R2 Pecos, TX   2,407   BOP   Federal

Correctional

  Low   February

2007

  4 years   Three,
Two-year,
One 59 day
extension
  Managed
Reeves County Detention Complex R3 Pecos, TX   1,356   BOP   Federal

Correctional

  Low   January

2007

  4 years   Three,
Two-year,
One 90 day
extension
  Managed
Rio Grande Detention Center Laredo, TX   1,900   USMS   Federal

Detention

  Medium   October

2008

  5 years   Three,
Five-year
  Owned
South Texas Detention Complex Pearsall, TX   1,904   ICE   Federal

Detention

  All

Levels

  December

2011

  11
months
  Four,
One-year,
plus One,
six-month
extension
  Owned
Val Verde Correctional Facility Del Rio, TX(3)   1,407   USMS - IGA   Local &

Federal

Detention

  All

Levels

  January

2001

  Perpetual   None   Owned
Corrections & Detention — Eastern Region:            
Alexandria Transfer Center Alexandria, LA (3)   400   ICE - IGA   Federal

Detention

  Minimum/
Medium
  November
2013
  1 year   Four,
One-year
  Owned
Allen Correctional Center Kinder, LA   1,576   LA DOC   State

Correctional

  Medium/

Maximum

  July 2010   10 years   None   Managed
Bay Correctional Center Panama City, FL   985   FL DMS   State
Correctional
  Minimum/
Medium
  February
2014
  3 years   Unlimited,
Two-year
  Managed
Blackwater River Correctional Facility Milton, FL   2,000   FL DMS   State

Correctional

  Medium/

close

  October
2010
  3 years   Unlimited,
Two-year
  Managed
Broward Transition Center Deerfield Beach, FL   700   ICE   Federal

Detention

  Minimum   July 2015   1 year   Five,
One-year
plus One,
Six-month
extension
  Owned
D. Ray James Correctional Facility Folkston, GA   2,067   BOP   Federal

Detention

  All

Levels

  October

2010

  4 years   Three,
Two-year
  Owned

 

14


Table of Contents

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Folkston ICE Processing Center   780   ICE - IGA   Federal
Detention
  Minimum   December
2016
  1 year   Four,
One-year
  Owned
Graceville Correctional Facility Jackson, FL   1,884   FL DMS   State
Correctional
  All

Levels

  February
2014
  3 years   Unlimited,
Two year
  Managed
Heritage Trails (Plainfield STOP) Plainfield, IN   1,066   IN DOC   State
Correctional
  Minimum   March
2011
  4 years   One, Four-
year
  Managed
JB Evans Correctional Center, LA   388   Idle             Owned
LaSalle Detention Facility Jena, LA(3)   1,160   ICE - IGA   Federal

Detention

  Minimum/

Medium

  November
2013
  1 year   Four,
One-year
  Owned
Lawrenceville Correctional Center Lawrenceville, VA   1,536   VA DOC   State

Correctional

  Medium   March

2003

  5 years   Ten,
One-year
extensions
  Managed
Moshannon Valley Correctional Center Philipsburg, PA   1,824   BOP   Federal

Correctional

  Medium   April
2016
  5 years   Five,
One-year
plus One
Six-month
extension
  Owned
Moore Haven Correctional Facility Moore Haven, FL   985   FL DMS   State
Correctional
  Minimum/
Medium
  February
2014
  3 years   Unlimited,
Two-year
  Managed
New Castle Correctional Facility New Castle, IN   3,196   IN DOC   State

Correctional

  All

Levels

  January

2006

  4 years   Two, Five-
year plus
One
Six-Month
  Managed
North Lake Correctional Facility Baldwin, MI   1,748   VT DOC/
WA DOC
  State
Correctional
  Maximum   May
2015/June
2015
  2 years/
3 years,
four
months
  One, Two
year/One,
Two year
  Owned
Perry County Correctional Facility, AL   690   Idle             Owned
Pine Prairie Correctional Center, LA   1,094   ICE - IGA   State
Correctional
  Medium   June 2015   5 years   None   Owned
Queens Private Detention Facility Jamaica, NY   222   USMS   Federal

Detention

  Minimum/

Medium

  January

2008

  2 years   Four,
Two-year
  Owned
Riverbend Correctional Facility Milledgeville, GA   1,500   GA DOC   State

Correctional

  Medium   July 2010   1 year   Forty,
One-year
  Owned
Rivers Correctional Institution Winton, NC   1,450   BOP   Federal

Correctional

  Low   April
2011
  4 years   Three,
Two-year
  Owned
Robert A. Deyton Detention Facility Lovejoy, GA   768   USMS   Federal

Detention

  Medium   February

2008

  5 years   Three, Five
year
  Leased
South Bay Correctional Facility South Bay, FL   1,948   FL DMS   State

Correctional

  Medium/

Close

  July 2009   3 years   Unlimited,
Two-year
  Managed
South Louisiana Correctional Center, LA(3)   1,000   Idle             Owned
Corrections & Detention — Australia:            
Arthur Gorrie Correctional Centre Queensland, Australia   890   QLD

DCS

  State

Remand

Prison

  High/

Maximum

  January

2008

  5 years   One, Five-
year
  Managed

 

15


Table of Contents

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Fulham Correctional Centre & Nalu Challenge Community Victoria, Australia   785   VIC DOJ   State Prison   Minimum/

Medium

  July 2012   4 years   19 years,
Four
months
  Managed
Junee Correctional Centre New South Wales, Australia   790   NSW   State Prison   Minimum/

Medium

  March
2014
  5 years   Two, Five
year
  Managed
Parklea Correctional Centre Sydney, Australia   823   NSW   State

Remand

Prison

  All
Levels
  October

2009

  5 years   One, Three
year
  Managed
Corrections & Detention — United Kingdom:
Dungavel House Immigration Removal Centre, South Lanarkshire, UK   249   UKBA   Detention

Centre

  Minimum   September

2011

  5 years   One, Three
year
  Managed
Corrections & Detention — South Africa:
Kutama-Sinthumule Correctional Centre Limpopo Province, Republic of South Africa   3,024   RSA DCS   National

Prison

  Maximum   February

2002

  25 years   None   Managed
Corrections & Detention — Canada:
New Brunswick Youth Centre Mirimachi, Canada(4)   N/A   PNB   Provincial

Juvenile

Facility

  All
Levels
  October

1997

  25 years   One,

Ten-year

  Managed
Corrections & Detention — Leased:

Delaney Hall

Newark, NJ

  1,200   Community

Education

Centers

  Community

Corrections

  Community   None       Owned
GEO Care — Community Based Services:
Beaumont Transitional Treatment Center Beaumont, TX   180   TDCJ   Community

Corrections

  Community   September

2003

  2 years   Five,
Two-year
plus Five
One-year
  Owned
Bronx Community Re-entry Center Bronx, NY   168   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   August
2014
  1 year   Four,
One-year
  Leased
Cordova Center Anchorage, AK   262   BOP / AK
DOC
  Community

Corrections

  Community   January
2013/March
2013
  2 years /
4 months
  Four,
one-year/
Four,
one-year,
One five-
month
  Owned
El Monte Center El Monte, CA   70   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   July 2013   1 year   Four, one
year
  Leased
Grossman Center Leavenworth, KS   150   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   November
2012
  2 years   Three,
one-year
  Leased
Las Vegas Community Correctional Center Las Vegas, NV   124   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   February
2016
  1 year   Four,
One-year
extensions
  Owned
Leidel Comprehensive Sanction Center Houston, TX   190   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   January

2011

  2 years   Four,
one-year
plus Four
one-year
  Owned

 

16


Table of Contents

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Marvin Gardens Center Los Angeles, CA   60   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   March
2012
  2 years   Three,
one-year
  Leased
McCabe Center Austin, TX   113   Third Party
Tenant
  Community

Corrections

  Community   N/A   N/A   N/A   Owned
Mid Valley House Edinburg, TX   128   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   July 2014   1 year   Four,
one-year
  Owned
Midtown Center Anchorage, AK   32   AK DOC   Community

Corrections

  Community   March 13   4 months   Four,
one-year,
One Five-
month
  Owned
Newark Center Newark, NJ   240   NJ State
Parole Board
  Community
Corrections
  Community   July 2014   3 years   Two,
one-year
  Leased
Northstar Center Fairbanks, AK   143   AK DOC   Community

Corrections

  Community   September
2016
  10
months
  Three,
One-year
plus One
Six- month
  Leased
Oakland Center Oakland, CA   69   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   November

2008

  3 years   Seven,
one-year
  Owned
Parkview Center Anchorage, AK   112   AK DOC   Community

Corrections

  Community   March
2013
  4 months   Four,
one-year,
One Five-
month
  Owned
Reality House Brownsville, TX   94   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   September
2011
  2 year   Three,
One-year
plus One
Six- month
  Owned
Salt Lake City Center Salt Lake City, UT   115   BOP   Community

Corrections

  Community   June

2016

  1 year   Four
One-year
  Leased
Seaside Center Nome, AK   50   AK DOC   Community

Corrections

  Community   February
2014
  5 months   Four, one-
year and
One,Six-
month
  Leased
Southeast Texas Transitional Center Houston, TX   500   TDCJ   Community

Corrections

  Community   September

2003

  2 years   Five,
two-year
plus Five
one-year
  Owned
Taylor Street Center San Francisco, CA   210   BOP / CDCR   Community

Corrections

  Community   April
2016/July
2015
  1 year/
2 years
  Four,
One-year
  Owned
Tundra Center Bethel, AK   85   AK DOC   Community

Corrections

  Community   February
2012
  5 months   Four,
one-year
plus One,
Six-month,
plus One
Six-month
  Owned
GEO Care — Youth Services:
Residential Facilities              
Abraxas Academy Morgantown, PA   214   Various   Youth

Residential

  Secure   June 2005   N/A   N/A   Owned
Abraxas I Marienville, PA   204   Various   Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  May 2005   N/A   N/A   Owned
Abraxas Ohio Shelby, OH   100   Various   Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  June 2005   N/A   N/A   Owned

 

17


Table of Contents

Facility Name &

Location

  Capacity(1)   Primary
Customer
  Facility
Type
  Security
Level
  Commencement
of Current
Contract (2)
  Base
Period
  Renewal
Options
  Managed
Leased/
Owned
Abraxas Youth Center South Mountain, PA   72   PA Dept of
Public
Welfare
  Youth

Residential

  Secure/

Staff

Secure

  June
2005
  N/A   N/A   Leased
Contact Interventions Wauconda, IL   32   Idle             Owned
DuPage Interventions Hinsdale, IL   36   Idle             Owned
Erie Residential Programs Erie, PA   30   Idle             Owned
Hector Garza Center San Antonio, TX   139   TYC   Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  June
2005
  N/A   N/A   Owned
Leadership Development Program South Mountain, PA   128   Various   Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  June
2005
  N/A   N/A   Leased
Southern Peaks Regional Treatment Center Canon City, CO   136   Various   Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  June
2005
  N/A   N/A   Owned
Southwood Interventions Chicago, IL   80   IL DASA,

City of

Chicago,

Medicaid

  Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  June
2005
  N/A   N/A   Owned
Woodridge Interventions Woodridge, IL   90   IL DASA,

Medicaid

  Youth

Residential

  Staff

Secure

  June
2005
  N/A   N/A   Owned
GEO Care — Youth Services:
Non-residential Facilities:
Abraxas Counseling Center Columbus, OH   175   Various   Youth

Non-

residential

  Open   2008   N/A   N/A   Lease
Cleveland Counseling Center Cleveland, OH   75   Various   Youth
Non-residential
  Open   2014   N/A   N/A   Lease
Cincinnati Counseling Center Cincinnati, OH   125   City of
Cincinnati
  Youth

Non-

residential

  Open   2012   N/A   N/A   Lease
Harrisburg Community-Based Programs Harrisburg, PA   77   Dauphin or

Cumberland

Counties

  Youth

Non-

residential

  Open   1995   N/A   N/A   Lease
Lehigh Valley Community-Based Programs Lehigh Valley, PA   30   Lehigh and

Northampton

Counties

  Youth

Non-

residential

  Open   1987   N/A   N/A   Lease
Mansfield Counseling Center, OH   25   Richland
County,
Ohio
  Youth

Non-

residential

  Open   2015   N/A   N/A   Lease
WorkBridge Pittsburgh, PA   690   Allegheny

County

  Youth

Non-

residential

  Open   1987   N/A   N/A   Lease

 

18


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain information with respect to our re-entry Day Reporting Centers, which we refer to as DRCs. The information in the table includes the DRCs that we (or a subsidiary or joint venture of GEO) operated under a management contract or had an agreement to provide services as of December 31, 2016:

 

DRC Location

  

Number of

reporting

centers

  

Type of

Customers

  

Commencement

of current

contract(s)

  

Base

period

  

Renewal

options

  

Manage only/

lease

Colorado(5)    7    State, County   

Various,

2004 – 2012

  

Various,

1 year to

18 months

  

One to Four, One

year

   Lease
California    24    State, County   

Various,

2007 – 2012

  

Various,

1 to 5 years

   Varies    Lease or Manage only
North Carolina    2    State    2012    2 years    One, Two year    Manage only
New Jersey    5    State, County    2008    3 years   

Two, One

year

   Lease
Pennsylvania    11    State, County   

Various,

2006 – 2010

  

Various,

1 to 3 years

  

Indefinite, One

year

   Lease
Illinois    6    State, County    2003    5 years   

One, Five

year

  

Lease or Manage

only

Kansas    1    County    2011    4 years   

Four, One

year

   Lease
Louisiana    6    State    2010    1 year   

Two, One

year

   Lease
Kentucky    1    County    2010    2 years   

Three, One

year

   Lease
Virginia    1    State    2013    2 years    Three, One year    Lease

 

19


Table of Contents

Customer Legend:

 

Abbreviation

  

Customer

AZ DOC    Arizona Department of Corrections
AK DOC    Alaska Department of Corrections
BOP    Federal Bureau of Prisons
CDCR    California Department of Corrections & Rehabilitation
CO DOC    Colorado Department of Corrections
FL DOC    Florida Department of Corrections
FL DMS    Florida Department of Management Services
GA DOC    Georgia Department of Corrections
ICE    U.S. Immigration & Customs Enforcement
IN DOC    Indiana Department of Correction
IGA    Inter-governmental Agreement
IL DASA    Illinois Department of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse
LA DOC    Louisiana Department of Corrections
NMCD    New Mexico Corrections Department
NSW    Commissioner of Corrective Services for New South Wales, Australia
OK DOC    Oklahoma Department of Corrections
PNB    Province of New Brunswick
QLD DCS    Department of Corrective Services of the State of Queensland, Australia
RSA DCS    Republic of South Africa Department of Correctional Services
TDCJ    Texas Department of Criminal Justice
TYC    Texas Youth Commission
UKBA    United Kingdom Border Agency
USMS    United States Marshals Service
VA DOC    Virginia Department of Corrections
VIC DOJ    Department of Justice of the State of Victoria, Australia
VT DOC    Vermont Department of Corrections
WA DOC    Washington Department of Corrections

 

(1) Capacity as used in the table refers to operational capacity consisting of total beds for all facilities except for the seven Non-residential service centers under Youth Services for which we have provided service capacity which represents the number of juveniles that can be serviced daily.
(2) For Youth Services Non-Residential Service Centers, the contract commencement date represents either the program start date or the date that the facility operations were acquired by our subsidiary. The service agreements under these arrangements provide for services on an as-contracted basis and there are no guaranteed minimum populations or management contracts with specified renewal dates. These arrangements are more perpetual in nature. For acquired operations, the commencement date is the original date of contract.
(3) GEO provides services at these facilities through various Inter-Governmental Agreements, or IGAs, through the various counties and other jurisdictions.
(4) The contract for this facility only requires GEO to provide maintenance services.
(5) The Colorado Day Reporting Centers provide many of the same services as the full service Day Reporting Centers, but rather than providing these services through comprehensive treatment plans dictated by the governing authority, these services are provided on a fee for service basis. Such services may be connected to government agency contracts and would be reimbursed by those agencies. Other services are offered directly to offenders allowing them to meet court-ordered requirements and paid by the offender as the service is provided.

 

20


Table of Contents

Government Contracts — Terminations, Renewals and Competitive Re-bids

Generally, we may lose our facility management contracts due to one of three reasons: the termination by a government customer with or without cause at any time; the failure by a customer to renew a contract with us upon the expiration of the then current term; or our failure to win the right to continue to operate under a contract that has been competitively re-bid in a procurement process upon its termination or expiration. Our facility management contracts typically allow a contracting governmental agency to terminate a contract with or without cause at any time by giving us written notice ranging from 30 to 180 days. If government agencies were to use these provisions to terminate, or renegotiate the terms of their agreements with us, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See “Risk Factors — “We are subject to the loss of our facility management contracts, due to terminations, non-renewals or competitive re-bids, which could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from other government customers”.

Aside from our customers’ unilateral right to terminate our facility management contracts with them at any time for any reason, there are two points during the typical lifecycle of a contract which may result in the loss by us of a facility management contract with our customers. We refer to these points as contract “renewals” and contract “re-bids.” Many of our facility management contracts with our government customers have an initial fixed term and subsequent renewal rights for one or more additional periods at the unilateral option of the customer. Because most of our contracts for youth services do not guarantee placement or revenue, we have not considered these contracts to ever be in the renewal or re-bid stage since they are more perpetual in nature. As such, the contracts for youth services are not considered as renewals or re-bids nor are they included in the table below. We count each government customer’s right to renew a particular facility management contract for an additional period as a separate “renewal.” For example, a five-year initial fixed term contract with customer options to renew for five separate additional one-year periods would, if fully exercised, be counted as five separate renewals, with one renewal coming in each of the five years following the initial term. As of December 31, 2016, 36 of our facility management contracts representing approximately 30,000 beds are scheduled to expire on or before December 31, 2017, unless renewed by the customer at its sole option in certain cases, or unless renewed by mutual agreement in other cases. These contracts represented 20.2% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016. We undertake substantial efforts to renew our facility management contracts. Our average historical facility management contract renewal rate approximates 90%. However, given their unilateral nature, we cannot assure you that our customers will in fact exercise their renewal options under existing contracts. In addition, in connection with contract renewals, either we or the contracting government agency have typically requested changes or adjustments to contractual terms. As a result, contract renewals may be made on terms that are more or less favorable to us than those in existence prior to the renewals.

We define competitive re-bids as contracts currently under our management which we believe, based on our experience with the customer and the facility involved, will be re-bid to us and other potential service providers in a competitive procurement process upon the expiration or termination of our contract, assuming all renewal options are exercised. Our determination of which contracts we believe will be competitively re-bid may in some cases be subjective and judgmental, based largely on our knowledge of the dynamics involving a particular contract, the customer and the facility involved. Competitive re-bids may result from the expiration of the term of a contract, including the initial fixed term plus any renewal periods, or the early termination of a contract by a customer. Competitive re-bids are often required by applicable federal or state procurement laws periodically in order to encourage competitive pricing and other terms for the government customer. Potential bidders in competitive re-bid situations include us, other private operators and other government entities. While we are pleased with our historical win rate on competitive re-bids and are committed to continuing to bid competitively on appropriate future competitive re-bid opportunities, we cannot in fact assure you that we will prevail in future competitive re-bid situations. Also, we cannot assure you that any competitive re-bids we win will be on terms more favorable to us than those in existence with respect to the expiring contract.

 

21


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016, eighteen of our facility management contracts representing 15.2% and $332.0 million of our 2016 consolidated revenues may be subject to competitive re-bid in 2017. The following table sets forth the number of facility management contracts that we currently believe will be subject to competitive re-bid in each of the next five years and thereafter, and the total number of beds relating to those potential competitive re-bid situations during each period:

 

Year

   Re-bid      Total Number of Beds up for  Re-bid  

2017

     18        12,593  

2018

     16        8,861  

2019

     11        2,671  

2020

     16        7,678  

2021

     10        5,933  

Thereafter

     38        26,622  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     109        64,358  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Competition

We compete primarily on the basis of the quality and range of services we offer; our experience domestically and internationally in the design, construction, and management of privatized correctional and detention facilities; our reputation; and our pricing. We compete directly with the public sector, where governmental agencies responsible for the operation of correctional, detention, youth services, community based services and re-entry facilities are often seeking to retain projects that might otherwise be privatized. In the private sector, our U.S. Corrections & Detention and International Services business segments compete with a number of companies, including, but not limited to: Core Civic; Management and Training Corporation; Emerald Companies; Community Education Centers; LaSalle Southwest Corrections; Group 4 Securicor; Sodexo Justice Services (formerly Kaylx); and Serco. Our GEO Care business segment competes with a number of different small-to-medium sized companies, reflecting the highly fragmented nature of the youth services and community based services industry. BI’s electronic monitoring business competes with a number of companies, including, but not limited to: G4 Justice Services, LLC; Elmo-Tech, a 3M Company; and Pro-Tech, a 3M Company. Some of our competitors are larger and have more resources than we do. We also compete in some markets with small local companies that may have a better knowledge of the local conditions and may be better able to gain political and public acceptance.

Employees and Employee Training

At December 31, 2016, we had 19,370 full-time employees. Of our full-time employees, 525 were employed at our corporate headquarters and regional offices and 18,845 were employed at facilities and international offices. We employ personnel in positions of management, administrative and clerical, security, educational services, human services, health services and general maintenance at our various locations. Approximately 3,458 and 1,631 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements in the United States and at international offices, respectively. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Under the laws applicable to most of our operations, and internal company policies, our correctional officers are required to complete a minimum amount of training. We generally require at least 40 hours of pre-service training before an employee is allowed to assume their duties plus an additional 120 hours of training during their first year of employment in our domestic facilities, consistent with ACA standards and/or applicable state laws. In addition to the usual 160 hours of training in the first year, most states require 40 or 80 hours of on-the-job training. Florida law requires that correctional officers receive 520 hours of training. We believe that our training programs meet or exceed all applicable requirements.

Our training program for domestic facilities typically begins with approximately 40 hours of instruction regarding our policies, operational procedures and management philosophy. Training continues with an

 

22


Table of Contents

additional 120 hours of instruction covering legal issues, rights of inmates, techniques of communication and supervision, interpersonal skills and job training relating to the particular position to be held. Each of our employees who has contact with inmates receives a minimum of 40 hours of additional training each year, and each manager receives at least 24 hours of training each year.

At least 160 hours of training are required for our employees in Australia and South Africa before such employees are allowed to work in positions that will bring them into contact with inmates. Our employees in Australia and South Africa receive a minimum of 40 hours of refresher training each year. In the United Kingdom, our corrections employees also receive a minimum of 240 hours of training prior to coming in contact with inmates and receive additional training of approximately 25 hours annually.

With respect to BI and the Intensive Supervision and Appearance Program (“ISAP”) services contract, new employees are required to complete training requirements as outlined in the contract within 14 days of hire and prior to being assigned autonomous ISAP related duties. These employees receive 25 hours of refresher training annually thereafter. Program managers for our ISAP contract must receive 24 hours of additional initial training. BI’s monitoring services maintains its own comprehensive certification and training program for all monitoring service specialists. We require all new personnel hired for a position in monitoring operations to complete a seven-week training program. Successful completion of our training program and a final certification is required of all of our personnel performing monitoring operations. We require that certification is achieved prior to being permitted to work independently in the call center.

Business Regulations and Legal Considerations

Many governmental agencies are required to enter into a competitive bidding procedure before awarding contracts for products or services. The laws of certain jurisdictions may also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract or partner with businesses owned by women or members of minority groups.

Certain states, such as Florida, deem correctional officers to be peace officers and require our personnel to be licensed and subject to background investigation. State law also typically requires correctional officers to meet certain training standards.

The failure to comply with any applicable laws, rules or regulations or the loss of any required license could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our current and future operations may be subject to additional regulations as a result of, among other factors, new statutes and regulations and changes in the manner in which existing statutes and regulations are or may be interpreted or applied. Any such additional regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Insurance

The nature of our business exposes us to various types of third-party legal claims, including, but not limited to, civil rights claims relating to conditions of confinement and/or mistreatment, sexual misconduct claims brought by prisoners or detainees, medical malpractice claims, product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims, claims relating to employment matters (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination claims, union grievances and wage and hour claims), property loss claims, environmental claims, automobile liability claims, contractual claims and claims for personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with our facilities, programs, electronic monitoring products, personnel or prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape or from a disturbance or riot at a facility. In addition, our management contracts generally require us to indemnify the governmental agency against any damages to which the governmental agency may be subject in connection with such claims or litigation. We maintain a broad program of insurance coverage for these general types of claims, except for claims relating to employment matters, for which we carry

 

23


Table of Contents

no insurance. There can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover all claims to which we may be exposed. It is our general practice to bring merged or acquired companies into our corporate master policies in order to take advantage of certain economies of scale.

We currently maintain a general liability policy and excess liability policies with total limits of $80.0 million per occurrence and in the aggregate covering the operations of U.S. Corrections & Detention, GEO Care’s community based services, GEO Care’s youth services and BI. We have a claims-made liability insurance program with a specific loss limit of $35.0 million per occurrence and in the aggregate related to medical professional liability claims arising out of correctional healthcare services. We are uninsured for any claims in excess of these limits. We also maintain insurance to cover property and other casualty risks including, workers’ compensation, environmental liability and automobile liability.

For most casualty insurance policies, we carry substantial deductibles or self-insured retentions of $3.0 million per occurrence for general liability and medical professional liability, $2.0 million per occurrence for workers’ compensation and $1.0 million per occurrence for automobile liability. In addition, certain of our facilities located in Florida and other high-risk hurricane areas carry substantial windstorm deductibles. Since hurricanes are considered unpredictable future events, no reserves have been established to pre-fund for potential windstorm damage. Limited commercial availability of certain types of insurance relating to windstorm exposure in coastal areas and earthquake exposure mainly in California and the Pacific Northwest may prevent us from insuring some of our facilities to full replacement value.

With respect to our operations in South Africa, the United Kingdom and Australia, we utilize a combination of locally-procured insurance and global policies to meet contractual insurance requirements and to protect us. In addition to these policies, our Australian subsidiary carries tail insurance on a general liability policy related to a discontinued contract.

Of the reserves discussed above, our most significant insurance reserves relate to workers’ compensation, general liability and auto claims. These reserves are undiscounted and were $51.6 million and $52.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and are included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets. We use statistical and actuarial methods to estimate amounts for claims that have been reported but not paid and claims incurred but not reported. In applying these methods and assessing their results, we consider such factors as historical frequency and severity of claims at each of our facilities, claim development, payment patterns and changes in the nature of our business, among other factors. Such factors are analyzed for each of our business segments. Our estimates may be impacted by such factors as increases in the market price for medical services and unpredictability of the size of jury awards. We also may experience variability between our estimates and the actual settlement due to limitations inherent in the estimation process, including our ability to estimate costs of processing and settling claims in a timely manner as well as our ability to accurately estimate our exposure at the onset of a claim. Because we have high deductible insurance policies, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on our ability to control our claims experience. If actual losses related to insurance claims significantly differ from our estimates, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

International Operations

Our international operations for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the operations of our wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries, our wholly owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, and South African Custodial Management Pty. Limited, our consolidated joint venture in South Africa, which we refer to as SACM. In Australia, our wholly-owned subsidiary, GEO Australia, currently manages four facilities. We operate one facility in South Africa through SACM. Our wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, The GEO Group UK Ltd., operates the 217-bed Dungavel House Immigration Removal Centre located near Glasgow, Scotland. In September 2014, one of our Australian subsidiaries signed the Ravenhall Prison Project Agreement (“Ravenhall Contract”) with the State of Victoria for the development and operation of a new 1,300-bed facility in Ravenhall,

 

24


Table of Contents

a locality near Melbourne, Australia under a Public-Private Partnership financing structure. The facility will also have the capacity to house 1,300 inmates should the State of Victoria have the need for additional beds in the future. The design and construction phase of the agreement began in September 2014 with completion expected towards the end of 2017. See Item 7 for more discussion related to the results of our international operations. Financial information about our operations in different geographic regions appears in Note-15 Business Segments and Geographic Information in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Business Concentration

Except for the major customers noted in the following table, no other single customer made up greater than 10% of our consolidated revenues, excluding discontinued operations, for these years.

 

Customer

   2016     2015     2014  

Various agencies of the U.S Federal Government:

     48     45     42

Credit risk related to accounts receivable is reflective of the related revenues.

Available Information

Additional information about us can be found at www.geogroup.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, access to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our annual proxy statement on Schedule 14A and amendments to those materials filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically submit such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. In addition, the SEC makes available on its website, free of charge, reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including GEO. The SEC’s website is located at http://www.sec.gov. Information provided on our website or on the SEC’s website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

25


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following are certain risks to which our business operations are subject. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These risks could also cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements contained herein and elsewhere. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or those we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations.

Risks Related to REIT Status

If we fail to remain qualified as a REIT, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as a regular corporation and could face a substantial tax liability, which would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

We began operating as a REIT on January 1, 2013. We received an opinion of our special REIT tax counsel (“Special Tax Counsel”) with respect to our qualification as a REIT. Investors should be aware, however, that opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court. The opinion of Special Tax Counsel represents only the view of Special Tax Counsel based on its review and analysis of existing law and on certain representations as to factual matters and covenants made by us, including representations relating to the values of our assets and the sources of our income. The opinion is expressed as of the date issued. Special Tax Counsel has no obligation to advise us or the holders of our common stock of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed or of any subsequent change in applicable law. Furthermore, both the validity of the opinion of Special Tax Counsel and our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, shareholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis, the results of which will not be monitored by Special Tax Counsel. Our ability to satisfy the asset tests depends upon our analysis of the characterization and fair market values of our assets, some of which are not susceptible to a precise determination, and for which we will not obtain independent appraisals.

We have received a favorable private letter ruling from the IRS with respect to certain issues relevant to our qualification as a REIT. Although we may generally rely upon the ruling, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge our qualification as a REIT on the basis of other issues or facts outside the scope of the ruling.

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates, and dividends paid to our shareholders would not be deductible by us in computing our taxable income. Any resulting corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our shareholders, which in turn could have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock. Unless we were entitled to relief under certain Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) provisions, we also would be disqualified from re-electing to be taxed as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year in which we failed to qualify as a REIT. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may need to borrow additional funds or liquidate some investments to pay any additional tax liability. Accordingly, funds available for investment and making payments on our indebtedness would be reduced.

Qualifying as a REIT involves highly technical and complex provisions of the Code.

Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex Code provisions for which only limited judicial and administrative authorities exist. Even a technical or inadvertent violation could jeopardize our REIT qualification. Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, shareholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis.

Complying with the REIT requirements may cause us to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive opportunities.

To qualify as a REIT, we must ensure that, at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and “real estate assets” (as defined in the Code),

 

26


Table of Contents

including certain mortgage loans and securities. The remainder of our investments (other than government securities, qualified real estate assets and securities issued by a TRS) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our total assets (other than government securities, qualified real estate assets and securities issued by a TRS) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total assets can be represented by securities of one or more TRSs (20% starting with calendar year 2018). If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income, amounts available for distribution to our shareholders and amounts available for making payments on our indebtedness.

In addition to the asset tests set forth above, to qualify as a REIT, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the amounts we distribute to our shareholders and the ownership of our stock. We may be unable to pursue investments that would be otherwise advantageous to us in order to satisfy the source-of-income or asset-diversification requirements for qualifying as a REIT. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to make certain attractive investments and make payments on our indebtedness.

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to income from “qualified dividends” payable to U.S. shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates is currently 20%. Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. Although these rules do not adversely affect the taxation of REITs, the more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the stock of REITs, including our common stock.

REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan.

We generally must distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gains, in order for us to qualify as a REIT (assuming that certain other requirements are also satisfied) so that U.S. federal corporate income tax does not apply to earnings that we distribute. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement and qualify for taxation as a REIT but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, including any net capital gains, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed net taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we distribute to our shareholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal tax laws. We intend to make distributions to our shareholders to comply with the REIT requirements of the Code.

From time to time, we may generate taxable income greater than our cash flow as a result of differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash or the effect of nondeductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt or amortization payments. If we do not have other funds available in these situations, we could be required to borrow funds on unfavorable terms, sell assets at disadvantageous prices or distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions to make distributions sufficient to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the REIT distribution requirement and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. These alternatives could increase our costs, reduce our equity or adversely impact our ability to raise short and long-term debt. Furthermore, the REIT distribution requirements may increase the financing we need to fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to grow, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our cash distributions are not guaranteed and may fluctuate.

A REIT generally is required to distribute at least 90% of its REIT taxable income to its shareholders. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, will determine on a quarterly basis the amount of cash to be distributed to our shareholders based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, our results of operations, cash flow and capital requirements, economic conditions, tax considerations, borrowing capacity and other factors, including debt covenant restrictions that may impose limitations on cash payments and plans for future acquisitions and divestitures. Consequently, our distribution levels may fluctuate.

Certain of our business activities may be subject to corporate level income tax and foreign taxes, which would reduce our cash flows, and may have potential deferred and contingent tax liabilities.

We may be subject to certain federal, state, local and foreign taxes on our income and assets, including alternative minimum taxes, taxes on any undistributed income and state, local or foreign income, franchise, property and transfer taxes. In addition, we could, in certain circumstances, be required to pay an excise or penalty tax, which could be significant in amount, in order to utilize one or more relief provisions under the Code to maintain qualification for taxation as a REIT. In addition, we may incur a 100% excise tax on transactions with a TRS if they are not conducted on an arm’s length basis. Any of these taxes would decrease our earnings and our available cash.

Our TRS assets and operations will continue to be subject, as applicable, to federal and state corporate income taxes and to foreign taxes in the jurisdictions in which those assets and operations are located.

We will also be subject to a federal corporate level tax at the highest regular corporate rate (currently 35%) on the gain recognized from a sale of assets occurring during our first five years as a REIT, up to the amount of the built-in gain that existed on January 1, 2013, which is based on the fair market value of those assets in excess of our tax basis as of January 1, 2013. Gain from a sale of an asset occurring after the specified period ends will not be subject to this corporate level tax. We currently do not expect to sell any asset if the sale would result in the imposition of a material tax liability. We cannot, however, assure you that we will not change our plans in this regard.

REIT ownership limitations may restrict or prevent you from engaging in certain transfers of our common stock.

In order to satisfy the requirements for REIT qualification, no more than 50% in value of all classes or series of our outstanding shares of stock may be owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) at any time during the last half of each taxable year beginning with our 2014 taxable year. In 2014, GEO merged into a newly formed entity, to facilitate GEO’s compliance with the REIT rules by implementing ownership limitations that generally restrict shareholders from owning more than 9.8% of our outstanding shares. The merger was approved by our shareholders. Under applicable constructive ownership rules, any shares of stock owned by certain affiliated owners generally would be added together for purposes of the common stock ownership limits, and any shares of a given class or series of preferred stock owned by certain affiliated owners generally would be added together for purposes of the ownership limit on such class or series.

Our use of TRSs may cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.

The net income of our TRSs is not required to be distributed to us, and such undistributed TRS income is generally not subject to our REIT distribution requirements. However, if the accumulation of cash or reinvestment of significant earnings in our TRSs causes the fair market value of our securities in those entities, taken together with other non-qualifying assets to exceed 25% of the fair market value of our assets, in each case as determined for REIT asset testing purposes, we would, absent timely responsive action, fail to qualify as a

 

28


Table of Contents

REIT. Additionally, beginning in 2018, if the accumulation of cash or reinvestment of significant earnings in our TRSs causes the fair market value of our securities in those entities to exceed 20% of the fair market value of our assets, in each case as determined for REIT asset testing purposes, we would, absent timely responsive action, similarly fail to qualify as a REIT.

There are uncertainties relating to the special earnings and profits (“E&P”) distribution.

To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we were required to distribute to our shareholders all of our pre-REIT accumulated earnings and profits, if any, as measured for federal income tax purposes, prior to the end of our first taxable year as a REIT, which was for the taxable period ended December 31, 2013. We declared and paid a special dividend during the fourth quarter of 2012 for the purposes of distributing to our shareholders our pre-REIT accumulated earnings and profits. The calculation of the amount to be distributed in a special E&P distribution was a complex factual and legal determination. We currently believe our special E&P distribution paid during the fourth quarter of 2012, together with distributions paid in 2013, satisfied the requirements relating to the distribution of our pre-REIT accumulated earnings and profits. No assurance can be given, however, that the IRS will agree with our calculation. If the IRS finds additional amounts of pre-REIT E&P, there are procedures generally available to cure any failure to distribute all of our pre-REIT E&P.

Legislative or other actions affecting REITs could have a negative effect on us.

The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”). According to publicly released statements, a top legislative priority of the new Congress and administration may be to enact significant reform of the Code, including significant changes to taxation of business entities and the deductibility of interest expense and capital investment. There is a substantial lack of clarity around the likelihood, timing and details of any such tax reform and the impact of any potential tax reform on us or an investment in our securities. Any such changes to the tax laws or interpretations thereof, with or without retroactive application, could materially and adversely affect our investors or us. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our investors or us. Additionally, legislative bills or proposals have been introduced from time to time with the aim of limiting or restricting the types of industries or companies that can qualify as a REIT. New legislation, Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions implemented or adopted in the future could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to our investors and us of such qualification. You are urged to consult with your tax advisor with respect to the status of legislative, regulatory or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our securities.

We have limited experience operating as a REIT, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, per share trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy debt service obligations.

We have only been operating as a REIT since January 1, 2013. Accordingly, the experience of our senior management operating a REIT is limited. Our pre-REIT operating experience may not be sufficient to operate successfully as a REIT. Failure to maintain REIT status could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, per share trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy debt service obligations.

Risks Related to Our High Level of Indebtedness

Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt service obligations.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. Our total consolidated indebtedness as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $1.9 billion, excluding non-recourse debt of $472.2 million and capital lease obligations of

 

29


Table of Contents

$8.7 million. As of December 31, 2016, we had $53.6 million outstanding in letters of credit and $515.0 million in borrowings outstanding under our revolver. Also as of December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow $331.4 million under our revolver, after applying the limitations and restrictions in our debt covenants and subject to our satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions under our senior credit facility with respect to the incurrence of additional indebtedness. At December 31, 2016, we also had approximately AUD 215 million in letters of credit outstanding under our Australian letter of credit facility in connection with certain performance guarantees related to the Ravenhall Prison Project. We also have the ability to increase our senior credit facility by an additional $450 million, subject to lender demand and prevailing market conditions and satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our senior notes and our other debt and liabilities;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes including to make distributions on our common stock as currently contemplated or necessary to maintain our qualification as a REIT;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that may be less leveraged;

 

   

restrict us from pursuing strategic acquisitions or exploiting certain business opportunities; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms.

If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we may need to reduce capital expenditures, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, obtain additional equity financing or sell assets. We may be unable to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, obtain additional equity financing or sell assets on satisfactory terms or at all. In addition, our ability to incur additional indebtedness will be restricted by the terms of our senior credit facility, the indenture governing the 6.00% Senior Notes, the indenture governing the 5.125% Senior Notes, the indenture governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the indenture governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024.

We are incurring significant indebtedness in connection with substantial ongoing capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for existing and future projects may materially strain our liquidity.

As of December 31, 2016, we were developing a number of projects that we estimate will cost approximately $112.6 million, of which $15.2 million was spent through December 31, 2016. We estimate our remaining capital requirements to be approximately $97.4 million, which we anticipate will be spent in 2017. Included in these commitments is a contractual commitment to provide a capital contribution towards the design and construction of a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia, in the amount of AUD 115 million, or $82.9 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016. This capital contribution was made in January 2017. Capital expenditures related to facility maintenance costs are expected to be approximately $25 million for 2017. We intend to finance these and future projects using our own funds, including cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowings under the revolver. In addition to these current estimated capital requirements for 2017, we are currently in the process of bidding on, or evaluating potential bids for the design, construction and management of a number of new projects. In the event that we win bids for these projects and decide to self-finance their construction, our capital requirements in 2017 could materially increase. As of December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow $331.4 million under the revolver after applying the limitations

 

30


Table of Contents

and restrictions in our debt covenants and subject to our satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions under the Senior credit facility. In addition, we have the ability to increase the senior credit facility by an additional $450 million, subject to lender demand and prevailing market conditions and satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions thereunder. While we believe we currently have adequate borrowing capacity under our senior credit facility to fund our operations and all of our committed capital expenditure projects, we may need additional borrowings or financing from other sources in order to complete potential capital expenditures related to new projects in the future. We cannot assure you that such borrowings or financing will be made available to us on satisfactory terms, or at all. In addition, the large capital commitments that these projects will require over the next 12-18 month period may materially strain our liquidity and our borrowing capacity for other purposes. Capital constraints caused by these projects may also cause us to have to entirely refinance our existing indebtedness or incur more indebtedness. Such financing may have terms less favorable than those we currently have in place, or not be available to us at all. In addition, the concurrent development of these and other large capital projects exposes us to material risks. For example, we may not complete some or all of the projects on time or on budget, which could cause us to absorb any losses associated with any delays.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still incur more indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks described above.

The terms of the indentures governing the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and our senior credit facility restrict our ability to incur but do not prohibit us from incurring significant additional indebtedness in the future. As of December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow an additional $331.4 million under the revolver portion of our senior credit facility after applying the limitations and restrictions in our debt covenants and subject to our satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions under the senior credit facility. We also would have the ability to increase the senior credit facility by an additional $450 million, subject to lender demand, prevailing market conditions and satisfying relevant borrowing conditions. Also, we may refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including borrowings under our senior credit facility, the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024. The terms of such refinancing may be less restrictive and permit us to incur more indebtedness than we can now. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face related to our significant level of indebtedness could intensify.

The covenants in the indentures governing the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and the covenants in our Senior Credit Facility impose significant operating and financial restrictions which may adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

The indentures governing the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and our Senior Credit Facility impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and certain of our subsidiaries, which we refer to as restricted subsidiaries. These restrictions limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends and or distributions on our capital stock, repurchase, redeem or retire our capital stock, prepay subordinated indebtedness, make investments;

 

   

issue preferred stock of subsidiaries;

 

   

guarantee other indebtedness;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

transfer and sell assets;

 

   

make capital expenditures above certain limits;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

create or permit restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us;

 

   

enter into sale/leaseback transactions;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

These restrictions could limit our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, make acquisitions or pursue available business opportunities. In addition, our Senior Credit Facility requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial covenants, including maintaining a maximum senior secured leverage ratio and total leverage ratio, and a minimum interest coverage ratio. We may be required to take action to reduce our indebtedness or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet these ratios and satisfy these covenants. We could also incur additional indebtedness having even more restrictive covenants. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants under our Senior Credit Facility, the indentures governing the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024, or any other indebtedness could prevent us from being able to draw on the Revolver, cause an event of default under such documents and result in an acceleration of all of our outstanding indebtedness. If all of our outstanding indebtedness were to be accelerated, we likely would not be able to simultaneously satisfy all of our obligations under such indebtedness, which would materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and we may not be able to generate the cash required to service our indebtedness.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

Our business may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or future borrowings may not be available to us under our Senior Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or debt securities, including the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024, or to fund our other liquidity needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. However, we may not be able to complete such refinancing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If for any reason we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we would be in default under the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding debt. If such a default were to occur, the lenders under the senior credit facility, and holders of the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 could elect to declare all amounts outstanding immediately due and payable, and the lenders would not be obligated to continue to advance funds under the Senior Credit Facility. If the amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility or other agreements governing our outstanding debt, were accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the money owed to our lenders and holders of the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and any other debt holders.

Because portions of our senior indebtedness have floating interest rates, a general increase in interest rates would adversely affect cash flows.

Borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility bear interest at a variable rate. As a result, to the extent our exposure to increases in interest rates is not eliminated through interest rate protection agreements, such increases will result in higher debt service costs which will adversely affect our cash flows. We currently do not have

 

32


Table of Contents

interest rate protection agreements in place to protect against interest rate fluctuations on borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2016, we had $804.5 million of indebtedness outstanding under our Senior Credit Facility, and a one percent increase in the interest rate applicable to the Senior Credit Facility would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $8.0 million.

We depend on distributions from our subsidiaries to make payments on our indebtedness. These distributions may not be made.

A substantial portion of our business is conducted by our subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to meet our payment obligations on our indebtedness is substantially dependent on the earnings of certain of our subsidiaries and the payment of funds to us by our subsidiaries as dividends, loans, advances or other payments. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and, unless they expressly guarantee any indebtedness of ours, they are not obligated to make funds available for payment of our indebtedness in the form of loans, distributions or otherwise. Our subsidiaries’ ability to make any such loans, distributions or other payments to us will depend on their earnings, business results, the terms of their existing and any future indebtedness, tax considerations and legal or contractual restrictions to which they may be subject. If our subsidiaries do not make such payments to us, our ability to repay our indebtedness may be materially adversely affected. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our subsidiaries accounted for 76.7% of our consolidated revenues, and as of December 31, 2016, our subsidiaries accounted for 93.8% of our total assets.

We may not be able to satisfy our repurchase obligations in the event of a change of control because the terms of our indebtedness or lack of funds may prevent us from doing so.

Upon a change of control as specified in the indentures governing the terms of our senior notes, each holder of the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 will have the right to require us to repurchase their notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and, liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. The terms of the Senior Credit Facility limit our ability to repurchase the notes in the event of a change of control. Any future agreement governing any of our indebtedness may contain similar restrictions and provisions. Accordingly, it is possible that restrictions in the Senior Credit Facility or other indebtedness that may be incurred in the future will not allow the required repurchase of the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 upon a change of control. Even if such repurchase is permitted by the terms of our then existing indebtedness, we may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy our repurchase obligations. Our failure to purchase any of the senior notes would be a default under the indenture governing such notes, which in turn would trigger a default under the Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the other senior notes.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

From time to time, we may not have a management contract with a client to operate existing beds at a facility or new beds at a facility that we are expanding and we cannot assure you that such a contract will be obtained. Failure to obtain a management contract for these beds will subject us to carrying costs with no corresponding management revenue.

From time to time, we may not have a management contract with a customer to operate existing beds or new beds at facilities that we are currently in the process of renovating and expanding. While we will always strive to work diligently with a number of different customers for the use of these beds, we cannot assure you that a contract for the beds will be secured on a timely basis, or at all. While a facility or new beds at a facility are vacant, we incur carrying costs. We are currently marketing approximately 3,300 vacant beds at four of our idle facilities to potential customers. The annual carrying cost of idle facilities in 2017 is estimated to be $12.0 million, including depreciation expense of $1.2 million, if the facilities remain vacant during 2017. At December 31, 2016, these facilities had a net book value of $33.8 million. Failure to secure a management contract for a facility or expansion project could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition,

 

33


Table of Contents

results of operations and/or cash flows. We review our facilities for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the net book value of the facility may not be recoverable. Impairment charges taken on our facilities could require material charges to our results of operations. In addition, in order to secure a management contract for these beds, we may need to incur significant capital expenditures to renovate or further expand the facility to meet potential clients’ needs.

Negative conditions in the capital markets could prevent us from obtaining financing, which could materially harm our business.

Our ability to obtain additional financing is highly dependent on the conditions of the capital markets, among other things. The capital and credit markets have experienced significant periods of volatility and disruption since 2008. During this time period, the economic impacts observed have included a downturn in the equity and debt markets, the tightening of the credit markets, a general economic slowdown and other macroeconomic conditions, volatility in currency exchange rates and concerns over sovereign debt levels abroad and in the U.S. and concerns over the failure to adequately address the federal deficit and the debt ceiling. If those macroeconomic conditions continue or worsen in the future, we could be prevented from raising additional capital or obtaining additional financing on satisfactory terms, or at all. If we need, but cannot obtain, adequate capital as a result of negative conditions in the capital markets or otherwise, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Additionally, such inability to obtain capital could prevent us from pursuing attractive business development opportunities, including new facility constructions or expansions of existing facilities, and business or asset acquisitions.

We are subject to the loss of our facility management contracts, due to terminations, non-renewals or competitive re-bids, which could adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from other government customers.

We are exposed to the risk that we may lose our facility management contracts primarily due to one of three reasons: (i) the termination by a government customer with or without cause at any time; (ii) the failure by a customer to exercise its unilateral option to renew a contract with us upon the expiration of the then current term; or (iii) our failure to win the right to continue to operate under a contract that has been competitively re-bid in a procurement process upon its termination or expiration. Our facility management contracts typically allow a contracting governmental agency to terminate a contract with or without cause at any time by giving us written notice ranging from 30 to 180 days. If government agencies were to use these provisions to terminate, or renegotiate the terms of their agreements with us, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

As of December 31, 2016, eighteen of our facility management contracts representing $332.0 million (or 15.2%) of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 are subject to competitive re-bid in 2017. While we are pleased with our historical win rate on competitive re-bids and are committed to continuing to bid competitively on appropriate future competitive re-bid opportunities, we cannot in fact assure you that we will prevail in future re-bid situations. Also, we cannot assure you that any competitive re-bids we win will be on terms more favorable to us than those in existence with respect to the expiring contract.

For additional information on facility management contracts that we currently believe will be competitively re-bid during each of the next five years and thereafter, please see “Business — Government Contracts — Terminations, Renewals and Competitive Re-bids”. The loss by us of facility management contracts due to terminations, non-renewals or competitive re-bids could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from other government customers.

We may not be able to successfully identify, consummate or integrate acquisitions.

We have an active acquisition program, the objective of which is to identify suitable acquisition targets that will enhance our growth. The pursuit of acquisitions may pose certain risks to us. We may not be able to identify

 

34


Table of Contents

acquisition candidates that fit our criteria for growth and profitability. Even if we are able to identify such candidates, we may not be able to acquire them on terms satisfactory to us. We will incur expenses and dedicate attention and resources associated with the review of acquisition opportunities, whether or not we consummate such acquisitions.

Additionally, even if we are able to acquire suitable targets on agreeable terms, we may not be able to successfully integrate their operations with ours. Achieving the anticipated benefits of any acquisition will depend in significant part upon whether we integrate such acquired businesses in an efficient and effective manner.    We may not be able to achieve the anticipated operating and cost synergies or long-term strategic benefits of our acquisitions within the anticipated timing or at all. For example, elimination of duplicative costs may not be fully achieved or may take longer than anticipated. For at least the first year after a substantial acquisition, and possibly longer, the benefits from the acquisition will be offset by the costs incurred in integrating the businesses and operations. We may also assume liabilities in connection with acquisitions that we would otherwise not be exposed to. An inability to realize the full extent of, or any of, the anticipated synergies or other benefits of an acquisition as well as any delays that may be encountered in the integration process, which may delay the timing of such synergies or other benefits, could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

As a result of our acquisitions, we have recorded and will continue to record a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. In the future, our goodwill or other intangible assets may become impaired, which could result in material non-cash charges to our results of operations.

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions. As of December 31, 2016, we had $819.3 million of goodwill and other intangible assets. At least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment in the carrying value as defined by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP, we will evaluate this goodwill for impairment by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. Estimated fair values could change if there are changes in our capital structure, cost of debt, interest rates, capital expenditure levels, operating cash flows, or market capitalization. Impairments of goodwill or other intangible assets could require material non-cash charges to our results of operations.

Our growth depends on our ability to secure contracts to develop and manage new correctional, detention and community based facilities and to secure contracts to provide electronic monitoring services, community-based re-entry services and monitoring and supervision services, the demand for which is outside our control.

Our growth is primarily dependent upon our ability to obtain new contracts to develop and/or manage correctional, detention, and community based facilities under public-private partnerships. Additionally, our growth is generally dependent upon our ability to obtain new contracts to offer electronic monitoring services, provide community-based re-entry services and provide monitoring and supervision services. Demand for new public-private partnership facilities in our areas of operation may decrease and our potential for growth will depend on a number of factors we cannot control, including overall economic conditions, governmental and public acceptance of public-private partnerships, government budgetary constraints, and the number of facilities available for public-private partnerships.

In particular, the demand for our correctional and detention services, electronic monitoring services, community-based re-entry services and monitoring and supervision services could be affected by changes in existing policies which adversely impact the need for and acceptance of public-private partnerships across the correctional, detention, and community reentry services spectrum. Various factors outside our control could adversely impact the growth of our GEO Care business, including government customer resistance to the public-private partnerships for residential community based facilities, and changes to Medicaid and similar reimbursement programs.

 

35


Table of Contents

We may not be able to meet state requirements for capital investment or locate land for the development of new facilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.

Certain jurisdictions have in the past required successful bidders to make a significant capital investment in connection with the financing of a particular project. If this trend were to continue in the future, we may not be able to obtain sufficient capital resources when needed to compete effectively for facility management contracts. Additionally, our success in obtaining new awards and contracts may depend, in part, upon our ability to locate land that can be leased or acquired under favorable terms. Our inability to secure financing and desirable locations for new facilities could adversely affect our results of operations and future growth.

We partner with a limited number of governmental customers who account for a significant portion of our revenues. The loss of, or a significant decrease in revenues from, these customers could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations.

We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of governmental agencies. Of our governmental partners, four customers, through multiple individual contracts, accounted for 47.6% and 45.5% of our consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In addition, three federal governmental agencies with correctional and detention responsibilities, the Bureau of Prisons, ICE, and the U.S. Marshals Service, accounted for 47.2% and 44.9% of our total consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, through multiple individual contracts, with the Bureau of Prisons accounting for 14.0% and 15.6% of our total consolidated revenues for such years, ICE accounting for 23.1% and 17.7% of our total consolidated revenues for such years, and the U.S. Marshals Service accounting for 10.1% and 11.6% of our total consolidated revenues for such years. However, no individual contract with these clients accounted for more than 5.0% of our total consolidated revenues for such years. Government agencies from the State of Florida accounted for 5.2% and 6.1% of our total consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, through multiple individual contracts.

Our revenues depend on our governmental customers receiving sufficient funding and providing us with timely payment under the terms of our contracts. If the applicable governmental customers do not receive sufficient appropriations to cover their contractual obligations, they may delay or reduce payment to us or terminate their contracts with us. With respect to our federal government customers, any future impasse or struggle impacting the federal government’s ability to reach agreement on the federal budget, debt ceiling or any future federal government shut downs could result in material payment delays, payment reductions or contract terminations. Additionally, our governmental customers may request in the future that we reduce our per diem contract rates or forego increases to those rates as a way for those governmental customers to control their spending and address their budgetary shortfalls.

Our governmental customers may also from time to time adopt, implement or modify certain policies or directives that may adversely affect our business. For example, in August 2016, the DOJ issued a memorandum directed to the BOP which stated that the BOP should either decline to renew or substantially reduce the scope of contract renewals in a manner consistent with law and the overall decline of the BOP’s inmate population. Additionally, and in light of the DOJ announcement, in August, the Department of Homeland Security instructed the Homeland Security Advisory Council, or HSAC, to review ICE’s current policy and practices relating to its use of private immigration detention operations and evaluate whether ICE should move in the same direction as the BOP. Although the DOJ rescinded the August 2016 memorandum on February 21, 2017 and directed the BOP to return to its previous practice of public-private partnerships and HSAC’s report concluded that the DHS’s use of private immigration detention will continue, federal, state or local governmental partners may in the future choose to undertake a review of their utilization of privately operated facilities, or may cancel or decide not to renew our existing contracts with them. The loss of, or a significant decrease in, our current contracts with the BOP, ICE, the U.S. Marshals Service, the State of Florida or any other significant customers could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. We expect these federal and state agencies and a relatively small group of other governmental customers to continue to account for a significant percentage of our revenues.

 

36


Table of Contents

A decrease in occupancy levels could cause a decrease in revenues and profitability.

While a substantial portion of our cost structure is generally fixed, most of our revenues are generated under facility management contracts which provide for per diem payments based upon daily occupancy. Several of these contracts provide fixed-price payments that cover a portion or all of our fixed costs. However, many of our contracts have no fixed-price payments and simply provide for a per diem payment based on actual occupancy. As a result, with respect to our contracts that have no fixed-price payments, we are highly dependent upon the governmental agencies with which we have contracts to utilize our facilities. Under a per diem rate structure, a decrease in our utilization rates could cause a decrease in revenues and profitability. In addition, we acquired eight correctional and detention facilities from LCS Correctional Services, Inc. and its affiliates in 2015 which historically have had lower occupancy rates than GEO’s facilities. It may take longer than anticipated to increase the occupancy rates for these facilities. When combined with relatively fixed costs for operating each facility, regardless of the occupancy level, a material decrease in occupancy levels at one or more of our facilities could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability, and consequently, on our financial condition and results of operations.

State budgetary constraints may have a material adverse impact on us.

State budgets continue their slow to moderate recovery. According to the National Conference of State Legislatures, the outlook for state budgets is stable. Revenue performance is positive, and expenditure overruns are relatively modest. Overall, most state officials anticipate a slow and steady improvement in state finances. As of December 31, 2016, GEO Corrections had 10 state clients and GEO Care had 16 state clients: Florida, Georgia, Arkansas, Louisiana, Colorado, Maryland, Missouri, Virginia, Iowa, Indiana, Kentucky, Illinois, Oklahoma, Nevada, Delaware, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina, Montana, New Mexico, Arizona, Maine, Vermont, Pennsylvania, Texas and California. If state budgetary conditions deteriorate, our 26 state customers’ ability to pay us may be impaired and/or we may be forced to renegotiate our management contracts with those customers on less favorable terms and our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely impacted. In addition, budgetary constraints in states that are not our current customers could prevent those states from using public-private partnerships for correctional, detention or community based service opportunities that we otherwise could have pursued.

Competition for contracts may adversely affect the profitability of our business.

We compete with government entities and other public-private partnership operators on the basis of cost, bed availability, location of facility, quality and range of services offered, experience in managing facilities, and reputation of management and personnel. Barriers to entering the market for the management of correctional and detention facilities and the provision of community reentry programs may not be sufficient to limit additional competition in our industry. In addition, some of our government customers may assume the management of a facility currently managed by us upon the termination of the corresponding management contract or, if such customers have capacity at the facilities which they operate, they may choose to use less capacity at our facilities. Since we are paid on a per diem basis based on actual occupancy under some of our contracts, a decrease in occupancy could cause a decrease in both our revenues and our profitability.

We are dependent on government appropriations, which may not be made on a timely basis or at all and may be adversely impacted by budgetary constraints at the federal, state, local and foreign government levels.

Our cash flow is subject to the receipt of sufficient funding of and timely payment by contracting governmental entities. If the contracting governmental agency does not receive sufficient appropriations to cover its contractual obligations, it may terminate our contract or delay or reduce payment to us. Any delays in payment, or the termination of a contract, could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and financial condition, which may make it difficult to satisfy our payment obligations on our indebtedness, including the

 

37


Table of Contents

6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and the Senior Credit Facility, in a timely manner. In addition, as a result of, among other things, recent economic developments, domestically, at federal, state and local governments have encountered, and may continue to encounter, unusual budgetary constraints. As a result, a number of state and local governments may be under pressure to control additional spending or reduce current levels of spending which could limit or eliminate appropriations for the facilities that we operate. Additionally, as a result of these factors, we may be requested in the future to reduce our existing per diem contract rates or forego prospective increases to those rates. Budgetary limitations may also make it more difficult for us to renew our existing contracts on favorable terms or at all. Further, a number of states and foreign governments in which we operate may experience budget constraints for fiscal year 2017. We cannot assure you that these constraints would not result in reductions in per diems, delays in payment for services rendered or unilateral termination of contracts.

Public resistance to the use of public-private partnerships for correctional, detention and community based facilities could result in our inability to obtain new contracts or the loss of existing contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The management and operation of correctional, detention and community based facilities under public-private partnerships has not achieved complete acceptance by either government agencies or the public. Some governmental agencies have limitations on their ability to delegate their traditional management responsibilities for such facilities to private companies or they may be instructed by a governmental agency or authority overseeing them to reduce their utilization or scope of public-private partnerships or undertake additional reviews of their public-private partnerships. Additional legislative or policy changes or prohibitions could occur that further increase these limitations or instructions. In addition, the movement toward using public-private partnerships for such facilities has encountered resistance from groups which believe that correctional, detention and community based facilities should only be operated by governmental agencies. Increased public resistance to the use of public-private partnerships for correctional, detention and community based facilities in any of the markets in which we operate, as a result of these or other factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operating youth services facilities poses certain unique or increased risks and difficulties compared to operating other facilities.

As a result of the acquisition of Cornell Companies, Inc. (the “Cornell Acquisition”) in 2010, we re-entered the market of operating youth services facilities. Operating youth services facilities may pose increased operational risks and difficulties that may result in increased litigation, higher personnel costs, higher levels of turnover of personnel and reduced profitability. Examples of the increased operational risks and difficulties involved in operating youth services facilities include, mandated client to staff ratios as high as 1:6, elevated reporting and audit requirements, a reduced number of management options to use with offenders and multiple funding sources as opposed to a single source payer. Additionally, youth services contracts related to educational services may provide for annual collection several months after a school year is completed. This may pose a risk that we will not be able to collect the full amount owed thereby reducing our profitability and/or cash flows, or it may adversely impact our annual budgeting process due to the lag time between us providing the educational services required under a contract and collecting the amount owed to us for such services. We cannot assure that we will be successful in operating youth services facilities or that we will be able to minimize the risks and difficulties involved while yielding an attractive profit margin.

Adverse publicity may negatively impact our ability to retain existing contracts and obtain new contracts.

Any negative publicity about an escape, riot or other disturbance or perceived conditions operated at a facility under a public-private partnership, any failures experienced by our electronic monitoring services and any negative publicity about a crime or disturbance occurring during a failure of service or the loss or unauthorized access to any of the data we maintain in the course of providing our services may result in publicity

 

38


Table of Contents

adverse to us and public-private partnerships in general. Any of these occurrences or continued trends may make it more difficult for us to renew existing contracts or to obtain new contracts or could result in the termination of an existing contract or the closure of one or more of our facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Such negative events may also result in a significant increase in our liability insurance costs.

We may incur significant start-up and operating costs on new contracts before receiving related revenues, which may impact our cash flows and not be recouped.

When we are awarded a contract to manage a facility, we may incur significant start-up and operating expenses, including the cost of constructing the facility, purchasing equipment and staffing the facility, before we receive any payments under the contract. These expenditures could result in a significant reduction in our cash reserves and may make it more difficult for us to meet other cash obligations, including our payment obligations on the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, a contract may be terminated prior to its scheduled expiration and as a result we may not recover these expenditures or realize any return on our investment.

Failure to comply with extensive government regulation and applicable contractual requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation, including educational, environmental, health care and safety laws, rules and regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry, and the combination of regulations affects all areas of our operations. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and are subject to background investigations. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. We may not always successfully comply with these and other regulations to which we are subject and failure to comply can result in material penalties or the non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts. In addition, changes in existing regulations could require us to substantially modify the manner in which we conduct our business and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, public-private partnerships are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private operators to house certain classifications of offenders, such as offenders from other jurisdictions or offenders at higher security levels. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States House of Representatives, containing such restrictions. Although we do not believe that existing legislation will have a material adverse effect on us, future legislation may have such an effect on us.

Governmental agencies may investigate and audit our contracts and, if any improprieties are found, we may be required to refund amounts we have received, to forego anticipated revenues and we may be subject to penalties and sanctions, including prohibitions on our bidding in response to RFPs from governmental agencies to manage correctional facilities. Governmental agencies we contract with have the authority to audit and investigate our contracts with them. As part of that process, governmental agencies may review our performance of the contract, our pricing practices, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if an agency determines that we have improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, we may not be reimbursed for those costs, and we could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed. If we are found to have engaged in improper or illegal activities, including under the United States False Claims Act, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeitures of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or disqualification from doing business with certain governmental entities. An adverse determination in an action alleging improper or illegal activities by us could also adversely impact our ability to bid in response to RFPs in one or more jurisdictions.

 

39


Table of Contents

In addition to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, our facility management contracts typically have numerous requirements addressing all aspects of our operations which we may not be able to satisfy. For example, our contracts require us to maintain certain levels of coverage for general liability, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, and property loss or damage. If we do not maintain the required categories and levels of coverage, the contracting governmental agency may be permitted to terminate the contract. In addition, we are required under our contracts to indemnify the contracting governmental agency for all claims and costs arising out of our management of facilities and, in some instances, we are required to maintain performance bonds relating to the construction, development and operation of facilities. Facility management contracts also typically include reporting requirements, supervision and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Failure to properly adhere to the various terms of our customer contracts could expose us to liability for damages relating to any breaches as well as the loss of such contracts, which could materially adversely impact us.

We may face community opposition to facility location, which may adversely affect our ability to obtain new contracts.

Our success in obtaining new awards and contracts sometimes depends, in part, upon our ability to locate land that can be leased or acquired, on economically favorable terms, by us or other entities working with us in conjunction with our proposal to construct and/or manage a facility. Some locations may be in or near populous areas and, therefore, may generate legal action or other forms of opposition from residents in areas surrounding a proposed site. When we select the intended project site, we attempt to conduct business in communities where local leaders and residents generally support the establishment of a new project. Future efforts to find suitable host communities may not be successful. In many cases, the site selection is made by the contracting governmental entity. In such cases, site selection may be made for reasons related to economic development interests.

Our business operations expose us to various liabilities for which we may not have adequate insurance and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The nature of our business exposes us to various types of third-party legal claims, including, but not limited to, civil rights claims relating to conditions of confinement and/or mistreatment, sexual misconduct claims brought by prisoners or detainees, medical malpractice claims, product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims, claims relating to employment matters (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination claims, union grievances and wage and hour claims), property loss claims, environmental claims, automobile liability claims, contractual claims and claims for personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with our facilities, programs, electronic monitoring products, personnel or prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape or from a disturbance or riot at a facility. In addition, our management contracts generally require us to indemnify the governmental agency against any damages to which the governmental agency may be subject in connection with such claims or litigation. We maintain insurance coverage for these general types of claims, except for claims relating to employment matters, for which we carry no insurance. However, we generally have high deductible payment requirements on our primary insurance policies, including our general liability insurance, and there are also varying limits on the maximum amount of our overall coverage. As a result, the insurance we maintain to cover the various liabilities to which we are exposed may not be adequate. Any losses relating to matters for which we are either uninsured or for which we do not have adequate insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any losses relating to employment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. To the extent the events serving as a basis for any potential claims are alleged or determined to constitute illegal or criminal activity, we could also be subject to criminal liability. Such liability could result in significant monetary fines and could affect our ability to bid on future contracts and retain our existing contracts.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may not be able to obtain or maintain the insurance levels required by our government contracts.

Our government contracts require us to obtain and maintain specified insurance levels. The occurrence of any events specific to our company or to our industry, or a general rise in insurance rates, could substantially increase our costs of obtaining or maintaining the levels of insurance required under our government contracts, or prevent us from obtaining or maintaining such insurance altogether. If we are unable to obtain or maintain the required insurance levels, our ability to win new government contracts, renew government contracts that have expired and retain existing government contracts could be significantly impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our international operations expose us to risks which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our international operations accounted for approximately 19% of our consolidated revenues from continuing operations. We face risks associated with our operations outside the United States. These risks include, among others, political and economic instability, exchange rate fluctuations, taxes, duties and the laws or regulations in those foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. In the event that we experience any difficulties arising from our operations in foreign markets, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We conduct certain of our operations through joint ventures or consortiums, which may lead to disagreements with our joint venture partners or business partners and adversely affect our interest in the joint ventures or consortiums.

We conduct our operations in South Africa through our consolidated joint venture, SACM, and through our 50% owned and unconsolidated joint venture South African Custodial Services Pty. Limited, referred to as SACS. We conduct our prisoner escort and related custody services in the United Kingdom through our 50% owned and unconsolidated joint venture in GEO Amey PECS Limited, which we refer to as GEOAmey. We may enter into additional joint ventures in the future. Although we have the majority vote in our consolidated joint venture, SACM, through our ownership of 62.5% of the voting shares, we share equal voting control on all significant matters to come before SACS. We also share equal voting control on all significant matters to come before GEOAmey. We are conducting certain operations in Victoria, Australia through a consortium comprised of our wholly owned subsidiary, GEO Australia, John Holland Construction and Honeywell. The consortium is in the process of developing a new 1,300 bed prison in Ravenhall, a location near Melbourne, Australia. These joint venture partners, as well as any future partners, may have interests that are different from ours which may result in conflicting views as to the conduct of the business of the joint venture or consortium. In the event that we have a disagreement with a joint venture partner or consortium business partner as to the resolution of a particular issue to come before the joint venture or consortium, or as to the management or conduct of the business of the joint venture or consortium in general, we may not be able to resolve such disagreement in our favor and such disagreement could have a material adverse effect on our interest in the joint venture or consortium or the business of the joint venture or consortium in general.

We are dependent upon our senior management and our ability to attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued service of each member of our senior management team, including George C. Zoley, Ph.D., our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Brian R. Evans, our Chief Financial Officer, J. David Donahue, our Senior Vice President, and President, U.S. Corrections & Detention, Ann Schlarb, our Senior Vice President and President, GEO Care, David Venturella, our Senior Vice President, Business Development and also our other executive officers at the Vice President level and above. The unexpected loss of Mr. Zoley, Mr. Evans or any other key member of our senior management team could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

41


Table of Contents

In addition, the services we provide are labor-intensive. When we are awarded a facility management contract or open a new facility, depending on the service we have been contracted to provide, we may need to hire operating management, correctional officers, security staff, physicians, nurses and other qualified personnel. The success of our business requires that we attract, develop and retain these personnel. Our inability to hire sufficient qualified personnel on a timely basis or the loss of significant numbers of personnel at existing facilities could have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our profitability may be materially adversely affected by inflation.

Many of our facility management contracts provide for fixed management fees or fees that increase by only small amounts during their terms. While a substantial portion of our cost structure is generally fixed, if, due to inflation or other causes, our operating expenses, such as costs relating to personnel, utilities, insurance, medical and food, increase at rates faster than increases, if any, in our facility management fees, then our profitability could be materially adversely affected.

Various risks associated with the ownership of real estate may increase costs, expose us to uninsured losses and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ownership of correctional and detention facilities subjects us to risks typically associated with investments in real estate. Investments in real estate, and in particular, correctional and detention facilities, are relatively illiquid and, therefore, our ability to divest ourselves of one or more of our facilities promptly in response to changed conditions is limited. Investments in correctional and detention facilities, in particular, subject us to risks involving potential exposure to environmental liability and uninsured loss. Our operating costs may be affected by the obligation to pay for the cost of complying with existing environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, as well as the cost of complying with future legislation. In addition, although we maintain insurance for many types of losses, there are certain types of losses, such as losses from hurricanes, earthquakes, riots and acts of terrorism, which may be either uninsurable or for which it may not be economically feasible to obtain insurance coverage, in light of the substantial costs associated with such insurance. As a result, we could lose both our capital invested in, and anticipated profits from, one or more of the facilities we own. Further, even if we have insurance for a particular loss, we may experience losses that may exceed the limits of our coverage.

Risks related to facility construction and development activities may increase our costs related to such activities.

When we are engaged to perform construction and design services for a facility, we typically act as the primary contractor and subcontract with other companies who act as the general contractors. As primary contractor, we are subject to the various risks associated with construction (including, without limitation, shortages of labor and materials, work stoppages, labor disputes and weather interference) which could cause construction delays. In addition, we are subject to the risk that the general contractor will be unable to complete construction within the level of budgeted costs or be unable to fund any excess construction costs, even though we typically require general contractors to post construction bonds and insurance. Under such contracts, we are ultimately liable for all late delivery penalties and cost overruns.

The rising cost and increasing difficulty of obtaining adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms could adversely affect our operating results.

We are often required to post performance bonds issued by a surety company as a condition to bidding on or being awarded a facility development contract. Availability and pricing of these surety commitments is subject to general market and industry conditions, among other factors. Recent events in the economy have caused the surety market to become unsettled, causing many reinsurers and sureties to reevaluate their commitment levels and required returns. As a result, surety bond premiums generally are increasing. If we are unable to effectively pass along the higher surety costs to our customers, any increase in surety costs could adversely affect our

 

42


Table of Contents

operating results. In addition, we may not continue to have access to surety credit or be able to secure bonds economically, without additional collateral, or at the levels required for any potential facility development or contract bids. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms, we would have to rely upon letters of credit under our senior credit facility, which would entail higher costs even if such borrowing capacity was available when desired, and our ability to bid for or obtain new contracts could be impaired.

Adverse developments in our relationship with our employees could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

At December 31, 2016, approximately 26% of our workforce was covered by collective bargaining agreements and, as of such date, collective bargaining agreements with approximately 8% of our employees were set to expire in less than one year. While only approximately 26% of our workforce schedule is covered by collective bargaining agreements, increases in organizational activity or any future work stoppages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Technological changes could cause our electronic monitoring products and technology to become obsolete or require the redesign of our electronic monitoring products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Technological changes within the electronic monitoring business in which we conduct business may require us to expend substantial resources in an effort to develop and/or utilize new electronic monitoring products and technology. We may not be able to anticipate or respond to technological changes in a timely manner, and our response may not result in successful electronic monitoring product development and timely product introductions. If we are unable to anticipate or timely respond to technological changes, our business could be adversely affected and could compromise our competitive position, particularly if our competitors announce or introduce new electronic monitoring products and services in advance of us. Additionally, new electronic monitoring products and technology face the uncertainty of customer acceptance and reaction from competitors.

Any negative changes in the level of acceptance of or resistance to the use of electronic monitoring products and services by governmental customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Governmental customers use electronic monitoring products and services to monitor low risk offenders as a way to help reduce overcrowding in correctional facilities, as a monitoring and sanctioning tool, and to promote public safety by imposing restrictions on movement and serving as a deterrent for alcohol usage. If the level of acceptance of or resistance to the use of electronic monitoring products and services by governmental customers were to change over time in a negative manner so that governmental customers decide to decrease their usage levels and contracting for electronic monitoring products and services, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of third parties to manufacture and supply quality infrastructure components for our electronic monitoring products. If our suppliers cannot provide the components or services we require and with such quality as we expect, our ability to market and sell our electronic monitoring products and services could be harmed.

If our suppliers fail to supply components in a timely manner that meets our quantity, quality, cost requirements, or technical specifications, we may not be able to access alternative sources of these components within a reasonable period of time or at commercially reasonable rates. A reduction or interruption in the supply of components, or a significant increase in the price of components, could have a material adverse effect on our marketing and sales initiatives, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

43


Table of Contents

The interruption, delay or failure of the provision of our services or information systems could adversely affect our business.

Certain segments of our business depend significantly on effective information systems. As with all companies that utilize information technology, we are vulnerable to negative impacts if information is inadvertently interrupted, delayed, compromised or lost. We routinely process, store and transmit large amounts of data for our clients. We continually work to update and maintain effective information systems. Despite the security measures we have in place and any additional measures we may implement in the future, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to security breaches, computer viruses, lost or misplaced data, programming errors, human errors, acts of vandalism, or other events. For example, several well-known companies have recently disclosed high-profile security breaches, involving sophisticated and highly targeted attacks on their company’s infrastructure or their customers’ data, which were not recognized or detected until after such companies had been affected notwithstanding the preventative measures they had in place. Any security breach or event resulting in the interruption, delay or failure of our services or information systems, or the misappropriation, loss, or other unauthorized disclosure of client data or confidential information, whether by us directly or our third-party service providers, could damage our reputation, expose us to the risks of litigation and liability, disrupt our business, result in lost business or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

An inability to acquire, protect or maintain our intellectual property and patents in the electronic monitoring space could harm our ability to compete or grow.

We have numerous United States and foreign patents issued as well as a number of United States patents pending in the electronic monitoring space. There can be no assurance that the protection afforded by these patents will provide us with a competitive advantage, prevent our competitors from duplicating our products, or that we will be able to assert our intellectual property rights in infringement actions.

In addition, any of our patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable. There can be no assurance that we will be successful should one or more of our patents be challenged for any reason. If our patent claims are rendered invalid or unenforceable, or narrowed in scope, the patent coverage afforded to our products could be impaired, which could significantly impede our ability to market our products, negatively affect our competitive position and harm our business and operating results.

There can be no assurance that any pending or future patent applications held by us will result in an issued patent, or that if patents are issued to us, that such patents will provide meaningful protection against competitors or against competitive technologies. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability. The United States federal courts or equivalent national courts or patent offices elsewhere may invalidate our patents or find them unenforceable. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. Our patents and patent applications cover particular aspects of our products. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods. If these developments were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our sales. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former employees and current employees, despite the existence of nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights effectively or to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If our intellectual property rights are not adequately protected, we may not be able to commercialize our technologies, products or services and our competitors could commercialize our technologies, which could result in a decrease in our sales and market share that would harm our business and operating results.

Additionally, the expiration of any of our patents may reduce the barriers to entry into our electronic monitoring line of business and may result in loss of market share and a decrease in our competitive abilities, thus having a potential adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our electronic monitoring products could infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, which may lead to litigation that could itself be costly, could result in the payment of substantial damages or royalties, and/or prevent us from using technology that is essential to our products.

There can be no assurance that our current products or products under development will not infringe any patent or other intellectual property rights of third parties. If infringement claims are brought against us, whether successfully or not, these assertions could distract management from other tasks important to the success of our business, necessitate us expending potentially significant funds and resources to defend or settle such claims and harm our reputation. We cannot be certain that we will have the financial resources to defend ourselves against any patent or other intellectual property litigation.

In addition, intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

cease selling or using any products that incorporate the asserted intellectual property, which would adversely affect our revenue;

 

   

pay substantial damages for past use of the asserted intellectual property;

 

   

obtain a license from the holder of the asserted intellectual property, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all; or

 

   

redesign or rename, in the case of trademark claims, our products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may not be possible and could be costly and time-consuming if it is possible to do.

In the event of an adverse determination in an intellectual property suit or proceeding, or our failure to license essential technology, our sales could be harmed and/or our costs could increase, which would harm our financial condition.

We license intellectual property rights in the electronic monitoring space, including patents, from third party owners. If such owners do not properly maintain or enforce the intellectual property underlying such licenses, our competitive position and business prospects could be harmed. Our licensors may also seek to terminate our license.

We are a party to a number of licenses that give us rights to third-party intellectual property that is necessary or useful to our business. Our success will depend in part on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce our licensed intellectual property. Our licensors may not successfully prosecute any applications for or maintain intellectual property to which we have licenses, may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies that are infringing such intellectual property, or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Without protection for the intellectual property we license, other companies might be able to offer similar products for sale, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

If we lose any of our rights to use third-party intellectual property, it could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our technologies, products or services, as well as harm our competitive business position and our business prospects.

We may be subject to costly product liability claims from the use of our electronic monitoring products, which could damage our reputation, impair the marketability of our products and services and force us to pay costs and damages that may not be covered by adequate insurance.

Manufacturing, marketing, selling, testing and the operation of our electronic monitoring products and services entail a risk of product liability. We could be subject to product liability claims to the extent our electronic monitoring products fail to perform as intended. Even unsuccessful claims against us could result in

 

45


Table of Contents

the expenditure of funds in litigation, the diversion of management time and resources, damage to our reputation and impairment in the marketability of our electronic monitoring products and services. While we maintain liability insurance, it is possible that a successful claim could be made against us, that the amount of our insurance coverage would not be adequate to cover the costs of defending against or paying such a claim, or that damages payable by us would harm our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may vary substantially.

The trading prices of equity securities issued by REITs have historically been affected by changes in market interest rates. One of the factors that may influence the market price of our common stock is the annual yield from distributions on our common stock as compared to yields on other financial instruments. An increase in market interest rates, or a decrease in our distributions to shareholders, may lead prospective purchasers of our shares to demand a higher annual yield, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Other factors that could affect the market price of our common stock include the following:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;

 

   

changes in market valuations of companies in our industry;

 

   

changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;

 

   

fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;

 

   

issuances of common stock or other securities in the future;

 

   

the addition or departure of key personnel;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances; and

 

   

changes in the prospects of public-private partnerships in the corrections and detention industry.

In August 2016, the DOJ issued a memorandum directed to the BOP which stated that the BOP should either decline to renew or substantially reduce the scope of contract renewals in a manner consistent with law and the overall decline of the BOP’s inmate populations. After that announcement, the market price of our common stock declined. We were subsequently named as a defendant in a punitive securities class action lawsuit as described in Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K. This litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business and the market price of our stock.

Future sales of shares of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may be dilutive to current shareholders.

Sales of shares of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the price for our common stock. As of December 31, 2016, there were 125,000,000 shares of common stock authorized under our Articles of Incorporation, of which 75,031,696 shares were outstanding. Our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or other authorized but unissued securities of ours at any time, including pursuant to equity incentive plans and stock purchase plans.

In September 2014, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission an automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 allowing us to offer, from time to time and among other securities, an

 

46


Table of Contents

indeterminate amount of common stock, subject to certain market conditions and other factors. Accordingly, we may, from time to time, seek to offer and sell shares of our common stock based upon market conditions and other factors. On November 10, 2014, in connection with the new shelf registration, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a new prospectus supplement related to the offer and sale from time to time of the Company’s common stock at an aggregate offering price of up to $150 million through sales agents. Sales of shares of the Company’s common stock under the prospectus supplement and the equity distribution agreements entered into with the sales agents, if any, may be made in negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” offerings as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933.

An offering of shares of our common stock may have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share and funds from operations per share after giving effect to the issuance of our common stock in this offering and the receipt of the expected net proceeds. The actual amount of dilution from any offering of our equity securities, cannot be determined at this time. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market pursuant to an offering, or otherwise, or as a result of the perception or expectation that such sales could occur.

Various anti-takeover protections applicable to us may make an acquisition of us more difficult and reduce the market value of our common stock.

We are a Florida corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Florida law impose various impediments to the ability of a third party to acquire control of our company, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our shareholders. In addition, provisions of our articles of incorporation may make an acquisition of us more difficult. Our articles of incorporation authorize the issuance by our Board of Directors of “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval. Such shares of preferred stock could be given voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation rights or other similar rights superior to those of our common stock, making a takeover of us more difficult and expensive. In addition to discouraging takeovers, the anti-takeover provisions of Florida law and our articles of incorporation may have the impact of reducing the market value of our common stock.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have an adverse effect on our business and the trading price of our common stock.

If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, in accordance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, our exposure to fraud and errors in accounting and financial reporting could materially increase. Also, inadequate internal controls would likely prevent us from concluding on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Such failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could adversely impact our business and the price of our common stock.

We may issue additional debt securities that could limit our operating flexibility and negatively affect the value of our common stock.

In the future, we may issue additional debt securities which may be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants that could place restrictions on the operation of our business and the execution of our business strategy in addition to the restrictions on our business already contained in the agreements governing our existing debt. In addition, we may choose to issue debt that is convertible or exchangeable for other securities, including our common stock, or that has rights, preferences and privileges senior to our common stock. Because any decision to issue debt securities will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any future debt financings and we may be required to accept unfavorable terms for any such financings. Accordingly, any future issuance of debt could dilute the interest of holders of our common stock and reduce the value of our common stock.

 

47


Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

We lease our corporate offices which are located in Boca Raton, Florida, under a lease agreement which was amended in November 2015. The current lease expires in March 2019 and has two 5-year renewal options, which if exercised will result in a maximum term ending in March 2029. In 2016, the Company purchased land in Boca Raton, Florida to construct a new corporate office building which is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2018. In addition, we lease office space for our eastern regional office in Charlotte, North Carolina; our central regional office in San Antonio, Texas; our western regional office in Los Angeles, California; and our youth services division in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. As a result of the BI acquisition in February 2011 and the Protocol acquisition in February 2014, we are also currently leasing office space in Boulder, Colorado and Aurora, Illinois, respectively. We also lease office space in Sydney and Melbourne, Australia, and in Sandton, South Africa, through our overseas affiliates to support our Australian, and South African operations, respectively. We consider our office space adequate for our current operations.

See the Facilities and Day Reporting Centers listing under Item 1 for a list of the correctional, detention and re-entry properties we own or lease in connection with our operations.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On August 25, 2016, a purported shareholder class action lawsuit was filed against the Company, its Chief Executive Officer, George C. Zoley (“Mr. Zoley”), and its Chief Financial Officer, Brian R. Evans (“Mr. Evans”), in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The complaint alleges that the Company and Messrs. Zoley and Evans made false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business, operational and compliance policies. The lawsuit alleges that it is brought by John J. Mulvaney individually and on behalf of a class consisting of all persons other than the defendants who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s securities during the alleged class period between March 1, 2012 through and including August 17, 2016. The complaint alleges that the Company and Messrs. Zoley and Evans violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and alleges that Messrs. Zoley and Evans violated Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The complaint seeks damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, expert fees, other costs, and such other relief as the court may deem proper. The Company intends to take all necessary steps to vigorously defend itself and Messrs. Zoley and Evans. The Company has not recorded an accrual relating to this matter at this time, as a loss is not considered probable or reasonably estimable at this preliminary stage of the lawsuit.

The nature of the Company’s business exposes it to various types of third-party legal claims or litigation against the Company, including, but not limited to, civil rights claims relating to conditions of confinement and/or mistreatment, sexual misconduct claims brought by prisoners or detainees, medical malpractice claims, product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims, claims relating to employment matters (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination claims, union grievances and wage and hour claims), property loss claims, environmental claims, automobile liability claims, indemnification claims by its customers and other third parties, contractual claims and claims for personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with the Company’s facilities, programs, electronic monitoring products, personnel or prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape or from a disturbance or riot at a facility. The Company does not expect the outcome of any pending claims or legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

48


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GEO.” The following table shows the high and low prices for our common stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, for each of the four quarters of 2016 and 2015. The prices shown have been rounded to the nearest $1/100. The approximate number of shareholders of record as of February 22, 2017 is 624.

 

     2016      2015  

Quarter

   High      Low      High      Low  

First

   $ 34.67      $ 26.08      $ 45.25      $ 40.20  

Second

     34.62        31.16        44.85        33.90  

Third

     35.08        19.51        38.06        28.83  

Fourth

     35.93        22.87        34.05        26.00  

Distributions

As a REIT, the Company is required to distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and by excluding net capital gain). The amount, timing and frequency of future distributions will be at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will be declared based upon various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including, the Company’s financial condition and operating cash flows, the amount required to maintain REIT status and reduce any income taxes that the Company otherwise would be required to pay, limitations on distributions in the Company’s existing and future debt instruments, limitations on the Company’s ability to fund distributions using cash generated through our TRS and other factors that the Company’s Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

49


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 we declared and paid the following regular cash distributions to our shareholders which were treated as qualified and non-qualified ordinary income dividends and non dividend distributions for federal income tax purposes as stated below:

 

                      Ordinary Dividends     Capital Gains              

Declaration Date

  Payment Date     Record Date     Distribution
per share
    Total     Qualified (1)     Non-Qualified     Total     Unrecaptured
Section 1250
    Long
Term
    Non
Dividend
Distributions
(2)
    Aggregate
Payment
Amount
(in
millions)
 

February 6, 2015

   
February 27,
2015
 
 
   
February 17,
2015
 
 
    0.62       0.4669470       0.0529749       0.4139721       —         —         —         0.1530530       46.0  

April 29, 2015

    May 21, 2015       May 11, 2015       0.62       0.4669470       0.0529749       0.4139721       —         —         —         0.1530530       46.3  

July 31, 2015

   
August 24,
2015
 
 
   
August 14,
2015
 
 
    0.62       0.4669470       0.0529749       0.4139721       —         —         —         0.1530530       46.3  

November 3, 2015

   
November 25,
2015
 
 
   
November 16,
2015
 
 
    0.65       0.4895412       0.0555382       0.434003       —         —         —         0.1604588       48.5  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 2.51     $ 1.8903822     $ 0.2144629     $ 1.6759193     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 0.6196178     $ 187.1  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage

        100.0     75.3     11.3     88.7     0.0     0.0     0.0     24.7  

February 3, 2016

   
February 26,
2016
 
 
   
February 16,
2016
 
 
    0.65       0.5070021       0.0740419       0.4329602       —         —         —         0.1429979       48.5  

April 20, 2016

    May 12, 2016       May 2, 2016       0.65       0.5070021       0.0740419       0.4329602       —         —         —         0.1429979       48.7  

July 20, 2016

   
August 12,
2016
 
 
   
August 1,
2016
 
 
    0.65       0.5070021       0.0740419       0.4329602       —         —         —         0.1429979       48.7  

October 18, 2016

   
November 10,
2016
 
 
   
October 31,
2016
 
 
    0.65       0.5070021       0.0740419       0.4329602             0.1429979       48.8  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 2.60     $ 2.0280084     $ 0.2961676     $ 1.7318408     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 0.5719916     $ 194.7  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage

        100.0     78.0     14.6     85.4     0.0     0.0     0.0     22.0  

 

(1) Qualified Dividends represents the portion of the Total Ordinary Dividends which constitutes a “Qualified Dividend”, as defined                by the Internal Revenue Service.
(2) The amount constitutes a “Return of Capital”, as defined by the Internal Revenue Service.

We intend to continue paying regular quarterly cash dividends consistent with our stated expectation to pay at least 75% of our adjusted funds from operations (“AFFO”) in dividends with a goal to increase our dividend payout ratio over time. The amount, timing and frequency of our future dividends will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors based upon the factors mentioned above.

In addition to these factors, the indentures governing our 6.00% Senior Notes, 5.125% Senior Notes, 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024, 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and our Senior Credit Facility also place material restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. See the Liquidity and Capital Resources section in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 13—Debt in “Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, for further description of these restrictions. We believe we have the ability to continue to fund our working capital, our debt service requirements, and our maintenance and growth capital expenditure requirements, while maintaining sufficient liquidity for other corporate purposes.

 

50


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the performance of our common stock to the Russell 2000, the S&P 500 Commercial Services and Supplies Index, and the MSCI U.S. REIT Index and is provided in accordance with Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K.

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return*

The GEO Group, Inc., Russell 2000,

S&P 500 Commercial Services and Supplies Index

and MSCI U.S. REIT Index

(Performance through December 31, 2016)

 

 

LOGO

 

Date   

The GEO

Group, Inc.

     Russell 2000     

S&P 500

Commercial

Services and

Supplies

     MSCI
U.S.
REIT
Index
 

December 31, 2011

   $ 100.00      $ 100.00      $ 100.00      $ 100.00  

December 31, 2012

   $ 270.80      $ 114.63      $ 109.93      $ 113.56  

December 31, 2013

   $ 252.01      $ 157.05      $ 141.84      $ 111.98  

December 31, 2014

   $ 336.92      $ 162.60      $ 158.29      $ 140.29  

December 31, 2015

   $ 259.40      $ 153.31      $ 154.97      $ 138.18  

December 31, 2016

   $ 352.93      $ 183.17      $ 174.46      $ 144.01  

Assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2011 in our common stock and the respective Index.

 

* Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends.

 

51


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth historical financial data as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2016. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements (in thousands, except per share and operational data).

 

Year Ended:

  2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Results of Continuing Operations:

         

Revenues

  $ 2,179,490     $ 1,843,307     $ 1,691,620     $ 1,522,074     $ 1,479,062  

Operating income from continuing operations

    265,584       235,729       234,731       185,484       184,353  

Income from continuing operations

  $ 148,498     $ 139,315     $ 143,840     $ 117,462     $ 144,558  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations per common share attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.:

         

Basic:

  $ 2.01     $ 1.89     $ 1.99     $ 1.65     $ 2.39  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

  $ 2.00     $ 1.88     $ 1.98     $ 1.64     $ 2.37  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:

         

Basic

    74,043       73,696       72,270       71,116       60,934  

Diluted

    74,323       73,995       72,547       71,605       61,265  

Cash and Stock Dividends per Common Share:

         

Quarterly Cash Dividends

  $ 2.6     $ 2.51     $ 2.33     $ 2.05     $ 0.4  

Special Dividend-Cash and Stock (1)

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 5.68  

Financial Condition:

         

Current assets

  $ 697,669     $ 438,346     $ 377,406     $ 384,345     $ 337,183  

Current liabilities

    504,058       278,624       254,075       223,125       259,871  

Total assets

    3,749,409       3,462,227       3,002,208       2,889,364       2,839,194  

Long-term debt, including current portion (excluding non-recourse debt and capital leases)

    1,957,530       1,878,870       1,465,921       1,488,721       1,351,697  

Total Shareholders’ equity

  $ 974,957     $ 1,006,837     $ 1,045,993     $ 1,023,976     $ 1,047,304  

Operational Data:

         

Facilities in operation

    104       104       92       86       87  

Operational capacity of contracts (2)

    83,599       83,878       75,302       66,130       65,949  

Compensated mandays (3)

    25,482,373       23,841,256       22,390,904       20,867,016       20,530,885  

 

(1) Special Dividend paid on December 31, 2012 in connection with the Company’s REIT conversion.
(2) Represents the number of beds primarily from correction and detention facilities and excludes idle facilities.
(3) Compensated mandays are calculated as follows: (a) for per diem rate facilities — the number of beds occupied by residents on a daily basis during the fiscal year; and (b) for fixed rate facilities — the capacity of the facility multiplied by the number of days the facility was in operation during the fiscal year.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis provides information which management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially

 

52


Table of Contents

from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors including, but not limited to, those described above under “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and “Forward-Looking Statements - Safe Harbor” below. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

We are a real estate investment trust specializing in the ownership, leasing and management of correctional, detention and re-entry facilities and the provision of community-based services and youth services in the United States, Australia, South Africa, and the United Kingdom. We own, lease and operate a broad range of correctional and detention facilities including maximum, medium and minimum security prisons, immigration detention centers, minimum security detention centers, and community based re-entry facilities. We offer counseling, education and/or treatment to inmates with alcohol and drug abuse problems at most of the domestic facilities we manage. We are also a provider of innovative compliance technologies, industry-leading monitoring services, and evidence-based supervision and treatment programs for community-based parolees, probationers and pretrial defendants. Additionally, we have an exclusive contract with ICE to provide supervision and reporting services designed to improve the participation of non-detained aliens in the immigration court system. We develop new facilities based on contract awards, using our project development expertise and experience to design, construct and finance what we believe are state-of-the-art facilities that maximize security and efficiency. We also provide secure transportation services for offender and detainee populations as contracted domestically and in the United Kingdom through our joint venture GEOAmey.

As of December 31, 2016, our worldwide operations included the management and/or ownership of approximately 87,000 beds at 104 correctional, detention and re-entry facilities, including idle facilities and projects under development and also included the provision of servicing of more than 166,000 offenders in a community-based environment on behalf of approximately 900 federal, state and local correctional agencies located in all 50 states.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we had consolidated revenues of $2.2 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, and we maintained an average company wide facility occupancy rate of 92.9% including 83,599 active beds and excluding 3,538 idle beds for the year ended December 31, 2016, and 91.5% including 83,878 active beds and excluding 3,484 idle beds for the year ended December 31, 2015.

REIT Conversion

We have been a leading owner, lessor and operator of correctional, detention and re-entry facilities and provider of community-based services and youth services in the industry since 1984 and began operating as a REIT for federal income tax purposes effective January 1, 2013. As a result of the REIT conversion, we reorganized our operations and moved non-real estate components into TRSs. Through the TRS structure, the portion of our businesses which are non-real estate related, such as our managed-only contracts, international operations, electronic monitoring services, and other non-residential and community based facilities, are part of wholly-owned taxable subsidiaries of the REIT. Most of our business segments, which are real estate related and involve company-owned and company-leased facilities, are part of the REIT. The TRS structure allows us to maintain the strategic alignment of almost all of our diversified business segments under one entity. The TRS assets and operations will continue to be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes and to foreign taxes as applicable in the jurisdictions in which those assets and operations are located.

 

53


Table of Contents

As a REIT, we are required to distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and by excluding net capital gain) and we began paying regular distributions in 2013. We declared and paid the following regular REIT distributions to our shareholders which were treated for federal income taxes as follows:

 

                  Ordinary Dividends              

Declaration Date

  Payment Date   Record Date   Distribution
Per Share
    Qualified(1)     Non-Qualified     Nondividend
Distributions(2)
    Aggregate
Payment
Amount
(millions)
 

February 18, 2014

  March 14, 2014   March 3, 2014   $ 0.57     $ 0.0448272     $ 0.4154156     $ 0.1097572     $ 41.1  

April 28, 2014

  May 27, 2014   May 15, 2014   $ 0.57     $ 0.0448272     $ 0.4154156     $ 0.1097572     $ 41.5  

August 5, 2014

  August 29, 2014   August 18, 2014   $ 0.57     $ 0.0448272     $ 0.4154156     $ 0.1097572     $ 41.4  

November 5, 2014

  November 26, 2014   November 17, 2014   $ 0.62     $ 0.0487594     $ 0.4518556     $ 0.1193850     $ 46.0  

February 6, 2015

  February 27, 2015   February 17, 2015   $ 0.62     $ 0.0529749     $ 0.4139721     $ 0.1530530     $ 46.0  

April 29, 2015

  May 21, 2015   May 11, 2015   $ 0.62     $ 0.0529749     $ 0.4139721     $ 0.1530530     $ 46.3  

July 31, 2015

  August 24, 2015   August 14, 2015   $ 0.62     $ 0.0529749     $ 0.4139721     $ 0.1530530     $ 46.3  

November 3, 2015

  November 25, 2015   November 16, 2015   $ 0.65     $ 0.0555382     $ 0.4340030     $ 0.1604588     $ 48.5  

February 3, 2016

  February 26, 2016   February 16, 2016   $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $ 0.1429979     $ 48.5  

April 20, 2016

  May 12, 2016   May 2, 2016   $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $ 0.1429979     $ 48.7  

July 20, 2016

  August 12, 2016   August 1, 2016   $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $ 0.1429979     $ 48.7  

October 18, 2016

  November 10, 2016   October 31, 2016   $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $ 0.1429979     $ 48.8  

 

(1) The amount constitutes a “Qualified Dividend”, as defined by the Internal Revenue Service.
(2) The amount constitutes a “Return of Capital”, as defined by the Internal Revenue Service.

Critical Accounting Policies

We believe that the accounting policies described below are critical to understanding our business, results of operations and financial condition because they involve the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and application of our critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our Board of Directors, and our audit committee has reviewed our disclosure relating to our critical accounting policies in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We routinely evaluate our estimates based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that our management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. If actual results significantly differ from our estimates, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially impacted.

Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed below, are also critical to understanding our consolidated financial statements. The notes to our consolidated financial statements contain additional information related to our accounting policies and should be read in conjunction with this discussion.

Revenue Recognition

Facility management revenues are recognized as services are provided under facility management contracts with approved government appropriations based on a net rate per day per inmate or on a fixed monthly rate, as applicable. A limited number of our contracts have provisions upon which a small portion of the revenue for the contract is based on the performance of certain targets. Revenue based on the performance of certain targets is less than 1% of our

 

54


Table of Contents

consolidated annual revenues. These performance targets are based on specific criteria to be met over specific periods of time. Such criteria includes our ability to achieve certain contractual benchmarks relative to the quality of service we provide, non-occurrence of certain disruptive events, effectiveness of our quality control programs and our responsiveness to customer requirements and concerns. For the limited number of contracts where revenue is based on the performance of certain targets, revenue is either (i) recorded pro rata when revenue is fixed and determinable or (ii) recorded when the specified time period lapses. In many instances, we are a party to more than one contract with a single entity. In these instances, each contract is accounted for separately.

Construction revenues are recognized from our contracts with certain customers to perform construction and design services (“project development services”) for various facilities. In these instances, we act as the primary developer and subcontract with bonded National and/or Regional Design Build Contractors. These construction revenues are recognized as earned on a percentage of completion basis measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date as compared to the estimated total cost for each contract. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts and changes to cost estimates are made in the period in which we determine that such losses and changes are probable. Typically, we enter into fixed price contracts and do not perform additional work unless approved change orders are in place. Costs attributable to unapproved change orders are expensed in the period in which the costs are incurred if we believe that it is not probable that the costs will be recovered through a change in the contract price. If we believe that it is probable that the costs will be recovered through a change in the contract price, costs related to unapproved change orders are expensed in the period in which they are incurred, and contract revenue is recognized to the extent of the costs incurred. Revenue in excess of the costs attributable to unapproved change orders is not recognized until the change order is approved. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to estimated costs and income, and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, there have been no changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability that would require a revision to the estimated costs and income related to project development services. As the primary contractor, we are exposed to the various risks associated with construction, including the risk of cost overruns. Accordingly, we record our construction revenue on a gross basis and include the related cost of construction activities in Operating Expenses.

When evaluating multiple element arrangements for certain contracts where we provide project development services to our clients in addition to standard management services, we follow revenue recognition guidance for multiple element arrangements under ASC 605-25 “Multiple Element Arrangements”. This revenue recognition guidance related to multiple deliverables in an arrangement provides guidance on determining if separate contracts should be evaluated as a single arrangement and if an arrangement involves a single unit of accounting or separate units of accounting and if the arrangement is determined to have separate units, how to allocate amounts received in the arrangement for revenue recognition purposes. In instances where we provide these project development services and subsequent management services, generally, the arrangement results in no delivered elements at the onset of the agreement. The elements are delivered, and revenue is recognized, over the contract period as the project development and management services are performed. Project development services are generally not provided separately to a customer without a management contract. We have determined that the significant deliverables in such an arrangement during the project development phase and services performed under the management contract qualify as separate units of accounting. With respect to the deliverables during the management services period, we regularly negotiate such contracts and provide management services to our customers outside of any arrangement for construction. We establish per diem rates for all of our management contracts based on, amongst other factors, expected and guaranteed occupancy, costs of providing the services and desired margins. As such, the fair value of the consideration to each deliverable was determined using our estimated selling price for the project development deliverable and vendor specific objective evidence for the facility management services deliverable.

 

55


Table of Contents

Reserves for Insurance Losses

The nature of our business exposes us to various types of third-party legal claims, including, but not limited to, civil rights claims relating to conditions of confinement and/or mistreatment, sexual misconduct claims brought by prisoners or detainees, product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims, claims relating to employment matters (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination claims, union grievances and wage and hour claims), property loss claims, environmental claims, automobile liability claims, contractual claims and claims for personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with our facilities, programs, electronic monitoring products, personnel or prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape or from a disturbance or riot at a facility. In addition, our management contracts generally require us to indemnify the governmental agency against any damages to which the governmental agency may be subject in connection with such claims or litigation. We maintain a broad program of insurance coverage for these general types of claims, except for claims relating to employment matters, for which we carry no insurance. There can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover all claims to which we may be exposed. It is our general practice to bring merged or acquired companies into our corporate master policies in order to take advantage of certain economies of scale.

We currently maintain a general liability policy and excess liability policies with total limits of $80.0 million per occurrence and $100 million in the aggregate covering the operations of U.S. Corrections & Detention, GEO Care’s community based services, GEO Care’s youth services and BI. We have a claims-made liability insurance program with a specific loss limit of $35.0 million per occurrence and in the aggregate related to medical professional liability claims arising out of correctional healthcare services. We are uninsured for any claims in excess of these limits. We also maintain insurance to cover property and other casualty risks including, workers’ compensation, environmental liability and automobile liability.

For most casualty insurance policies, we carry substantial deductibles or self-insured retentions of $3.0 million per occurrence for general liability and medical professional liability, $2.0 million per occurrence for workers’ compensation and $1.0 million per occurrence for automobile liability. In addition, certain of our facilities located in Florida and other high-risk hurricane areas carry substantial windstorm deductibles. Since hurricanes are considered unpredictable future events, no reserves have been established to pre-fund for potential windstorm damage. Limited commercial availability of certain types of insurance relating to windstorm exposure in coastal areas and earthquake exposure mainly in California and the Pacific Northwest may prevent the Company from insuring some of its facilities to full replacement value.

With respect to operations in South Africa, the United Kingdom and Australia, we utilize a combination of locally-procured insurance and global policies to meet contractual insurance requirements and protect us. In addition to these policies, our Australian subsidiary carries tail insurance on a general liability policy related to a discontinued contract.

Of the insurance policies discussed above, our most significant insurance reserves relate to workers’ compensation, general liability and auto claims. These reserves are undiscounted and were $51.6 million and $52.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and are included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets. We use statistical and actuarial methods to estimate amounts for claims that have been reported but not paid and claims incurred but not reported. In applying these methods and assessing their results, we consider such factors as historical frequency and severity of claims at each of our facilities, claim development, payment patterns and changes in the nature of our business, among other factors. Such factors are analyzed for each of our business segments. Our estimates may be impacted by such factors as increases in the market price for medical services and unpredictability of the size of jury awards. We also may experience variability between our estimates and the actual settlement due to limitations inherent in the estimation process, including our ability to estimate costs of processing and settling claims in a timely manner as well as our ability to accurately estimate our exposure at the onset of a claim. Because we have high deductible insurance policies, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on our ability to control our claims experience. If actual losses related to insurance claims significantly differ from our estimates, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

 

56


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The consolidated financial statements reflect provisions for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences and carryforwards are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of a change in tax rates is recognized as income in the period that includes the enactment date. Refer to Note 16- Income Taxes in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Effective January 1, 2013, as a REIT that is required to distribute at least 90% of its taxable income to shareholders, we do not expect to pay federal income taxes at the REIT level (including our qualified REIT subsidiaries), as the resulting dividends paid deduction will generally offset our taxable income. Since we do not expect to pay taxes on our REIT taxable income, we do not expect to be able to recognize such deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Deferred income taxes are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities given the provisions of enacted tax laws. Significant judgments are required to determine the consolidated provision for income taxes. Deferred income tax provisions and benefits are based on changes to the assets or liabilities from year to year. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon many factors such as tax regulations applicable to the jurisdictions in which we operate, estimates of future taxable income and the character of such taxable income.

Additionally, we must use significant judgment in addressing uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations. If actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, adjustments to the carrying value of deferred tax assets or liabilities may be required, which may result in an adverse impact on the results of our operations and our effective tax rate. Valuation allowances are recorded related to deferred tax assets based on the “more likely than not” criteria. We have not made any significant changes to the way we account for our deferred tax assets and liabilities in any year presented in the consolidated financial statements except for the adoption of ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes,” which requires that all deferred income tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. Based on our estimate of future earnings and our favorable earnings history, we currently expect full realization of the deferred tax assets net of any recorded valuation allowances. Furthermore, tax positions taken by us may not be fully sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. In determining the adequacy of our provision (benefit) for income taxes, potential settlement outcomes resulting from income tax examinations are regularly assessed. As such, the final outcome of tax examinations, including the total amount payable or the timing of any such payments upon resolution of these issues, cannot be estimated with certainty.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over 2 to 50 years. Equipment and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over 3 to 10 years. Accelerated methods of depreciation are generally used for income tax purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. We perform ongoing evaluations of the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment for depreciation purposes. The estimated useful lives are determined and continually evaluated based on the period over which services are expected to be rendered by the asset. If the assessment indicates that assets will be used for a longer or shorter period than previously anticipated, the useful lives of the assets are revised, resulting in a change in estimate. We have not made any changes in estimates during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of company-owned correctional and detention facilities. Cost for self-constructed correctional and detention facilities includes direct materials and labor, capitalized interest and certain other indirect costs associated with construction of the facility, such as property taxes, other indirect labor and related benefits and

 

57


Table of Contents

payroll taxes. The Company begins the capitalization of costs during the pre-construction phase, which is the period during which costs are incurred to evaluate the site, and continues until the facility is substantially complete and ready for occupancy. Labor costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not significant. Capitalized interest is recorded as part of the asset to which it relates and is amortized over the asset’s estimated useful life.

Asset Impairments

The Company had property and equipment of $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, including approximately 3,328 vacant beds at four idle facilities with a carrying value of $33.8 million which are being marketed to potential customers as of December 31, 2016, excluding equipment and other assets that can be easily transferred for use at other facilities.

We review long-lived assets to be held and used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Events that would trigger an impairment assessment include deterioration of profits for a business segment that has long-lived assets, or when other changes occur that might impair recovery of long-lived assets such as the termination of a management contract or a significant decrease in inmate population. If impairment indicators are present, we perform a recoverability test to determine whether or not an impairment loss should be measured.

We test idle facilities for impairment upon notification that the facilities will no longer be utilized by the customer. If a long-lived asset is part of a group that includes other assets, the unit of accounting for the long-lived asset is its group. Generally, we group assets by facility for the purpose of considering whether any impairment exists. The estimates of recoverability are based on projected undiscounted cash flows associated with actual marketing efforts where available or, in other instances, projected undiscounted cash flows that are comparable to historical cash flows from management contracts at similar facilities and sensitivity analyses that consider reductions to such cash flows. Our sensitivity analyses include adjustments to projected cash flows compared to the historical cash flows due to current business conditions which impact per diem rates as well as labor and other operating costs, changes related to facility mission due to changes in prospective clients, and changes in projected capacity and occupancy rates. We also factor in prolonged periods of vacancies as well as the time and costs required to ramp up facility population once a contract is obtained. We perform the impairment analyses on an annual basis for each of the idle facilities and update each quarter for market developments for the potential utilization of each of the facilities in order to identify events that may cause us to reconsider the most recent assumptions. Such events could include negotiations with a prospective customer for the utilization of an idle facility at terms significantly less favorable than used in our most recent impairment analysis, or changes in legislation surrounding a particular facility that could impact our ability to house certain types of inmates at such facility. Further, a substantial increase in the number of available beds at other facilities that we own, or in the marketplace, could lead to deterioration in market conditions and projected cash flows. Although they are not frequently received, an unsolicited offer to purchase any of our idle facilities, at amounts that are less than their carrying value could also cause us to reconsider the assumptions used in the most recent impairment analysis. We have identified marketing prospects to utilize each of the remaining currently idled facilities and do not see any catalysts that would result in a current impairment. However, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to secure management contracts to utilize our idle facilities, or that we will not incur impairment charges in the future. In all cases, the projected undiscounted cash flows in our analysis as of December 31, 2016 substantially exceeded the carrying amounts of each facility.

Our evaluations also take into consideration historical experience in securing new management contracts to utilize facilities that had been previously idled for periods comparable to or in excess of the periods our currently idle facilities have been idle. Such previously idle facilities are currently being operated under contracts that generate cash flows resulting in the recoverability of the net book value of the previously idled facilities by substantial amounts. Due to a variety of factors, the lead time to negotiate contracts with federal and state agencies to utilize idle bed capacity is generally lengthy which has historically resulted in periods of idleness similar to the ones we are currently experiencing. As a result of our analyses, we determined each of these assets to have recoverable values substantially in excess of the corresponding carrying values.

 

58


Table of Contents

By their nature, these estimates contain uncertainties with respect to the extent and timing of the respective cash flows due to potential delays or material changes to forecasted terms and conditions in contracts with prospective customers that could impact the estimate of projected cash flows. Notwithstanding the effects the current economy has had on our customers’ demand for prison beds in the short term which has led to our decision to idle certain facilities, we believe the long-term trends favor an increase in the utilization of our idle correctional facilities. This belief is also based on our experience in working with governmental agencies faced with significant budgetary challenges which is a primary contributing factor to the lack of appropriated funding to build new bed capacity by federal and state agencies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company implemented the following accounting standards during the year ended December 31, 2016:    

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest,” which is intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. The amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The guidance in this update does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of authoritative guidance for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the debt issuance costs ratable over the term of the line-of-credit agreement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. In accordance with ASU No. 2015-03, we have applied the new guidance on a retrospective basis. As a result, we have reclassified debt issuance costs of $36.9 million and $41.1 million from Other Non-Current Assets to a direct reduction of Long-Term Debt and Non-Recourse Debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In accordance with the SEC guidance discussed above, we continue to present debt issuance costs related to our Revolver as an asset which is included in Other Non-Current Assets. The implementation of this standard during the year ended December 31, 2016 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Refer to Note 13 — Debt included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes,” which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that all deferred income tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. ASU No. 2015-17 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods with earlier application permitted. We early adopted this standard during the year ended December 31, 2016 on a prospective basis. Adoption of this ASU resulted in a reclassification of our net current deferred tax asset and net non-current deferred tax liability to the net non-current deferred tax asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016. The prior reporting period was not retroactively adjusted. The implementation of this standard during the year ended December 31, 2016 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The following accounting standards will be adopted in future periods:

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” which is intended to simplify the test for goodwill impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, this update eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under the amendments in this update, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its

 

59


Table of Contents

carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01,Business Combinations,”    which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The update provides a screen to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated. If the screen is not met, the amendments in this update (1) require that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. The amendments provide a framework to assist entities in evaluating whether both an input and a substantive process are present. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows,” to address the diversity that exists in the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this update do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17,Consolidation - Interest Held through Related Parties that are Under Common Control,” which amends the current consolidation guidance on how a reporting entity that is the single decision maker of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) should treat indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity when determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of that VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the reporting entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE, and therefore consolidates the VIE. A reporting entity has an indirect interest in a VIE if it has a direct interest in a related party that, in turn, has a direct interest in the VIE. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16,Income Taxes - Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory,” which requires that an entity recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Prior to this ASU, an entity was prohibited from recognizing the income tax consequences of an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset had been sold to an outside party. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-16 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

60


Table of Contents

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15,Statement of Cash Flows,” which clarified the presentation and classification in the statement of cash flows for eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing diversity in practice. These cash flow issues include debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions and also addresses separately identified cash flows and the application of the predominance principle. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-15 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13,Financial Instruments - Credit Losses,” which changes the methodology for recognizing credit losses for entities holding financial assets that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments in this update affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off-balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The main objective of this update is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in this update replace the current incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration in a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-13 are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), as a part of its simplification initiative. Key areas of the amendments in this standard are (i) all excess tax benefits from stock plan transactions should be recognized in the income statement as opposed to being recognized in additional paid-in capital; (ii) the tax withholding threshold for triggering liability accounting on a net settlement transaction has been increased from the minimum statutory rate to the maximum statutory rate; and (iii) an entity can make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures as they occur. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-09 are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted. We cannot predict the impact of adopting this standard as it will be dependent upon several unknown factors including when employees exercise stock options and our stock price at settlement date. However, based on historical trends, we do not believe the adoption will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07,Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures,” as a part of its simplification initiative. The amendments in this standard eliminate the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. The amendments in ASU 2016-07 also require that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The amendments in this standard are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and

 

61


Table of Contents

interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increases in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Earlier application is permitted. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05,Derivatives and Hedging,” which clarifies that a change in the counter party to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments in ASU 2016-05 are effective for public companies for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in this standard on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02,Leases,” which requires entities to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and to disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For finance leases and operating leases, a lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term with each initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. The amendments in ASU 2016-02 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently assessing the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial position or results of operations, but we expect that it will result in a significant increase in our long-term assets and liabilities given our significant number of leases as disclosed in Note 17 — Commitments and Contingencies included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01,Financial Instruments - Overall,” The main provisions of ASU No. 2016-01 applicable to public business entities are: (i) equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (ii) simplification of the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (iii) eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (v) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet in the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and (vii) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments resulting from ASU No. 2016-01 are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new standard related to revenue recognition (ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.) Under the new standard, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the

 

62


Table of Contents

nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The FASB has recently issued several amendments to the standard, including clarification on accounting for licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations. The guidance permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective method), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application (the cumulative catch-up transition method). The new standard is effective for us beginning on January 1, 2018. We are currently in the process of evaluating whether these standards would have a material impact on our financial position, results of operation or cash flows. However, upon our initial assessment, we believe that the timing of revenue recognition could potentially be affected as it relates to certain variable consideration arrangements with certain of our customers. However, at this time, we do not believe this would result in a material impact to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We have also initially determined that we will likely use the cumulative catch-up transition method to implement this standard, however, that election, as well as our analysis of any impacts related to variable consideration arrangements, may change once our final assessment is completed.

Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB (including its Emerging Issues Task Force), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the SEC did not, or are not expected to, have a material effect on the our results of operations or financial position.

Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements accompanying this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and those included in other portions of this report.

2016 versus 2015

Revenues

 

    2016     % of Revenue     2015     % of Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

  $ 1,375,277       63.1   $ 1,240,440       67.3   $ 134,837       10.9

GEO Care

    394,449       18.1     340,918       18.5     53,531       15.7

International Services

    157,363       7.2     154,902       8.4     2,461       1.6

Facility Construction & Design

    252,401       11.6     107,047       5.8     145,354       135.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 2,179,490       100.0   $ 1,843,307       100.0   $ 336,183       18.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

U.S. Corrections & Detention

Revenues increased in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to aggregate increases of $123.7 million resulting from a full year of operations related to: (i) the activation, intake of detainees and subsequent ramp up at our company-owned Great Plains correctional facility in June 2015; (ii) the activation and intake of inmates at our company-owned North Lake correctional facility in May 2015; (iii) the activation and intake of inmates at our company-owned Mesa Verde facility in March 2015; (iv) the acquisition of the LCS Facilities in February 2015; (v) the activation of an expansion to our Karnes Residential Center in Texas in December 2015; and (vi) our assumption of the management of the 3,400-bed Arizona State Prison facility in Kingman, Arizona in December 2015. We also experienced aggregate increases in revenues of $35.4 million at certain of our facilities primarily due to net increases in population, transportation services and/or rates. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $24.3 million primarily due to contract terminations.

 

63


Table of Contents

The number of compensated mandays in U.S. Corrections & Detention facilities was 22.0 million in 2016 as compared to 20.3 million in 2015. We experienced an aggregate net increase of approximately 1.7 million mandays as a result of our new contracts discussed above and also as a result of population increases at certain facilities. These increases were partially offset by decreases resulting from contract terminations. We look at the average occupancy in our facilities to determine how we are managing our available beds. The average occupancy is calculated by taking compensated mandays as a percentage of capacity. The average occupancy in our U.S. Detention & Corrections facilities was 93.4% and 91.5% of capacity in 2016 and 2015, respectively, excluding idle facilities.

GEO Care

Revenues increased for GEO Care by $53.5 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to increases in average client and participant counts under our electronic monitoring contracts and ISAP program. We also experienced increases from new contracts and program growth at our community based and reentry centers, including our new contract for community-based case management services under a new pilot program launched in September 2015 by the Department of Homeland Security.

International Services

Revenues for International Services in 2016 compared to 2015 increased by $2.5 million. Contributing to the increase was an aggregate increase of $6.9 million primarily related to population increases at our Australian subsidiary. This increase was partially offset by foreign exchange rate fluctuations of $(4.4) million resulting from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against certain international currencies.

Facility Construction & Design

The increase in revenues for our Facility Construction & Design services is due to increased construction activity for our new Ravenhall Prison Contract, which was executed in September 2014, with the Department of Justice in the State of Victoria, Australia. Refer to Note 7—Contract Receivable of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating Expenses

 

    2016     % of  Segment
Revenues
    2015     % of  Segment
Revenues
    $ Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

  $ 1,005,045       73.1   $ 888,009       71.6   $ 117,036       13.2

GEO Care

    243,982       61.9     224,530       65.9     19,452       8.7

International Services

    149,479       95.0     144,548       93.3     4,931       3.4

Facility Design & Construction

    251,775       99.8     106,695       99.7     145,080       136.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 1,650,281       75.7   $ 1,363,782       74.0   $ 286,499       21.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of our correctional, detention and GEO Care facilities and expenses incurred in our Facility Construction & Design segment.

U.S. Corrections & Detention

The increase in operating expenses for U.S. Corrections & Detention reflects an increase of $94.3 million primarily due to a full year of operations related to: (i) the activation and intake of detainees and subsequent ramp up at our company-owned Great Plains correctional facility in June 2015; (ii) the activation and intake of inmates at our company-owned North Lake correctional facility in May 2015; (iii) the activation and intake of

 

64


Table of Contents

inmates at our company-owned Mesa Verde facility in March 2015; (iv) the acquisition of the LCS Facilities in February 2015; (v) the activation of an expansion to our Karnes Residential Center in Texas in December 2015; and (i) our assumption of the management of the 3,400-bed Arizona State Prison facility in Kingman, Arizona in December 2015. The timing of these activations and the corresponding variable expenses resulted in an increase in our operating expenses as a percentage of segment revenue in 2016. We also experienced increases of $42.4 million at certain of our facilities primarily attributable to expenditures related to the expansion of the delivery of offender rehabilitation services under our GEO Continuum of Care platform, net population increases, increased transportation services and the variable costs associated with those increases. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $19.7 million primarily related to contract terminations.

GEO Care

Operating expenses for GEO Care increased by $19.5 million during 2016 from 2015 primarily due to increases in average client and participant counts under our electronic monitoring contracts and ISAP program. We also experienced increases from new contracts and program growth at our community based and reentry centers, including our new contract for community-based case management services under a new pilot program launched in September 2015 by the Department of Homeland Security. Certain of our new contract and program growth did not experience a corresponding increase in variable costs which led to a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues.

International Services

Operating expenses for International Services in 2016 compared to 2015 increased by $4.9 million. Contributing to the increase was an aggregate increase of $9.9 million primarily attributable to population increases at our Australian and South African subsidiaries. This increase was partially offset by foreign exchange rate fluctuations of $(5.0) million resulting from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against certain international currencies.

Facility Construction & Design

The increase in operating expense for our Facility Construction & Design services is due to increased construction activity for our new Ravenhall Prison Contract, which was executed in September 2014, with the Department of Justice in the State of Victoria, Australia. Refer to Note 7—Contract Receivable of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     2016      % of  Segment
Revenue
    2015      % of  Segment
Revenue
    $ Change     % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 74,154        5.4   $ 70,486        5.7   $ 3,668       5.2

GEO Care

     38,687        9.8     33,582        9.9     5,105       15.2

International Services

     2,075        1.3     2,688        1.7     (613     (22.8 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

   $ 114,916        5.3   $ 106,756        5.8   $ 8,160       7.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

U.S. Corrections & Detention

U.S. Corrections & Detention depreciation and amortization expense increased by $3.7 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to renovations made at several of our facilities.

GEO Care

GEO Care depreciation and amortization increased in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to renovations made at several of our locations.

 

65


Table of Contents

International Services

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 as there were no significant additions or renovations during 2016 or 2015 at our international subsidiaries and certain assets became fully depreciated.

Other Unallocated Operating Expenses

 

    2016     % of Revenue     2015     % of Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

General and Administrative Expenses

  $ 148,709       6.8   $ 137,040       7.4   $ 11,669       8.5

General and administrative expenses comprise substantially all of our other unallocated operating expenses which primarily includes corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses. The increase in general and administrative expenses in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to increases related to normal personnel and compensation and benefit adjustments of $8.1 million and professional, consulting, business development and other administrative fees of $3.5 million in the aggregate.

Non Operating Income and Expense

Interest Income and Interest Expense

 

     2016      % of Revenue     2015      % of Revenue     $ Change      % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Income

   $ 28,496        1.3   $ 11,578        0.6   $ 16,918        146.1

Interest Expense

   $ 128,718        5.9   $ 106,136        5.8   $ 22,582        21.3

Interest income increased in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to interest income earned on our contract receivable related to our prison project in Ravenhall, Australia.    Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Interest expense increased in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to the construction loan interest related to our prison project in Ravenhall, Australia as well as additional Revolver interest incurred in connection with our acquisition of the LCS Facilities. Refer to Note 13 — Debt included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

 

     2016      % of Revenue     2015      % of Revenue     $ Change      % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

   $ 15,885        0.7   $ —          —     $ 15,885        100.0

During 2016, we completed a tender offer and redemption of our 6.625% Senior Notes which resulted in a loss of $15.9 million related to the tender premium and deferred costs associated with the 6.625% Senior Notes. Refer to Note 13 — Debt of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     2016      Effective Rate     2015      Effective Rate     $ Change      % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 7,904        5.3   $ 7,389        5.2   $ 515        7.0

 

66


Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes during 2016 increased slightly compared to 2015 along with the effective tax rate. In both 2015 and 2016 our actual effective tax rate was lower than our estimated tax rate due to non-recurring items and the composition of income earned by our REIT and our taxable REIT subsidiaries. In 2016, we discovered certain immaterial errors in prior periods related to the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In accordance with ASC Topic 250-10-S99-2,Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” we recorded an aggregate adjustment of approximately $2.7 million reducing the provision for income taxes in 2016. This adjustment to our financial statements is immaterial both as it relates to the current period as well as each of the prior periods affected. In evaluating materiality and determining the appropriateness of applying ASC Topic 250-10-S99-2 to these errors, we considered materiality both qualitatively and quantitatively as prescribed by ASC Topic 250-10-S99-1,Assessing Materiality.” As a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to shareholders and in turn are allowed a deduction for the distribution at the REIT level. Our wholly-owned taxable REIT subsidiaries continue to be fully subject to federal, state and foreign income taxes, as applicable. We estimate our annual effective tax rate to be in the range of approximately 8% to 9% exclusive of any non-recurring items.

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

 

     2016      % of Revenue     2015      % of Revenue     $ Change      % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

   $ 6,925        0.3   $ 5,533        0.3   $ 1,392        25.2

Equity in earnings of affiliates, presented net of income taxes, represents the earnings of SACS and GEOAmey in the aggregate. Equity in earnings of affiliates during 2016 compared to 2015 increased primarily as a result of favorable performance by GEOAmey during the periods.

2015 versus 2014

Revenues

 

    2015     % of Revenue     2014     % of Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

  $ 1,240,440       67.3   $ 1,108,397       65.5   $ 132,043       11.9

GEO Care

    340,918       18.5     329,253       19.5     11,665       3.5

International Services

    154,902       8.4     197,992       11.7     (43,090     (21.8 )% 

Facility Construction & Design

    107,047       5.8     55,978       3.3     51,069       —  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 1,843,307       100.0   $ 1,691,620       100.0   $ 151,687       9.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

U.S. Corrections & Detention

Revenues increased in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to aggregate increases of $103.7 million resulting from: (i) the activation and intake of detainees at our Alexandria Staging facility in November 2014; (ii) the activation and intake of inmates at our McFarland Female Community Reentry facility in January 2015; (iii) the activation and intake of inmates at our company-owned Mesa Verde facility in March 2015; (iv) our assumption of the management of the 3,400-bed Arizona State Prison-Kingman in Kingman, Arizona on December 1, 2015; (v) the activation of our North Lake Correctional Facility in June 2015; and (vi) the acquisition of the LCS Facilities in February 2015. We also experienced aggregate increases in revenues of $32.3 million at certain of our facilities primarily due to net increases in population, transportation services and/or rates. These increases were partially offset by an aggregate decrease of $4.0 million primarily due to contract terminations.

The number of compensated mandays in U.S. Corrections & Detention facilities was 20.3 million in 2015 as compared to 18.7 million in 2014. We experienced an aggregate net increase of approximately 1.6 million

 

67


Table of Contents

mandays as a result of our new contracts discussed above and also as a result of population increases at certain facilities. These increases were partially offset by decreases resulting from contract terminations. We look at the average occupancy in our facilities to determine how we are managing our available beds. The average occupancy is calculated by taking compensated mandays as a percentage of capacity. The average occupancy in our U.S. Detention & Corrections facilities was 91.5% and 96.3% of capacity in 2015 and 2014, respectively, excluding idle facilities. Average occupancy declined to 91.5% from 96.3% and was driven primarily by our acquisition and integration of eight correctional and detention LCS Facilities totaling more than 6,500 beds in February 2015. As we have previously disclosed, the LCS Facilities have been historically underutilized.

GEO Care

The increase in revenues for GEO Care in 2015 compared to 2014 is primarily attributable to our acquisition of Soberlink, ISAP growth and new programs and program growth at our community based and reentry centers.

International Services

Revenues for International Services in 2015 compared to 2014 decreased by $43.1 million. Contributing to the decrease was the result of (i) foreign exchange rate fluctuations of $(29.8) million resulting from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against certain international currencies; and (ii) a decrease of $16.5 million in our United Kingdom subsidiary primarily due to the winding down of our Harmondworth management contract. These decreases were partially offset by an aggregate increase of $3.2 million primarily related to population increases at our Australian and South African subsidiaries.

Facility Construction & Design

The increase in revenues for our Facility Construction & Design services is due to the commencement of design and construction activity for our new Ravenhall Prison Contract executed in September 2014 with the Department of Justice in the State of Victoria, Australia. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating Expenses

 

    2015     % of  Segment
Revenues
    2014     % of  Segment
Revenues
    $ Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

  $ 888,009       71.6   $ 781,680       70.5   $ 106,329       13.6

GEO Care

    224,530       65.9     219,335       66.6     5,195       2.4

International Services

    144,548       93.3     189,147       95.5     (44,599     (23.6 )% 

Facility Construction & Design

    106,695       99.7     55,538       99.2     51,157       92.1
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

  $ 1,363,782       74.0   $ 1,245,700       73.6   $ 118,082       9.5
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of our correctional, detention and GEO Care facilities and expenses incurred in our Facility Construction & Design segment.

U.S. Corrections & Detention

The increase in operating expenses for U.S. Corrections & Detention reflects an increase of $71.4 million due to (i) the activation and intake of detainees at our Alexandria Staging facility in November 2014; (ii) the activation and intake of inmates at our McFarland Female Community Reentry facility in January 2015; (iii) the activation and intake of inmates at our company-owned Mesa Verde facility in March 2015; (iv) our assumption of the management of the 3,400-bed Arizona State Prison-Kingman in Kingman, Arizona on December 1, 2015;

 

68


Table of Contents

(v) the activation of our North Lake Correctional Facility in June 2015; and (vi) the acquisition of the LCS Facilities in February 2015. We also experienced operating expense increases of $37.7 million at certain of our facilities primarily attributable to expenditures related to the expansion of the delivery of offender rehabilitation services under our GEO Continuum of Care platform, net population increases, increased transportation services and the variable costs associated with those increases. These increases were partially offset by an aggregate decrease of $2.8 million primarily related to contract terminations.

GEO Care

Operating expenses for GEO Care increased by $5.2 million during 2015 from 2014 primarily due to our acquisition of Soberlink, ISAP growth and new programs and program growth at our community based and reentry centers.

International Services

Operating expenses for International Services in 2015 compared to 2014 decreased by $44.6 million. Contributing to the decrease was (i) the result of foreign exchange rate fluctuations of $(27.5) million resulting from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against certain international currencies; and (ii) a decrease of $18.3 million in our United Kingdom subsidiary primarily due to the winding down of our Harmondworth management contract. These decreases were partially offset by an aggregate increase of $0.8 million primarily attributable to our South African subsidiary related to increases in labor costs.

Facility Construction & Design

The increase in operating expenses for our Facility Construction & Design services is due to the commencement of design and construction activity for our new Ravenhall Prison Contract executed in September 2014 with the Department of Justice in the State of Victoria, Australia. Refer to Note 7—Contract Receivable of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     2015      % of  Segment
Revenue
    2014      % of  Segment
Revenue
    $ Change     % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 70,486        5.7   $ 63,690        5.7   $ 6,796       10.7

GEO Care

     33,582        9.9     29,766        9.0     3,816       12.8

International Services

     2,688        1.7     2,715        1.4     (27     (1.0 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

   $ 106,756        5.8   $ 96,171        5.7   $ 10,585       11.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

U.S. Corrections & Detention

U.S. Corrections & Detention depreciation and amortization expense increased by $6.8 million in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to renovations made at several of our facilities and also our acquisition of the LCS Facilities in February 2015.

GEO Care

GEO Care depreciation and amortization increased in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to renovations made at several of our locations.

 

69


Table of Contents

International Services

Depreciation and amortization expense was fairly consistent in 2015 compared to 2014 as there were no significant additions or renovations during 2015 or 2014 at our international subsidiaries.

Other Unallocated Operating Expenses

 

    2015     % of Revenue     2014     % of Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

General and Administrative Expenses

  $ 137,040       7.4   $ 115,018       6.8   $ 22,022       19.1

General and administrative expenses comprise substantially all of our other unallocated operating expenses which primarily includes corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses. The increase in general and administrative expenses in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily attributable to increases in (i) business development expenses of $6.0 million related to new contract opportunities both domestically and internationally; (ii) expenditures related to the expansion of the delivery of offender rehabilitation services under our GEO Continuum of Care platform of $1.9 million; (iii) non-cash stock based compensation included in general and administrative expenses of $4.6 million; (iv) nonrecurring professional fees of $3.0 million incurred in connection with our acquisitions of Soberlink and the LCS Facilities in 2015; and (v) exit charges of $4.6 million related to non-core operating leases. We also experienced increases related to normal compensation adjustments and professional fees.

Non Operating Income and Expense

Interest Income and Interest Expense

 

     2015      % of Revenue     2014      % of Revenue     $ Change      % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Income

   $ 11,578        0.6   $ 4,747        0.3   $ 6,831        143.9

Interest Expense

   $ 106,136        5.8   $ 87,368        5.2   $ 18,768        21.5

Interest income increased in 2015 primarily due to additional interest earned on our long-term contract receivable of $8.2 million in connection with the Ravenhall prison project. This increase was partially offset by lower cash balances at our international subsidiaries. Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Interest expense increased in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to: (i) additional interest of $10.6 million on our $250 million 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 which were issued in September 2014; (ii) additional Revolver interest incurred in connection with our acquisition of the LCS Facilities in February 2015 of $6.8 million; (iii) additional interest incurred of $1.2 million related to our acquisition of Soberlink in May 2015; and (iv) additional construction loan interest of $6.3 million related to our prison project in Ravenhall, Australia. These increases were partially offset by: (i) a decrease of $4.4 million as a portion of the proceeds from our $250 million 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 were used to pay down our Revolver; and (ii) a decrease of $2.5 million as a result of the payoff of our non-recourse debt related to our Northwest Detention Center in October 2014. Refer to Note 13 — Debt of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     2015      Effective Rate     2014      Effective Rate     $ Change     % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 7,389        5.2   $ 14,093        9.3   $ (6,704     (47.6 )% 

 

70


Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes during 2015 decreased by $6.7 million compared to 2014 and the effective tax rate decreased from 9.3% to 5.2%. The decrease is primarily attributable to non-recurring items in 2015. As a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to shareholders and in turn are allowed a deduction for the distribution at the REIT level. Our wholly-owned taxable REIT subsidiaries continue to be fully subject to federal, state and foreign income taxes, as applicable. As a result of a decrease in the incremental business profitability in our taxable REIT subsidiaries, or TRS, our composition of taxable income changed resulting in a decrease in our estimated tax rate for this year.

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

 

     2015      % of Revenue     2014      % of Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

   $ 5,533        0.3   $ 5,823        0.3   $ (290     (5.0 )% 

Equity in earnings of affiliates, presented net of income taxes, represents the earnings of SACS and GEOAmey, respectively. Overall, we experienced a slight decrease in equity in earnings of affiliates during 2015 compared to 2014, which is primarily due to less favorable performance from the operations of SACS during 2015 compared to 2014 along with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Financial Condition

Capital Requirements

Our current cash requirements consist of amounts needed for working capital, distributions of our REIT taxable income in order to maintain our REIT qualification under the Code, debt service, supply purchases, investments in joint ventures, and capital expenditures related to either the development of new correctional, detention and re-entry facilities, or the maintenance of existing facilities. In addition, some of our management contracts require us to make substantial initial expenditures of cash in connection with opening or renovating a facility. Generally, these initial expenditures are subsequently fully or partially recoverable as pass-through costs or are billable as a component of the per diem rates or monthly fixed fees to the contracting agency over the original term of the contract. Additional capital needs may also arise in the future with respect to possible acquisitions, other corporate transactions or other corporate purposes.

In connection with GEOAmey, our joint venture in the United Kingdom, we and our joint venture partner have each provided a line of credit of £12 million, or $14.8 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, for GEOAmey’s operations.

As of December 31, 2016, we were developing a number of projects that we estimate will cost approximately $112.6 million, of which $15.2 million was spent through December 31, 2016. We estimate our remaining capital requirements to be approximately $97.4 million. Domestic projects included in these amounts are expected to be completed in 2017. Included in these commitments is a contractual commitment to provide a capital contribution towards the design and construction of a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia, in the amount of AUD 115 million, or $82.9 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016. This capital contribution was made in January 2017.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Amended Credit Agreement

On May 19, 2016 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), we executed Amendment No. 1, among GEO and GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc. (together with GEO, the “Borrowers”), GEO Australasia Holdings Pty Ltd (“GEO Australasia Holdings”), GEO Australasia Finance Holdings Pty Ltd as trustee for the GEO Australasia

 

71


Table of Contents

Finance Holding Trust (the “Australian Trust”) (the “Australian Trustee”, and together with GEO Australasia Holdings, collectively, the “Australian Borrowers”), the guarantors party thereto, the issuing lenders party thereto, the lenders party thereto and BNP Paribas, as administrative agent (the “Amendment”), to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2014, by and among the Borrowers, BNP Paribas, as administrative agent, and the lenders who are, or may from time to time become, a party thereto (the “Existing Credit Agreement”).

The Amendment amends certain terms of the Existing Credit Agreement to effect a revolving credit increase in the amount of $200 million, increases to the total leverage thresholds used in the determination of the applicable interest rates, and certain other modifications (the Existing Credit Agreement as so modified, the “Amended Credit Agreement”).

The Amendment provides that each lender (including each Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) that executed a lender addendum as a revolving credit lender agrees to provide a revolving credit commitment, inclusive of letters of credit issued thereunder, to the Borrowers at the Amendment Effective Time in an aggregate principal amount equal to $900 million (the“Revolving Credit Commitment”) on the terms set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement. In addition, the Amendment increases the principal amount of letters of credit that may be issued under the Revolving Credit Commitment from $175 million to $300 million.

The Amendment further provides that each Revolving Credit Lender (including each applicable Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender) that executed a lender addendum as a multicurrency subfacility lender agrees to provide a multicurrency subfacility commitment to the Borrowers and the Australian Borrowers at the Amendment Effective Time in an aggregate principal amount equal to $100 million (the “Multicurrency Subfacility Commitment”) on the terms set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement. The aggregate amount of loans and letters of credit that may be issued under the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Multicurrency Subfacility Commitment may not exceed $900 million.

Giving effect to the Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement currently evidences a Credit Facility (the “Credit Facility”) consisting of a $291 million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”) bearing interest at LIBOR plus 2.50% (with a LIBOR floor of .75%), and a $900 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) initially bearing interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% (with a LIBOR floor of 0.00%) together with AUD 225 million available solely for the issuance of financial letters of credit and performance letters of credit, in each case denominated in Australian Dollars (the “Australian LC Facility”). The Amended Credit Agreement also includes a $100 million Multicurrency Subfacility Commitment that is part of the Revolver and a $300 million letter of credit subfacility that is part of the Revolver. The Amended Credit Agreement also has an accordion feature of $450 million, subject to lender demand and prevailing market conditions and satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions. The Term Loan Maturity Date under the Amended Credit Agreement did not change from the Existing Credit Agreement and is April 3, 2020. The Amendment amended the termination date for the Revolving Credit Commitment component to May 19, 2021; provided, that if on October 3, 2019 both the maturity dates of all Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans have not been extended to November 19, 2021 or a later date, and the senior secured leverage ratio exceeds 2.50 to 1.00, then the termination date of the Revolving Credit Commitments will be October 3, 2019. The Amendment amended the maturity date for the performance letter of credit component of the Australian LC Facility to October 1, 2016, and the maturity date for the financial letter of credit component of the Australian LC Facility to February 15, 2017. On September 9, 2016, the performance letter of credit component of the Australian LC Facility was reduced by AUD 110 million after we executed a Letter of Offer by and among GEO and HSBC Bank Australia Limited (the “Letter of Offer”) providing for a bank guarantee line and bank guarantee/standby sub-facility in an aggregate amount of AUD 100 million as further discussed below. In January 2017, the remaining Australian LC Facility of AUD 115 million was used to fund our capital contribution towards the design and construction of a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia. Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. On January 31, 2017 the Australian LC Facility related to the financial letters of credit was reduced to zero .

 

72


Table of Contents

The Amended Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, and certain customary covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things (i) create, incur or assume any indebtedness, (ii) create, incur, assume or permit liens, (iii) make loans and investments, (iv) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, (v) make certain restricted payments, (vi) issue, sell or otherwise dispose of capital stock, (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates, (viii) allow the total leverage ratio to exceed 6.25 to 1.00, allow the senior secured leverage ratio to exceed 3.50 to 1.00, or allow the interest coverage ratio to be less than 3.00 to 1.00, (ix) cancel, forgive, make any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on, or redeem or acquire for value any senior notes, except as permitted, (x) allow the Australian Trustee to resign or retire as trustee of the Australian Trust or cause or permit any other person to become an additional trustee of the Australian Trust or take, or omit to take any action, which might or would result in the retirement, removal or replacement of the Australian Trustee as trustee of the Australian Trust, except as permitted, (xi) alter the business we conduct, and (xii) materially impair our lenders’ security interests in the collateral for its loans.

Events of default under the Amended Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to, (i) our or any Australian Borrower’s failure to pay principal or interest when due, (ii) our material breach of any representation or warranty, (iii) covenant defaults, (iv) liquidation, reorganization or other relief relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (v) cross default under certain other material indebtedness, (vi) unsatisfied final judgments over a specified threshold, (vii) certain material environmental liability claims which have been asserted against us, (viii) unless the Australian Borrower Resignation Date (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) has occurred, certain events involving the Australian Trustee or the Australian Trust occur including the Australian Trustee ceases to be the trustee of the Australian Trust or the Australian Trust is terminated, and (ix) a change in control.

All of the obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by certain domestic subsidiaries of ours and the Amended Credit Agreement and the related guarantees are secured by a perfected first-priority pledge of substantially all of our present and future tangible and intangible domestic assets and all present and future tangible and intangible domestic assets of each guarantor, including but not limited to a first-priority pledge of all of the outstanding capital stock owned by us and each guarantor in their domestic subsidiaries.

The Australian Borrowers are wholly owned foreign subsidiaries of ours, and became party to the Amended Credit Agreement by executing the Amendment. Pursuant to the Amendment, we designated each of the Australian Borrowers as restricted subsidiaries under the Amended Credit Agreement. However, the Australian Borrowers are not obligated to pay or perform any obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement other than their own obligations as Australian Borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement. The Australian Borrowers do not pledge any of their assets to secure any obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.

On August 18, 2016, we executed a Letter of Offer by and among us and HSBC Bank Australia Limited (the “Letter of Offer”) providing for a bank guarantee line and bank guarantee/standby sub-facility in an aggregate amount of AUD 100 million, or $72.1 million, based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016 (collectively, the “Bank Guarantee Facility”). The Bank Guarantee Facility allows us to provide letters of credit to assure performance of certain obligations of our wholly owned subsidiary relating to our prison project in Ravenhall, located near Melbourne, Australia and replaced the performance letter of credit discussed above which was previously included in the Amended Credit Agreement. The Bank Guarantee Facility is unsecured. The issuance of letters of credit under the Bank Guarantee Facility is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent specified in the Letter of Offer. Letters of credit issued under the bank guarantee lines are due on demand and letters of credit issued under the bank guarantee/standby sub-facility cannot have a duration exceeding twelve months. The Bank Guarantee Facility may be terminated by HSBC on 90 days written notice. As of December 31, 2016, there was AUD 100 million in letters of credit issued under the Bank Guarantee Facility.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $289.5 million in aggregate borrowings outstanding, net of discount, under the Term Loan and $515.0 million in borrowings under the Revolver, and approximately $53.6 million in

 

73


Table of Contents

letters of credit which left $331.4 million in additional borrowing capacity under the Revolver. In addition, we have the ability to increase the Senior Credit Facility by an additional $450.0 million, subject to lender demand and prevailing market conditions and satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions thereunder. Refer to Note 13 — Debt in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

6.00% Senior Notes due 2026

On April 18, 2016, we completed an offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 6.00% senior notes due 2026. The 6.00% Senior Notes were offered and sold in a registered offering pursuant to an underwriting agreement, dated as of April 11, 2016 (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among us, certain of our domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative for the underwriters named therein. The 6.00% Senior Notes were issued by us pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2014 (the “Base Indenture”), by and between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as supplemented by a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 18, 2016 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), by and among us, the guarantors and the trustee which governs the terms of the 6.00% Senior Notes. The sale of the 6.00% Senior Notes was registered under our existing shelf registration statement on Form S-3 filed on September 12, 2014, as amended (File No. 333-198729). The 6.00% Senior Notes were issued at a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 6.00%. Interest on the 6.00% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2016. The 6.00% Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2026. We used the net proceeds to fund the tender offer and the redemption of all of its 6.625% Senior Notes (see discussion below), to pay all related fees, costs and expenses and for general corporate purposes including repaying borrowings under the our Revolver. Loan costs of approximately $6 million were incurred and capitalized in connection with the offering. Refer to Note 13 — Debt in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

6.625% Senior Notes due 2021

On February 10, 2011, we completed a private offering of $300 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes. Interest on the 6.625% Senior Notes accrued at the stated rate. We paid interest semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year.

On April 11, 2016, we announced that we had commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of our $300 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021. On April 18, 2016, we completed the purchase of $231 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes validly tendered in connection with our tender offer on or prior to the expiration time. On May 20, 2016, we completed the redemption of the remaining 6.625% Senior Notes in connection with the terms of the notice of redemption delivered to the note holders on April 20, 2016 pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the 6.625% Senior Notes. We financed the purchase of the 6.625% Senior Notes under the tender offer with part of the net cash proceeds from the 6.00% Senior Notes (see discussion above). As a result of the tender offer and redemption, we incurred a $15.9 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the tender premium and deferred costs associated with the 6.625% Senior Notes. Refer to Note 13 — Debt in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

5.875% Senior Notes due 2024

On September 25, 2014, we completed an offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes. The notes will mature on October 15, 2024 and have a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 5.875%. Interest is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15, which commenced on April 15, 2015. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all our restricted subsidiaries that guarantee obligations. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 rank equally in right of

 

74


Table of Contents

payment with any unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and the guarantors, including our 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, the 5.125% senior notes due 2023, and the guarantors’ guarantees thereof, senior in right of payment to any future indebtedness of ours and the guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and the guarantees, effectively junior to any secured indebtedness of ours and the guarantors, including indebtedness under our senior credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and structurally junior to all obligations of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors. The sale of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 was registered under our automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 filed on September 12, 2014. Refer to Note 13 — Debt in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022

On October 3, 2013, we completed an offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 will mature on January 15, 2022 and have a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 5.875%. Interest is payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 each year, which commenced on January 15, 2014. The proceeds received from the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 were used, together with cash on hand, to fund the repurchase, redemption or other discharge of our 7 3/4% Senior Notes and to pay related transaction fees and expenses. Refer to Note 13 — Debt in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

5.125% Senior Notes

On March 19, 2013, we completed an offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.125% Senior Notes. The 5.125% Senior Notes will mature on April 1, 2023 and have a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 5.125%. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year, which commenced on October 1, 2013. A portion of the proceeds received from the 5.125% Senior Notes were used on the date of the financing to repay the prior revolver credit draws outstanding under the prior senior credit facility. Refer to Note 13 — Debt in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are also considering opportunities for future business and/or asset acquisitions. If we are successful in our pursuit of these new projects, our cash on hand, cash flows from operations and borrowings under the existing Senior Credit Facility may not provide sufficient liquidity to meet our capital needs through 2017 and we could be forced to seek additional financing or refinance our existing indebtedness. There can be no assurance that any such financing or refinancing would be available to us on terms equal to or more favorable than our current financing terms, or at all. In the future, our access to capital and ability to compete for future capital-intensive projects will also be dependent upon, among other things, our ability to meet certain financial covenants in the the indentures governing the 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and our Senior Credit Facility. A substantial decline in our financial performance could limit our access to capital pursuant to these covenants and have a material adverse affect on our liquidity and capital resources and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition to these foregoing potential constraints on our capital, a number of state government agencies have been suffering from budget deficits and liquidity issues. While we expect to be in compliance with our debt covenants, if these constraints were to intensify, our liquidity could be materially adversely impacted as could our ability to remain in compliance with these debt covenants.

Prospectus Supplement

On May 8, 2013, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a prospectus supplement related to the offer and sale from time to time of our common stock at an aggregate offering price of up to $100 million through sales agents. Sales of shares of our common stock under the prospectus supplement and the equity

 

75


Table of Contents

distribution agreements entered into with the sales agents, if any, may be made in negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” offerings as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933. On July 18, 2014, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment to our shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (pursuant to which the prospectus supplement had been filed) as a result of our merger into GEO REIT effective June 27, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2014, there were approximately 1.5 million shares of common stock sold under the prospectus supplement for net proceeds of $54.7 million. There were no shares of our common stock sold under the prospectus supplement during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

In September 2014, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a new shelf registration statement on Form S-3. On November 10, 2014, in connection with the new shelf registration, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a new prospectus supplement related to the offer and sale from time to time of our common stock at an aggregate offering price of up to $150 million through sales agents. Sales of shares of our common stock under the prospectus supplement and the equity distribution agreements entered into with the sales agents, if any, may be made in negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” offerings as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933. There were no shares of our common stock issued under this prospectus supplement during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 or 2014.

REIT Distributions

As a REIT, we are subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we annually distribute to our shareholders an amount equal to at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and by excluding any net capital gain). Generally, we expect to distribute all or substantially all of our REIT taxable income so as not to be subject to the income or excise tax on undistributed REIT taxable income. The amount, timing and frequency of distributions will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will be based upon various factors.

We plan to fund all of our capital needs, including distributions of our REIT taxable income in order to maintain our REIT qualification, and capital expenditures, from cash on hand, cash from operations, borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility and any other financings which our management and Board of Directors, in their discretion, may consummate. Currently, our primary source of liquidity to meet these requirements is cash flow from operations and borrowings under the $900.0 million Revolver. Our management believes that cash on hand, cash flows from operations and availability under our Senior Credit Facility will be adequate to support our capital requirements for 2017 and 2018 as disclosed under “Capital Requirements” above.

Non-Recourse Debt

Northwest Detention Center

On December 9, 2011, the Washington Economic Development Finance Authority issued $54.4 million of its Washington Economic Development Finance Authority Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds, series 2011 (“2011 Revenue Bonds”). The payment of principal and interest on the bonds is non-recourse to us. None of the bonds nor CSC’s obligations under the loan are our obligations nor are they guaranteed by us.

As of December 31, 2016, the remaining balance of the debt service requirement related to the 2011 Revenue Bonds is $36.7 million, of which $6.7 million is classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016, included in restricted cash and investments is $5.9 million (all current) of funds held in trust with respect to the Northwest Detention Center for debt service and other reserves which had not been released to us as of December 31, 2016. Refer to Note 13-Debt in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

 

76


Table of Contents

Australia — Fulham

Our wholly-owned Australian subsidiary financed the development of a facility and subsequent expansion in 2003 with long-term debt obligations. These obligations are non-recourse to us and total $2.6 million (AUD 3.6 million) and $9.0 million (AUD 12.4 million) at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016. The term of the non-recourse debt is through 2017 and it bears interest at a variable rate quoted by certain Australian banks plus 140 basis points. Any obligations or liabilities of the subsidiary are matched by a similar or corresponding commitment from the government of the State of Victoria. As a condition of the loan, we are required to maintain a restricted cash balance of AUD 5.0 million along with interest earned on the account, which, at December 31, 2016, was $3.6 million (including interest) based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016. This amount is included in non-current restricted cash and the annual maturities of the future debt obligation are included in non-recourse debt.

Australia — Ravenhall

In connection with a new design and build prison project agreement with the State of Victoria, we entered into a Construction Facility with National Australia Bank Limited to provide debt financing for construction of the project. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Construction Facility provides for non-recourse funding up to AUD 791 million, or $570.1 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016. Construction draws will be funded throughout the project according to a fixed utilization schedule as defined in the syndicated facility agreement. The term of the Construction Facility is through October 2019 and bears interest at a variable rate quoted by certain Australian banks plus 200 basis points. After October 2019, the Construction Facility will be converted to a term loan with payments due quarterly beginning in 2019 through 2041. In accordance with the terms of the Construction Facility, upon completion and commercial acceptance of the prison, in accordance with prison contract, the State will make a lump sum payment of AUD 310 million, or $224.0 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, which will be used to pay a portion of the outstanding principal. This payment by the State is expected to be made in December 2017. The remaining outstanding principal balance will be repaid over the term of the operating agreement. As of December 31, 2016, $451.6 million was outstanding under the Construction Facility. We also entered into interest rate swap and interest rate cap agreements related to our non-recourse debt in connection with the project. Refer to Note 8 — Derivative Financial Instruments in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Guarantees

The Company has entered into certain guarantees in connection in connection with the design, financing and construction of certain facilities as well as loan, working capital and other obligation guarantees for our subsidiaries in Australia, South Africa, Canada and our joint ventures. Refer to Note 13-Debt in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Executive Retirement Agreements

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, who we refer to as our CEO. The current agreement, as amended, provides for a lump sum payment upon retirement, no sooner than age 55. As of December 31, 2016, our CEO had reached age 55 and was eligible to receive the payment upon retirement. If our CEO had retired as of December 31, 2016, we would have had to pay him $7.7 million. Based on our current capitalization, we do not believe that making this payment would materially adversely impact our liquidity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Except as discussed above, and in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

 

77


Table of Contents

We are also exposed to various commitments and contingencies which may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. See Note 17 — Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Derivatives

One of our Australian subsidiaries is a party to an interest rate swap agreement to fix the interest rate on the variable rate non-recourse debt to 9.7%. We have determined the swap, which has a notional amount of $50.9 million, payment and expiration dates, and call provisions that coincide with the terms of the non-recourse debt, to be an effective cash flow hedge. Accordingly, we record the change in the value of the interest rate swap in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes. respectively, and is recorded as a component of other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There was no material ineffectiveness of this interest rate swap for the periods presented. We do not expect to enter into any transactions during the next twelve months which would result in the reclassification into earnings or losses associated with this swap currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Refer to Note 8-Derivative Instruments in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

In September 2014, one of our Australian subsidiaries entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rate on its variable rate non-recourse debt related to a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia to 3.3% during the design and construction phase and 4.2% during the project’s operating phase. The swaps’ notional amounts coincide with scheduled construction draw commitments throughout the project. At December 31, 2016, the swaps had a notional value of approximately AUD 716.0 million, or $516.0 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, related to the outstanding draws for the design and construction phase and approximately AUD 466.0 million, or $336.0 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, related to future construction draws. The total fair value of the swap liability as of December 31, 2016 was $18.7 million and is recorded as a component of Other Non-Current liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable and Note 8-Derivative Instruments in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Additionally, upon completion and commercial acceptance of the prison project, the Department of Justice in the State in accordance with the prison contract, will make a lump sum payment of AUD 310.0 million, or $224.0 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, towards a portion of the outstanding balance which will be used to pay down the principal of the non-recourse debt. This payment is expected to be made by the State in December 2017. The Company’s Australian subsidiary also entered into interest rate cap agreements in September 2014 giving the Company the option to cap the interest rate on its variable non-recourse debt related to the project in the event that the completion of the prison project is delayed which could delay the State’s payment. These instruments do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting, and therefore, changes in fair value of the interest rate caps are recorded in earnings. Refer to Note 8-Derivative Instruments in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a table of certain of our contractual obligations, as of December 31, 2016, which requires us to make payments over the periods presented.

 

78


Table of Contents
      Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Long-Term Debt

   $ 1,153,031      $ 436      $ 906      $ 341      $ 1,151,348  

Term Loan

     289,500        3,000        6,000        280,500        —    

Revolver

     515,000        —          —          515,000        —    

Capital Lease Obligations (includes imputed
interest)

     10,907        1,934        3,870        3,870        1,233  

Operating Lease Obligations

     139,000        39,484        61,282        13,811        24,423  

Non-Recourse Debt (including future construction draws) (c)

     599,394        233,365        37,132        29,661        299,236  

Estimated interest payments on debt (a)

     1,020,743        140,969        246,558        212,349        420,867  

Estimated funding of pension and other post retirement benefits

     28,624        8,349        1,502        1,652        17,121  

Estimated construction commitments

     97,407        97,407        —          —          —    

Estimated tax payments for uncertain tax
positions (b)

     1,182        —          1,182        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,854,788      $ 524,944      $ 358,432      $ 1,057,184      $ 1,914,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Due to the uncertainties of future LIBOR rates, the variable interest payments on our Senior Credit Facility were calculated using an average LIBOR rate of 2.15% based on projected interest rates through 2022.
(b) State income tax payments are reflected net of the federal income tax benefit.
(c) Includes a contribution to be made by the State of Victoria in the amount of AUD 310 million, or $224.0, based on exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2016, upon completion of the Ravenhall prison project which will be used to make a principal payment. Refer to Note 7—Contract Receivable included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Cash Flow

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2016 was $68.0 million, compared to $59.6 million as of December 31, 2015 and was impacted by the following:

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $(28.0) million, $142.2 million, and $202.5 million, respectively. Cash used in operating activities in 2016 was positively impacted by non-cash expenses such as depreciation and amortization, amortization of debt issuance costs, stock-based compensation expense and dividends received from our unconsolidated joint venture. Equity in earnings of affiliates negatively impacted cash. Changes in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets increased in total by a net of $50.9 million, representing a negative impact on cash. The increase was primarily driven by new contract activations. The remaining change is due to the timing of billings and collections. Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities increased by $5.6 million which positively impacted cash. The increase was primarily due to new contract activations as well as the timing of payments. Additionally, cash used in operating activities from continuing operations in 2016 was negatively impacted by an increase in contract receivable of $280.6 million. This increase relates to costs incurred and estimated earnings in excess of billings related to the Ravenhall Project. Refer to Note 7—Contract Receivable included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Contract Receivable is expected to grow as construction services are performed and will continue to have a negative impact on cash from operating activities until the balance is ultimately settled with the State. In accordance with the contract, the project will not be billed out until completion and commercial acceptance of the facility.

Cash provided by operating activities in 2015 was positively impacted by non-cash expenses such as depreciation and amortization, amortization of debt issuance costs, stock-based compensation expense, exit charges related to non-core operating leases and dividends received from our unconsolidated joint venture.

 

79


Table of Contents

Equity in earnings of affiliates negatively impacted cash. Changes in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets increased in total by a net of $29.3 million, representing a negative impact on cash. The increase was primarily driven by our acquisition of LCS in 2015 as well as new contract activations. The remaining change is due to the timing of billings and collections. Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities increased by $21.9 million which positively impacted cash. The increase was primarily due our acquisition of LCS in 2015 as well as new contract activations. Additionally, cash provided by operating activities in 2015 was negatively impacted by an increase in contract receivable of $114.1 million. This increase relates to costs incurred and estimated earnings in excess of billings related to the Ravenhall Project. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Contract Receivable is expected to grow as construction services are performed and will continue to have a negative impact on cash from operating activities until the balance is ultimately settled with the State. In accordance with the contract, the project will not be billed out until completion and commercial acceptance of the facility.

Cash provided by operating activities in 2014 was positively impacted by increases in net income attributable to GEO, non-cash expenses such as depreciation and amortization, amortization of debt issuance costs, stock-based compensation expense and dividends received from our unconsolidated joint venture. Increases in equity in earnings of affiliates negatively impacted cash. Changes in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets decreased in total by a net of $23.8 million, representing a positive impact on cash. The decrease was primarily driven by approximately $22.4 million of federal and state tax over payments that were included in other current assets at December 31, 2013 which were applied in 2014. The remaining change is due to the timing of billings and collections. Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities increased by $9.0 million which positively impacted cash. The increase was primarily due to a prepayment from the RTS divestiture of $6.5 million in connection with the termination of the services and license agreement as well as the timing of payments. Additionally, cash provided by operating activities in 2014 was negatively impacted by an increase in contract receivable of $73.3 million. This increase relates to costs incurred and estimated earnings in excess of billings related to the Ravenhall Project. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Contract Receivable is expected to grow as construction services are performed and will continue to have a negative impact on cash from operating activities until the balance is ultimately settled with the State. In accordance with the contract, the project will not be billed out until completion and commercial acceptance of the facility.

Cash used in investing activities of $84.4 million in 2016 was primarily the result of capital expenditures of $81.6 million, offset by changes in restricted cash of $(9.6) million. Cash used in investing activities of $452.9 million in 2015 was primarily the result of capital expenditures of $117.6 million, offset by changes in restricted cash of $4.8 million. and our acquisitions of LCS and Soberlink of $307.4 and $24.4, respectively. Cash used in investing activities of $121.2 million in 2014 was primarily the result of capital expenditures of $114.2 million, offset by changes in restricted cash of $5.4 million.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2016 reflects payments of $934.0 million on long term debt offset by $1,012.9 million of proceeds from long term debt and $266.8 million of proceeds from non-recourse debt. We also paid cash dividends of $194.7 million and deferred debt costs of $21.1 million.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2015 reflects payments of $323.9 million on long term debt and non-recourse debt offset by $848.4 million of proceeds from long term debt and non-recourse debt, including $631.0 million of borrowings under our Revolver. We also paid cash dividends of $187.0 million and deferred debt costs of $7.1 million.

Cash used in financing activities in 2014 reflects payments of $696.7 million on long term debt and non-recourse debt offset by $741.9 million of proceeds from long term debt and non-recourse debt, including $674.0 million of borrowings under our Revolver. We also paid cash dividends of $170.2 million, deferred debt

 

80


Table of Contents

issuance costs of $26.4 million offset by an increase of $54.7 million for issuance of common stock under our prospectus supplement.

Inflation

We believe that inflation, in general, did not have a material effect on our results of operations during 2016, 2015 and 2014. While some of our contracts include provisions for inflationary indexing, inflation could have a substantial adverse effect on our results of operations in the future to the extent that wages and salaries, which represent our largest expense, increase at a faster rate than the per diem or fixed rates received by us for our management services.

Funds from Operations

Funds from Operations (“FFO”) is a widely accepted supplemental non-GAAP measure utilized to evaluate the operating performance of real estate companies. It is defined in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, which defines FFO as net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders (computed in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles), excluding real estate related depreciation and amortization, excluding gains and losses from the cumulative effects of accounting changes, extraordinary items and sales of properties, and including adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.

We also present Normalized Funds From Operations, or Normalized FFO, and Adjusted Funds from Operations, or AFFO, supplemental non-GAAP financial measures of real estate companies’ operating performances.

Normalized FFO is defined as FFO adjusted for certain items which by their nature are not comparable from period to period or that tend to obscure the Company’s actual operating performance, including for the periods presented M&A related expenses, net of tax and start-up expenses, net of tax, and loss on extinguishment of debt, net of tax and non-recurring tax benefits.

AFFO is defined as Normalized FFO adjusted by adding non-cash expenses such as non-real estate related depreciation and amortization, stock based compensation, the amortization of debt issuance costs, discount and/or premium and other non-cash interest, and by subtracting recurring consolidated maintenance capital expenditures.

Because of the unique design, structure and use of our correctional facilities, we believe that assessing the performance of our correctional facilities without the impact of depreciation or amortization is useful and meaningful to investors. Although NAREIT has published its definition of FFO, companies often modify this definition as they seek to provide financial measures that meaningfully reflect their distinctive operations. We have modified FFO to derive Normalized FFO and AFFO that meaningfully reflect our operations. Our assessment of our operations is focused on long-term sustainability. The adjustments we make to derive the non-GAAP measures of Normalized FFO and AFFO exclude items which may cause short-term fluctuations in income from continuing operations but have no impact on our cash flows, or we do not consider them to be fundamental attributes or the primary drivers of our business plan and they do not affect our overall long-term operating performance.

We may make adjustments to FFO from time to time for certain other income and expenses that do not reflect a necessary component of our operational performance on the basis discussed above, even though such items may require cash settlement. Because FFO, Normalized FFO and AFFO exclude depreciation and amortization unique to real estate as well as non-operational items and certain other charges that are highly variable from year to year, they provide our investors with performance measures that reflect the impact to operations from trends in occupancy rates, per diem rates, operating costs and interest costs, providing a

 

81


Table of Contents

perspective not immediately apparent from income from continuing operations. We believe the presentation of FFO, Normalized FFO and AFFO provide useful information to investors as they provide an indication of our ability to fund capital expenditures and expand our business. FFO, Normalized FFO and AFFO provide disclosure on the same basis as that used by our management and provide consistency in our financial reporting, facilitate internal and external comparisons of our historical operating performance and our business units and provide continuity to investors for comparability purposes. Additionally, FFO, Normalized FFO and AFFO are widely recognized measures in our industry as a real estate investment trust.

Our reconciliation of net income to FFO, Normalized FFO and AFFO for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Funds From Operations

     

Net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 148,715      $ 139,438  

Depreciation-real estate assets

     61,179        57,758  

Gain on sale of real estate assets, net of tax

     (952      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NAREIT Defined FFO

     208,942        197,196  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-recurring tax benefits

     (2,031      —    

Start-up expenses, net of tax

     1,190        4,831  

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net of tax

     15,885        2,232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Normalized Funds from Operations

   $ 223,986      $ 204,259  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation-non-real estate assets

     53,737        48,998  

Consolidated maintenance capital expenditures

     (23,419      (23,551

Stock-based compensation expenses

     12,773        11,709  

Amortization of debt issuance costs, discount and/or premium and other non-cash interest

     12,121        6,963  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted Funds from Operations

   $ 279,198      $ 248,378  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outlook

The following discussion of our future performance contains statements that are not historical statements and, therefore, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated or implied in the forward-looking statement. Please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the “Forward-Looking Statements — Safe Harbor,” as well as the other disclosures contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further discussion on forward-looking statements and the risks and other factors that could prevent us from achieving our goals and cause the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements and the actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by those forward-looking statements.

Revenue

We continue to be encouraged by the current landscape of growth opportunities; however any positive trends may, to some extent, be adversely impacted by government budgetary constraints or any changes to the government’s willingness to maintain or grow public-private partnerships in the future. While state finances overall are stable, future budgetary pressures may cause state correctional agencies to pursue a number of cost savings initiatives which may include reductions in per diem rates and/or the scope of services provided by private operators. These potential cost savings initiatives could have a material adverse impact on our current operations and/or our ability to pursue new business opportunities. Additionally, if state budgetary constraints, as discussed above, persist or intensify, our state customers’ ability to pay us may be impaired and/or we may be

 

82


Table of Contents

forced to renegotiate our management contracts on less favorable terms and our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely impacted. We plan to actively bid on any new projects that fit our target profile for profitability and operational risk. Although we are pleased with the overall industry outlook, positive trends in the industry may be offset by several factors, including budgetary constraints, contract modifications, contract terminations, contract non-renewals, contract re-bids, and changes in policies or directives. For example, in August 2016, the DOJ issued a memorandum directed to the BOP which stated that the BOP should either decline to renew or substantially reduce the scope of contract renewals in a manner consistent with law and the overall decline of the BOP’s inmate population. Additionally, and in light of the DOJ announcement in August, the Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, instructed the Homeland Security Advisory Council, or HSAC, to review ICE’s current policy and practices relating to its use of private immigration detention operations and evaluate whether ICE should move in the same direction as the BOP and the impact of any other potential changes to the willingness to maintain or grow public-private partnerships on the part of other government agencies. In December 2016, an HSAC Subcommittee completed its review and issued its Report of the Subcommittee on Privatized Immigration Detention Facilities. In its report, the HSAC Subcommittee stated that fiscal considerations, combined with the need for realistic capacity to handle sudden increases in detention, indicate that DHS’s use of private immigration detention will continue and that at least with regard to the capacity to respond to sudden surges in migration flows, contracts with private immigration detention contractors represent a better alternative. Additionally, the report concluded that federally owned and directed facilities are more expensive than other types of detention. The HSAC Subcommittee stated that ICE reports that the average cost of a day in a federally owned facility is $184.35 per person verses $144.23 in a privately-contracted detention facility. Furthermore, the HSAC Subcommittee estimated that one-time transition costs to federally owned facilities would exceed $1.3 billion and could be as much as $5-6 billion. On February 21, 2017, the DOJ issued a memorandum rescinding the August 2016 memorandum and reinstating the BOP’s use of public-private partnerships for federal correctional facilities.

We believe we have a strong relationship with our government partners and we believe that we operate facilities that maximize security and efficiency while offering our suite of GEO Continuum of Care services and resources. Although we have historically had a relatively high contract renewal rate, there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew our expiring management contracts on favorable terms, or at all. Also, while we are pleased with our track record in re-bid situations, we cannot assure that we will prevail in any such future situations.

Internationally, we are exploring a number of opportunities in our current markets and will continue to actively bid on any opportunities that fit our target profile for profitability and operational risk. In September 2014, we announced that a consortium led by us and comprised of The GEO Group Australia Pty. Ltd., John Holland Construction and Honeywell signed a contract with the Department of Justice in the State of Victoria for the development and operation of a 1,300-bed capacity prison in Ravenhall, Australia. The Ravenhall facility will be developed under a public-private partnership financing structure with a capital contribution from us of approximately AUD 115 million, or $82.9 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, and we anticipate returns on investment consistent with our company-owned facilities.

With respect to our reentry services, electronic monitoring services, and youth services business conducted through our GEO Care business segment, we are currently pursuing a number of business development opportunities. Relative to opportunities for community-based reentry services, we are working with our existing federal, state, and local correctional clients to leverage new opportunities for both residential reentry facilities as well as non-residential day reporting centers. We continue to expend resources on informing federal, state and local governments about the benefits of public-private partnerships, and we anticipate that there will be new opportunities in the future as those efforts continue to yield results. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any suitable opportunities that become available in this area.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of our contracts to provide services to our governmental clients. Labor and related cost represented approximately 50% of our

 

83


Table of Contents

operating expenses in 2016. Additional significant operating expenses include food, utilities and inmate medical costs. In 2016, operating expenses totaled approximately 76% of our consolidated revenues. Our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2017 will be impacted by the opening of any new or existing facilities as a result of the cost of transitioning and/or start-up operations related to a facility opening. During 2017, we will incur carrying costs for facilities that are currently vacant in 2016. As of December 31, 2016, our worldwide operations include the management and/or ownership of approximately 87,000 beds at 104 correctional, detention and community services facilities, including idle facilities and projects under development, and also included the provision of monitoring of approximately 174,000 offenders in a community-based environment on behalf of approximately 900 federal, state and local correctional agencies located in all 50 states.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses. In 2016, general and administrative expenses totaled approximately 7% of our consolidated revenues. We expect general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2017 to remain consistent or decrease as a result of cost savings initiatives. We expect business development costs to remain consistent as we pursue additional business development opportunities in all of our business lines. We also plan to continue expending resources from time to time on the evaluation of potential acquisition targets.

Idle Facilities

We are currently marketing approximately 3,300 vacant beds at four of our idle facilities to potential customers. The annual carrying cost of idle facilities in 2017 is estimated to be $12.7 million, including depreciation expense of $1.5 million. As of December 31, 2016, these facilities had a net book value of $35.2 million. We currently do not have any firm commitment or agreement in place to activate these facilities. Historically, some facilities have been idle for multiple years before they received a new contract award. These idle facilities are included in the U.S. Corrections & Detention segment. The per diem rates that we charge our clients often vary by contract across our portfolio. However, if all of these idle facilities were to be activated using our U.S. Corrections & Detention average per diem rate in 2016, (calculated as the U.S. Corrections & Detention revenue divided by the number of U.S. Corrections & Detention mandays) and based on the average occupancy rate in our U.S. Corrections & Detention facilities for 2016, we would expect to receive incremental revenue of approximately $70 million and an increase in earnings per share of approximately $.15 to $.20 per share based on our average U.S. Corrections and Detention operating margin.

Forward-Looking Statements — Safe Harbor

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. “Forward-looking” statements are any statements that are not based on historical information. Statements other than statements of historical facts included in this report, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are “forward-looking” statements. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate” or “continue” or the negative of such words or variations of such words and similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements and we can give no assurance that such forward-looking

 

84


Table of Contents

statements will prove to be correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, or “cautionary statements,” include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to timely build and/or open facilities as planned, profitably manage such facilities and successfully integrate such facilities into our operations without substantial additional costs;

 

   

our ability to remain qualified for taxation as a REIT;

 

   

our ability to fulfill our debt service obligations and its impact on our liquidity;

 

   

the instability of foreign exchange rates, exposing us to currency risks in Australia, the United Kingdom, and South Africa, or other countries in which we may choose to conduct our business;

 

   

our ability to activate the inactive beds at our idle facilities;

 

   

our ability to maintain or increase occupancy rates at our facilities;

 

   

an increase in unreimbursed labor rates;

 

   

our ability to expand, diversify and grow our correctional, detention, mental health, residential treatment, re-entry, community-based services, youth services, monitoring services, evidence-based supervision and treatment programs and secure transportation services businesses;

 

   

our ability to win management contracts for which we have submitted proposals, retain existing management contracts and meet any performance standards required by such management contracts;

 

   

our ability to control operating costs associated with contract start-ups;

 

   

our ability to raise new project development capital given the often short-term nature of the customers’ commitment to use newly developed facilities;

 

   

our ability to estimate the government’s level of dependency on privatized correctional services;

 

   

our ability to accurately project the size and growth of the U.S. and international privatized corrections industry;

 

   

our ability to successfully respond to delays encountered by states privatizing correctional services and cost savings initiatives implemented by a number of states;

 

   

our ability to develop long-term earnings visibility;

 

   

our ability to identify suitable acquisitions and to successfully complete and integrate such acquisitions on satisfactory terms, and estimate the synergies to be achieved as a result of such acquisitions;

 

   

our exposure to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets as a result of our acquisitions;

 

   

our ability to successfully conduct our operations through joint ventures and consortiums;

 

   

our ability to obtain future financing on satisfactory terms or at all, including our ability to secure the funding we need to complete ongoing capital projects;

 

   

our exposure to political and economic instability and other risks impacting our international operations;

 

   

our exposure to risks impacting our information systems, including those that may cause an interruption, delay or failure in the provision of our services;

 

   

our exposure to rising general insurance costs;

 

   

our exposure to state and federal income tax law changes internationally and domestically and our exposure as a result of federal and international examinations of our tax returns or tax positions;

 

   

our exposure to claims for which we are uninsured;

 

   

our exposure to rising employee and inmate medical costs;

 

85


Table of Contents
   

our ability to manage costs and expenses relating to ongoing litigation arising from our operations;

 

   

our ability to accurately estimate on an annual basis, loss reserves related to general liability, workers’ compensation and automobile liability claims;

 

   

the ability of our government customers to secure budgetary appropriations to fund their payment obligations to us and to continue to operate under our existing agreements and/or renew our existing agreements;

 

   

our ability to pay quarterly dividends consistent with our expectations;

 

   

our ability to comply with government regulations and applicable contractual requirements;

 

   

our ability to acquire, protect or maintain our intellectual property; and

 

   

other factors contained in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including, but not limited to, those detailed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.

We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this report.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates with respect to our Senior Credit Facility. Payments under the Senior Credit Facility are indexed to a variable interest rate. Based on borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2016 under the Senior Credit Facility of $804.5 million, for every one percent increase in the interest rate applicable to the Senior Credit Facility, our total annual interest expense would increase by approximately $8.0 million.

We have entered into certain interest rate swap arrangements for hedging purposes, fixing the interest rate on our Australian non-recourse debt. The difference between the floating rate and the swap rate on these instruments is recognized in interest expense within the respective entity. Because the interest rates with respect to these instruments are fixed, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in the current interest rate would not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Additionally, we invest our cash in a variety of short-term financial instruments to provide a return. These instruments generally consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less. While these instruments are subject to interest rate risk, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar, the Australian Dollar, the South African Rand and the British Pound currency exchange rates. Based upon our foreign currency exchange rate exposure as of December 31, 2016 with respect to our international operations, every 10 percent change in historical currency rates would have a $1.5 million effect on our financial position and a $0.5 million impact on our results of operations over the next fiscal year.

 

86


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

To the Shareholders of

The GEO Group, Inc.:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. They include amounts based on judgments and estimates.

Representation in the consolidated financial statements and the fairness and integrity of such statements are the responsibility of management. In order to meet management’s responsibility, the Company maintains a system of internal controls and procedures and a program of internal audits designed to provide reasonable assurance that our assets are controlled and safeguarded, that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and properly recorded, and that accounting records may be relied upon in the preparation of financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, whose appointment by our Audit Committee was ratified by our shareholders. Their report, which is included in this Form 10-K expresses an opinion as to whether management’s consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has also been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, as stated in their report which is included in this Form 10-K. Their audits were conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors meets periodically with representatives of management, the independent registered public accountants and our internal auditors to review matters relating to financial reporting, internal accounting controls and auditing. Both the internal auditors and the independent registered certified public accountants have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee to discuss the results of their examinations.

George C. Zoley

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Brian R. Evans

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

87


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that: (i) pertains to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (ii) provides reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements for external reporting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of the Company’s management and directors; and (iii) provides reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria set forth in the Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the 2013 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) (the “2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework”).

The Company evaluated, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that as of December 31, 2016, its internal control over financial reporting is effective in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Grant Thornton LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.

 

88


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

The GEO Group, Inc.

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The GEO Group, Inc. (a Florida corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Miami, Florida

February 24, 2017

 

89


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

The GEO Group, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The GEO Group, Inc. (a Florida corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The GEO Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Miami, Florida

February 24, 2017

 

90


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

     2016     2015     2014  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 2,179,490     $ 1,843,307     $ 1,691,620  

Operating Expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     1,650,281       1,363,782       1,245,700  

Depreciation and Amortization

     114,916       106,756       96,171  

General and Administrative Expenses

     148,709       137,040       115,018  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     265,584       235,729       234,731  

Interest Income

     28,496       11,578       4,747  

Interest Expense

     (128,718     (106,136     (87,368

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

     (15,885     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes and Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

     149,477       141,171       152,110  

Provision for Income Taxes

     7,904       7,389       14,093  

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates, net of income tax provision of $2,341, $2,038 and $2,302

     6,925       5,533       5,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     148,498       139,315       143,840  

Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

     217       123       90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 148,715     $ 139,438     $ 143,930  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

      

Basic

     74,043       73,696       72,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     74,323       73,995       72,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per Common Share Attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.:

      

Basic:

      

Net income per share — basic

   $ 2.01     $ 1.89     $ 1.99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Net income per share — diluted

   $ 2.00     $ 1.88     $ 1.98  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared per share

   $ 2.60     $ 2.51     $ 2.33  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

91


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPRENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

     2016     2015     2014  
     (In thousands)  

Net Income

   $ 148,498     $ 139,315     $ 143,840  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     482       (4,936     (4,512

Pension liability adjustment, net of income tax (provision) benefit of $114, $(867) and $1,621, respectively

     (704     1,276       (2,522

Change in fair value of derivative instrument classified as cash flow hedge, net of income tax (provision) benefit of $(337), $213 and $2,926, respectively

     1,820       (1,375     (16,048
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     1,598       (5,035     (23,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     150,096       134,280       120,758  

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     198       215       140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 150,294     $ 134,495     $ 120,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

     2016     2015  
    

(In thousands, except

share data)

 
ASSETS  

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 68,038     $ 59,638  

Restricted cash and investments

     17,133       8,489  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,664 and $3,088, respectively

     356,255       314,097  

Current deferred income tax assets

     —         27,914  

Contract receivable, current portion

     224,033       —    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     32,210       28,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     697,669       438,346  

Restricted Cash and Investments

     20,848       20,236  

Property and Equipment, Net

     1,897,241       1,916,386  

Non-Current Contract Receivable

     219,783       174,141  

Direct Finance Lease Receivable

     —         1,826  

Non-Current Deferred Income Tax Assets

     30,039       7,399  

Goodwill

     615,433       615,438  

Intangible Assets, Net

     203,884       224,148  

Other Non-Current Assets

     64,512       64,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 3,749,409     $ 3,462,227  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 79,637     $ 77,523  

Accrued payroll and related taxes

     55,260       48,477  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     131,096       135,483  

Current portion of capital lease obligations, long-term debt and non-recourse debt

     238,065       17,141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     504,058       278,624  

Non-Current Deferred Income Tax Liabilities

     —         11,471  

Other Non-Current Liabilities

     88,656       87,694  

Capital Lease Obligations

     7,431       8,693  

Long-Term Debt

     1,935,465       1,855,810  

Non-Recourse Debt

     238,842       213,098  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 17)

    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 125,000,000 shares authorized, 75,031,696 and 74,642,859 issued and outstanding, respectively

     750       747  

Additional paid-in capital

     892,368       879,599  

Earnings in excess of distributions

     112,763       158,796  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (30,825     (32,404
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

     975,056       1,006,738  

Noncontrolling interests

     (99     99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     974,957       1,006,837  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 3,749,409     $ 3,462,227  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

93


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

     2016     2015     2014  
     (In thousands)  

Cash Flow from Operating Activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 148,498     $ 139,315     $ 143,840  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     217       123       90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

     148,715       139,438       143,930  

Adjustments to reconcile net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc. to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization expense

     114,916       106,756       96,171  

Deferred tax benefit

     (5,963     (2,374     (10,355

Amortization of debt issuance costs, discount and/or premium

     12,121       6,963       5,332  

Stock-based compensation

     12,773       11,709       8,909  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     15,885       —         —    

Loss on derivative instrument

     —           1,121  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     2,682       764       985  

Exit charges related to non-core operating leases

     —         4,550       —    

Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of tax

     (6,925     (5,533     (5,823

Tax deficiency (benefit) related to equity compensation

     1,626       (1,409     (2,035

Loss (gain) on sale/disposal of property and equipment

     394       (466     490  

Dividends received from unconsolidated joint venture

     1,611       3,244       4,274  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

      

Changes in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets

     (50,946     (29,311     23,809  

Changes in contract receivable

     (280,562     (114,086     (73,289

Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     5,645       21,912       9,022  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (28,028     142,157       202,541  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities:

      

Acquisition of LCS, cash consideration

     —         (307,404     —    

Acquisition of Protocol, cash consideration, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (13,025

Acquisition of SoberLink, cash consideration

     —         (24,402     —    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     2,030       42       699  

Insurance proceeds — damaged property

     4,733       1,270       —    

Change in restricted cash and investments

     (9,558     (4,805     5,380  

Capital expenditures

     (81,565     (117,581     (114,224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (84,360     (452,880     (121,170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities:

      

Payments on long-term debt

     (934,006     (311,985     (678,099

Proceeds from long term debt

     1,012,945       724,798       654,000  

Payments on non-recourse debt

     (10,064     (11,908     (18,627

Proceeds from non-recourse debt

     266,835       123,560       87,896  

Taxes paid related to net share settlements of equity awards

     (2,336     (2,786     (1,844

Debt issuance costs

     (21,115     (7,069     (26,420

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     3,347       2,774       7,281  

Income tax (deficiency) benefit related to equity compensation

     (1,626     1,409       2,035  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with ESPP

     436       441       387  

Issuance of common stock under prospectus supplement

     —         —         54,725  

Dividends paid

     (194,748     (186,984     (170,234
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     119,668       332,250       (88,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     1,120       (3,226     (3,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     8,400       18,301       (10,788

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     59,638       41,337       52,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 68,038     $ 59,638     $ 41,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents
     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Supplemental Disclosures

           —    

Cash paid during the year for:

           —    

Income taxes

   $ 23,063      $ 11,522      $ 7,976  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest

   $ 109,356      $ 97,652      $ 71,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Capital expenditures in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 894      $ 5,939      $ 11,798  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

95


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

    GEO Group Inc. Shareholders     Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
   

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Earnings in
Excess of
Distributions
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   

 

Treasury Stock

     
    Number of
Shares
    Amount           Number of
Shares
    Amount      
    (In thousands)  

Balance, January 1, 2014

    72,082     $ 866     $ 848,018     $ 232,646     $ (4,429     14,580     $ (53,579   $ 454     $ 1,023,976  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

    386       4       7,277       —         —         —         —         —         7,281  

Tax benefit related to equity compensation

    —         —         2,035       —         —         —         —         —         2,035  

Stock based compensation expense

    —         —         8,909       —         —         —         —         —         8,909  

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards

    (54     —         (428     —         —         43       (1,416     —         (1,844

Restricted stock granted

    306       3       (3     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Purchase and retirement of common stock

    —         (146     (54,826     —         —         (14,618     54,972       —         —    

Restricted stock canceled

    (23     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Dividends — Paid

    —         —         —         (170,234     —         —         —         —         (170,234

Issuance of common stock under prospectus supplement

    1,483       15       54,710       —         —         —         —         —         54,725  

Re-issuance of treasury shares (ESPP)

    11       —         364       —         —         (5     23       —         387  

Net income (loss)

    —         —         —         143,930       —         —         —         (90     143,840  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         —         (23,032     —         —         (50     (23,082
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

    74,191     $ 742     $ 866,056     $ 206,342     $ (27,461     —       $ —       $ 314     $ 1,045,993  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

    123       1       2,774       —         —         —         —         —         2,775  

Tax benefit related to equity compensation

    —         —         1,409       —         —         —         —         —         1,409  

Stock based compensation expense

    —         —         11,709       —         —         —         —         —         11,709  

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards

    (72     —         (2,786     —         —         —         —         —         (2,786

Restricted stock granted

    423       4       (4     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Restricted stock canceled

    (35     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Dividends Paid

    —         —         —         (186,984     —         —         —         —         (186,984

Issuance of common stock (ESPP)

    13       —         441       —         —         —         —         —         441  

Net income (loss)

    —         —         —         139,438       —         —         —         (123     139,315  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         —         (4,943     —         —         (92     (5,035
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

    74,643     $ 747     $ 879,599     $ 158,796     $ (32,404     —       $ —       $ 99     $ 1,006,837  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

    156       1       3,346       —         —         —         —         —         3,347  

Tax deficiency related to equity compensation

    —         —         (1,626     —         —         —         —         —         (1,626

Stock based compensation expense

    —         —         12,773       —         —         —         —         —         12,773  

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards

    (75     (1     (2,336     —         —         —         —         —         (2,337

 

96


Table of Contents
    GEO Group Inc. Shareholders     Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
   

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Earnings in
Excess of
Distributions
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   

 

Treasury Stock

     
    Number of
Shares
    Amount           Number of
Shares
    Amount      
    (In thousands)  

Restricted stock granted

    349       3       (3     —         —           —         —         —    

Restricted stock canceled

    (56     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Dividends Paid

    —         —         —         (194,748     —         —         —         —         (194,748

Issuance of common stock (ESPP)

    15       —         436       —         —         —         —         —         436  

Other adjustments to Additional Paid-In-Capital

        179                 179  

Net income (loss)

    —         —         —         148,715       —         —         —         (217     148,498  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         1,579       —         —         19       1,598  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

    75,032     $ 750     $ 892,368     $ 112,763     $ (30,825     —       $ —       $ (99   $ 974,957  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

97


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

1.   Summary of Business Organization, Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

The GEO Group, Inc., a Florida corporation, and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “GEO”) is a fully-integrated real estate investment trust (“REIT”) specializing in the ownership, leasing and management of correctional, detention and re-entry facilities and the provision of community-based services and youth services in the United States, Australia, South Africa and the United Kingdom. The Company owns, leases and operates a broad range of correctional and detention facilities including maximum, medium and minimum security prisons, immigration detention centers, minimum security detention centers, as well as community based re-entry facilities. The Company develops new facilities based on contract awards, using its project development expertise and experience to design, construct and finance what it believes are state-of-the-art facilities that maximize security and efficiency. The Company provides innovative compliance technologies, industry-leading monitoring services, and evidence-based supervision and treatment programs for community-based parolees, probationers and pretrial defendants. The Company also provides secure transportation services for offender and detainee populations as contracted domestically and in the United Kingdom through its joint venture GEO Amey PECS Ltd. (“GEOAmey”). As of December 31, 2016, GEO’s worldwide operations included the ownership and/or management of approximately 87,000 beds at 104 correctional, detention and community services facilities, including idle facilities and projects under development, and also include the provision of community supervision services for more than 174,000 offenders and pre-trial defendants, including approximately 95,000 individuals through an array of technology products including radio frequency, GPS, and alcohol monitoring devices.

GEO, which has been in operation since 1984, began operating as a REIT for federal income tax purposes effective January 1, 2013. As a result of the REIT conversion, GEO reorganized its operations and moved non-real estate components into taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRSs”). Through the TRS structure, the portion of GEO’s businesses which are non-real estate related, such as its managed-only contracts, international operations, electronic monitoring services, and other non-residential and community based facilities, are part of wholly-owned taxable subsidiaries of the REIT. Most of GEO’s business segments, which are real estate related and involve company-owned and company-leased facilities, are part of the REIT. The TRS structure allows the Company to maintain the strategic alignment of all of its diversified business segments under one entity. The TRS assets and operations will continue to be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes and to foreign taxes as applicable in the jurisdictions in which those assets and operations are located.

As a part of the Company’s conversion to a REIT, the Company merged into The GEO Group REIT, Inc. (“GEO REIT”), a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of GEO.    The merger became effective June 27, 2014 and was approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 2, 2014. The purpose of the merger was to ensure the effective adoption of charter provisions that implement standard REIT share ownership and transfer restrictions. In the merger, shares of GEO’s common stock were converted into the same number of GEO REIT shares of common stock. In addition, each share of the Company’s common stock held in treasury at June 27, 2014 was retired, and a corresponding adjustment was recorded to common stock and additional paid-in capital. Effective at the time of the merger, GEO REIT was renamed The GEO Group, Inc. Also, in connection with the merger, the Company’s authorized common stock was increased from 90 million shares to 125 million shares.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The significant accounting policies of the Company are described below.

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The equity method of accounting is used for investments in non-controlled affiliates in which

 

98


Table of Contents

the Company’s ownership ranges from 20 to 50 percent, or in instances in which the Company is able to exercise significant influence but not control. The Company reports South Africa Custodial Services (“SACS”) and its 50% owned joint venture in the United Kingdom, GEOAmey, under the equity method of accounting. Noncontrolling interests in consolidated entities represent equity that other investors have contributed to South Africa Custodial Management (“SACM”).    Non-controlling interests are adjusted for income and losses allocable to the other shareholders in these entities. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s significant estimates include reserves for self-insured retention related to general liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, auto liability insurance, medical malpractice insurance, employer group health insurance, projected undiscounted cash flows used to evaluate asset impairment, estimated fair values of business acquisitions, pension assumptions, percentage of completion and estimated cost to complete for construction projects, recoverability of notes receivable, estimated useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets, stock based compensation and allowance for doubtful accounts. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While the Company believes that such estimates are reasonable when considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, the actual amounts of such estimates, when known, will vary from these estimates. If actual results significantly differ from the Company’s estimates, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially impacted.

Dividends

As a REIT, the Company is required to distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and by excluding net capital gain). The amount, timing and frequency of future distributions, however, will be at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will be declared based upon various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including, the Company’s financial condition and operating cash flows, the amount required to maintain REIT status and reduce any income and excise taxes that the Company otherwise would be required to pay, limitations on distributions in the Company’s existing and future debt instruments, limitations on the Company’s ability to fund distributions using cash generated through our TRSs and other factors that the Company’s Board of Directors may deem relevant.    The Company began paying regular REIT distributions in 2013. Refer to Note 3- Shareholders’ Equity.

A REIT is not permitted to retain earnings and profits accumulated during the years it was taxed as a C corporation or earnings and profits accumulated by its subsidiaries that have been converted to qualified REIT subsidiaries, and must make one or more distributions to shareholders that equal or exceed these accumulated amounts by the end of the first REIT year. Earnings and profits, which determine the taxability of distributions to shareholders, will differ from net income reported for financial reporting purposes due to the differences in the treatment of gains and losses, revenue and expenses, and depreciation for financial reporting relative to federal income tax purposes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all interest-bearing deposits or investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial

 

99


Table of Contents

institutions. These financial institutions are located throughout the United States, Australia, South Africa and the United Kingdom. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had $21.6 million and $22.6 million in cash and cash equivalents held by its international subsidiaries, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains deposits of cash in excess of federally insured limits with certain financial institutions and accordingly the Company is subject to credit risk. Other than cash, financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable, contract receivable, long-term debt and financial instruments used in hedging activities. The Company’s cash management and investment policies restrict investments to low-risk, highly liquid securities, and the Company performs periodic evaluations of the credit standing of the financial institutions with which it deals.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists primarily of trade accounts receivable due from federal, state, and local government agencies for operating and managing correctional facilities, providing youth and community based services, providing electronic monitoring and supervision services, providing construction and design services and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services. The Company generates receivables with its governmental clients and with other parties in the normal course of business as a result of billing and receiving payment. The Company regularly reviews outstanding receivables, and provides for estimated losses through an allowance for doubtful accounts. In evaluating the level of established loss reserves, the Company makes judgments regarding its customers’ ability to make required payments, economic events and other factors. As the financial condition of these parties change, circumstances develop or additional information becomes available, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be required. The Company also performs ongoing credit evaluations for some of its customers’ financial conditions and generally does not require collateral. Generally, the Company receives payment for these services thirty to sixty days in arrears. However, certain of the Company’s accounts receivable are paid by customers after the completion of their program year and therefore can be aged in excess of one year. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses, and such losses traditionally have been within its expectations. Actual write-offs are charged against the allowance when collection efforts have been unsuccessful. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of the Company’s trade receivables were considered to be long-term and are classified as Other Non-Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Notes Receivable

The Company has notes receivable from its former joint venture partner in the United Kingdom related to a subordinated loan extended to the joint venture partner while an active member of the partnership. The notes bear interest at a rate of 13%, and have semi-annual payments due June 15 and December 15 through June 2018. The Company recognizes interest income on its Notes Receivable as it is earned. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $0.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively. These notes receivable are included in Other Non-Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note Receivable from Joint Venture

In May 2011, the GEO Group UK Limited, the Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom (“GEO UK”), extended a non-revolving line of credit facility to GEOAmey for the purpose of funding mobilization costs and on-going start up and operations in the principal amount of £12 million or $14.8 million, based on the applicable exchange rate at December 31, 2016. Amounts under the line of credit were drawn down in multiple advances up to the principal amount and accrued interest at LIBOR plus 3%. The Company recognized interest income on its notes receivable as it was earned.

On October 3, 2013, the Company and its joint venture partner entered into a modified line of credit agreement with GEOAmey. Under the modified agreement, the terms of the line of credit were amended such

 

100


Table of Contents

that (i) the balance of accrued interest at September 30, 2013, in the amount of £0.9 million or $1.5 million, based on the applicable exchange rate at September 30, 2013, was forgiven; (ii) the principal amount was revised to be due on demand rather than in accordance with the previous repayment schedule; interest payments began accruing on January 1, 2014 and are being paid monthly; and (iii) the interest rate was reset to the base rate of the Bank of England plus 0.5%.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company was owed £3.5 million, or $4.3 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was owed £8.5 million, or $12.6 million. These balances are included within Other Non-Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 15 — Business Segments and Geographic Information regarding the Company’s investment in GEOAmey.

Contract Receivable

The Company’s Australian subsidiary has recorded a contract receivable in connection with the construction of a 1,300-bed detention facility in Ravenhall, Australia for the State of Victoria. The contract receivable represents costs incurred and estimated earnings in excess of billings and is recorded at net present value based on the timing of expected future settlement. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable for further information.

Restricted Cash and Investments

The Company’s restricted cash and investments at December 31, 2016 are attributable to certain cash restriction requirements at the Company’s wholly owned Australian subsidiary related to non-recourse debt and construction activities, other guarantees and restricted investments related to The GEO Group Inc. Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan as well as dividends held for unvested restricted stock awards. The current portion of restricted cash and investments primarily represents the amount expected to be paid within the next twelve months for debt service related to the Company’s non-recourse debt.

Prepaid expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include assets that are expected to be realized within the next fiscal year. Included in the balance at December 31, 2016 is $9.4 million of federal and state tax overpayments that will be applied against tax payments due in 2017. There were no significant federal or state tax overpayments included in the balance at December 31, 2015.

Direct Finance Leases

The Company accounts for the portion of its contracts with certain governmental agencies that represent capitalized lease payments on buildings and equipment as investments in direct finance leases. Accordingly, the minimum lease payments to be received over the term of the leases less unearned income are capitalized as the Company’s investments in the leases. Unearned income is recognized as income over the term of the leases using the effective interest method. At December 31, 2016, the Company no longer had any direct finance leases.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over 2 to 50 years. Equipment and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over 3 to 10 years. Straight-line and accelerated methods of depreciation are generally used for income tax purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment for depreciation purposes. The estimated useful lives are determined and

 

101


Table of Contents

continually evaluated based on the period over which services are expected to be rendered by the asset. If the assessment indicates that assets will be used for a longer or shorter period than previously anticipated, the useful lives of the assets are revised, resulting in a change in estimate. The Company has not made any such changes in estimates during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of company-owned correctional and detention facilities. Cost for self-constructed correctional and detention facilities includes direct materials and labor, capitalized interest and certain other indirect costs associated with construction of the facility, such as property taxes, other indirect labor and related benefits and payroll taxes. The Company begins the capitalization of costs during the pre-construction phase, which is the period during which costs are incurred to evaluate the site, and continues until the facility is substantially complete and ready for occupancy. Labor costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not significant. Capitalized interest is recorded as part of the asset to which it relates and is amortized over the asset’s estimated useful life. Refer to Note 6 — Property and Equipment.

Asset Impairments

The Company had property and equipment of $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, including 3,328 vacant beds at four idle facilities in its U.S. Corrections & Detention segment with a carrying value of $33.8 million which are being marketed to potential customers as of December 31, 2016, excluding equipment and other assets that can be easily transferred for use at other facilities.

The Company reviews long-lived assets to be held and used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Events that would trigger an impairment assessment include deterioration of profits for a business segment that has long-lived assets, or when other changes occur that might impair recovery of long-lived assets such as the termination of a management contract or a prolonged decrease in inmate population. If impairment indicators are present, the Company performs a recoverability test to determine whether or not an impairment loss should be measured. In August 2016, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) issued a memorandum regarding the use of public-private partnerships for federal correctional facilities. In this memorandum, the DOJ stated that the Bureau of Prisons (“BOP”) should either decline to renew or substantially reduce the scope of contract renewals in a manner consistent with the law and the overall decline of the BOP’s inmate population. Subsequently, on February 21, 2017, the DOJ issued a memorandum rescinding the August 2016 memorandum and reinstating the BOP’s use of public-private partnerships for federal correctional facilities. Although no contracts had been terminated at the time of the initial August 2016 memorandum, the Company had determined that the issuance of this statement by the DOJ was considered to be a “triggering event” that required certain testing of potential impairment of certain long-lived assets and related facility management contract intangible assets. The result of the long-lived asset impairment testing, including facility management contracts, performed during the quarter ended September 30, 2016 showed no impairment based on the probability weighted undiscounted cash flows projected to occur over the remaining asset life. Certain assumptions about contract renewals, related rates, residual values and alternative facility uses, including leases and sales, were made in connection with these calculations.

The Company tests idle facilities for impairment upon notification that the facilities will no longer be utilized by the customer. If a long-lived asset is part of a group that includes other assets, the unit of accounting for the long-lived asset is its group. Generally, the Company groups assets by facility for the purpose of considering whether any impairment exists. The estimates of recoverability are based on projected undiscounted cash flows associated with actual marketing efforts where available or, in other instances, projected undiscounted cash flows that are comparable to historical cash flows from management contracts at similar facilities and sensitivity analyses that consider reductions to such cash flows. The Company’s sensitivity analyses include adjustments to projected cash flows compared to the historical cash flows due to current business conditions which impact per diem rates as well as labor and other operating costs, changes related to facility mission due to changes in prospective clients, and changes in projected capacity and occupancy rates. The Company also factors in prolonged periods of vacancies as well as the time and costs required to ramp up facility population once a

 

102


Table of Contents

contract is obtained. The Company performs the impairment analyses on an annual basis for each of the idle facilities and takes into consideration updates each quarter for market developments affecting the potential utilization of each of the facilities in order to identify events that may cause the Company to reconsider the most recent assumptions. Such events could include negotiations with a prospective customer for the utilization of an idle facility at terms significantly less favorable than the terms used in the Company’s most recent impairment analysis, or changes in legislation surrounding a particular facility that could impact the Company’s ability to house certain types of inmates at such facility. Further, a substantial increase in the number of available beds at other facilities the Company owns, or in the marketplace, could lead to deterioration in market conditions and projected cash flows. Although they are not frequently received, an unsolicited offer to purchase any of the Company’s idle facilities, at amounts that are less than their carrying value could also cause the Company to reconsider the assumptions used in the most recent impairment analysis. The Company has identified marketing prospects to utilize each of the remaining currently idled facilities and does not see any catalysts that would result in a current impairment. However, the Company can provide no assurance that it will be able to secure management contracts to utilize its idle facilities, or that it will not incur impairment charges in the future. In all cases, the projected undiscounted cash flows in our analysis as of December 31, 2016 substantially exceeded the carrying amounts of each facility.

The Company’s evaluations also take into consideration historical experience in securing new facility management contracts to utilize facilities that had been previously idled for periods comparable to or in excess of the periods the Company’s currently idle facilities have been idle. Such previously idle facilities are currently being operated under contracts that generate cash flows resulting in the recoverability of the net book value of the previously idled facilities by substantial amounts. Due to a variety of factors, the lead time to negotiate contracts with federal and state agencies to utilize idle bed capacity is generally lengthy which has historically resulted in periods of idleness similar to the ones the Company is currently experiencing. As a result of its analyses, the Company determined each of these assets to have recoverable values substantially in excess of the corresponding carrying values.

By their nature, these estimates contain uncertainties with respect to the extent and timing of the respective cash flows due to potential delays or material changes to forecasted terms and conditions in contracts with prospective customers that could impact the estimate of projected cash flows. Notwithstanding the effects the current economy has had on the Company’s customers’ demand for prison beds in the short term which has led to its decision to idle certain facilities, the Company believes the long-term trends favor an increase in the utilization of its idle correctional facilities. This belief is also based on the Company’s experience in working with governmental agencies faced with significant budgetary challenges which is a primary contributing factor to the lack of appropriated funding to build new bed capacity by federal and state agencies.

Assets Held under Capital Leases

Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Amortization expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the related lease and is included in depreciation expense.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The Company has recorded goodwill as a result of its business combinations. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible assets and other intangible assets acquired. The Company’s goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter, and whenever events or circumstances arise that indicate impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing is performed for all reporting units that contain goodwill. The reporting units are the same as the reporting segment for U.S. Corrections & Detention and are at the operating segment level for GEO Care.

 

103


Table of Contents

In August 2016, the DOJ issued a memorandum regarding the use of public-private partnerships for federal correctional facilities. In this memorandum, the DOJ stated that the BOP should either decline to renew or substantially reduce the scope of contract renewals in a manner consistent with the law and the overall decline of the BOP’s inmate population. Subsequently, on February 21, 2017, the DOJ issued a memorandum rescinding the August 2016 memorandum and reinstating the BOP’s use of public-private partnerships for federal correctional facilities. Although no contracts had been terminated at the time of the initial August 2016 memorandum, the Company had determined that the issuance of this statement by the DOJ was considered to be a “triggering event” that required certain testing of potential impairment of goodwill for its U.S. Corrections & Detention reporting unit. The result of this quantitative testing, performed during the quarter ended September 30, 2016, showed no impairment in the goodwill of its U.S. Corrections & Detention reporting unit. The calculated fair value of the reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value. The Company used a third party valuation firm to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a discounted cash flow and other valuation models. Growth rates for sales and profits were determined using inputs from the Company’s long term planning process. The Company also makes estimates for discount rates and other factors based on market conditions, historical experience and other economic factors.

On the annual measurement date of October 1, 2016, the Company’s management elected to qualitatively assess the Company’s goodwill for impairment for one of its reporting units, pursuant to the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08. For one of its other reporting units, the Company elected to quantitatively assess the Company’s goodwill for impairment as discussed further below. For its U.S. Corrections & Detention reporting unit for which testing was accelerated as discussed above, the Company noted that there were no significant changes in the Company’s business or market environment between the interim testing date of September 30, 2016 and the Company’s annual testing date of October 1, 2016. As a result, the Company utilized the September 30, 2016 interim test to support its October 1, 2016 assessment. No changes were required to the inputs or assumptions utilized in the interim report. Under provisions of the qualitative analysis, when testing goodwill for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company performs the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit, using a discounted cash flow method, and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The qualitative factors used by the Company’s management to determine the likelihood that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount include, among other things, a review of overall economic conditions and their current and future impact on the Company’s existing business, the Company’s financial performance, industry outlook and market competition.

For the reporting units that the Company elected to quantitatively assess the goodwill for impairment, the Company used a third party valuation firm to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a discounted cash flow and other valuation models. Growth rates for sales and profits are determined using inputs from the Company’s long term planning process. The Company also makes estimates for discount rates and other factors based on market conditions, historical experience and other economic factors. Changes in these factors could significantly impact the fair value of the reporting unit. During the year, the Company’s management monitors the actual performance of the business relative to the fair value assumptions used during the prior year annual impairment test and updates its annual impairment test, if needed, to determine the likelihood that the goodwill has been impaired. With respect to the reporting units that were assessed qualitatively, management determined that it was more likely than not that the fair values of the reporting units exceeded their carrying values. With respect to the reporting units that were assessed quantitatively, management concluded that the estimated fair value substantially exceeded its carrying value.

 

104


Table of Contents

Other Intangible Assets

The Company has also recorded other finite and indefinite lived intangible assets as a result of previously completed business combinations. Other acquired finite and indefinite lived intangible assets are recognized separately if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the Company’s intent to do so. The Company’s intangible assets include facility management contracts, trade names and technology. The facility management contracts represent customer relationships in the form of management contracts acquired at the time of each business combination; the value of BI’s and Protocol’s trade names represent, among other intangible benefits, name recognition to its customers and intellectual property rights; and the acquired technology represents BI’s innovation with respect to its GPS tracking monitoring, radio frequency monitoring, voice verification monitoring and alcohol compliance systems, Protocol’s innovation with respect to its customer relationship management software and Soberlink’s innovation with respect to its alcohol monitoring devices. When establishing useful lives, the Company considers the period and the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up; or, if that pattern cannot be reliably determined, using a straight-line amortization method over a period that may be shorter than the ultimate life of such intangible asset. The Company also considers the impact of renewal terms when establishing useful lives. The Company currently amortizes its acquired facility management contracts over periods ranging from three to twenty years and its acquired technology over seven to eight years. There is no residual value associated with the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets. The Company reviews its trade name assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. The Company does not amortize its indefinite lived intangible assets. The Company reviews its indefinite lived intangible assets annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. These reviews resulted in no impairment to the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible assets for all periods presented. The Company records the costs associated with renewal and extension of facility management contracts as expenses in the period they are incurred.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $40.2 million and $28.8 million, totaling $48.9 million and $50.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are included in Long-Term Debt, Non-Recourse Debt and Other Non-Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. When evaluating the accounting for debt transactions and the related costs, in instances when there is a significant decrease in a creditor’s individual principal balance, the Company expenses the associated unamortized debt issuance costs.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company evaluates its joint ventures and other entities in which it has a variable interest (a “VIE”), generally in the form of investments, loans, guarantees, or equity in order to determine if it has a controlling financial interest and is required to consolidate the entity as a result. The reporting entity with a variable interest that provides the entity with a controlling financial interest in the VIE will have both of the following characteristics: (i) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb the losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

The Company does not consolidate its 50% owned South African joint venture interest in SACS, a VIE. SACS joint venture investors are GEO and Kensani Corrections, Pty. Ltd (an independent third party); each partner owns a 50% share. The Company has determined it is not the primary beneficiary of SACS since it does not have the power to direct the activities of SACS that most significantly impact its performance. As such, the Company’s investment in this entity is accounted for

 

105


Table of Contents

under the equity method of accounting. SACS was established and subsequently, in 2001, was awarded a 25-year contract to design, finance and build the Kutama Sinthumule Correctional Centre in Louis Trichardt, South Africa. To fund the construction of the prison, SACS obtained long-term financing from its equity partners and lenders, the repayment of which is fully guaranteed by the South African government, except in the event of default, in which case the government guarantee is reduced to 80%. The Company’s maximum exposure for loss under this contract is limited to its investment in the joint venture of $11.8 million at December 31, 2016 and its guarantees related to SACS are discussed in Note 13 — Debt.

The Company does not consolidate its 50% owned joint venture in the United Kingdom. In February 2011, GEO UK, executed a Shareholders Agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”) with Amey Community Limited (“Amey”) and Amey UK PLC (“Amey Guarantor”) to form GEOAmey, a private company limited by shares incorporated in England and Wales. GEOAmey was formed by GEO UK and Amey (an independent third party) for the purpose of performing prisoner escort and related custody services in England and Wales. In order to form this private company, GEOAmey issued share capital of £100 divided into 100 shares of £1 each and allocated the shares 50/50 to GEO UK and Amey. GEO UK and Amey each have three directors appointed to the Board of Directors and neither party has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the performance of GEOAmey. As such, the Company’s investment in this entity is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Both parties provide lines of credit of £12.0 million, or $14.8 million, based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016, to ensure that GEOAmey can comply with future contractual commitments related to the performance of its operations. As of December 31, 2016, $4.3 million was owed to the Company by GEOAmey under the line of credit. GEOAmey commenced operations on August 29, 2011.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (“exit price”). The Company carries certain of its assets and liabilities at fair value, measured on a recurring basis, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company also has certain assets and liabilities which are not carried at fair value in its accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and discloses the fair value measurements compared to the carrying values as of each balance sheet date. The Company’s fair value measurements are disclosed in Note 10 — Financial Instruments and Note 11 — Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities. The Company establishes fair value of its assets and liabilities using a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels which distinguish between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s assumptions (unobservable inputs). The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the respective fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the measurement in its entirety. Level 1 inputs are quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, Level 2 inputs are other than quotable market prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly through corroboration with observable market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities that reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company recognizes transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that cause the transfer.

Revenue Recognition

Facility management revenues are recognized as services are provided under facility management contracts with approved government appropriations based on a net rate per day per inmate or on a fixed monthly rate, as applicable. A limited number of the Company’s contracts have provisions upon which a small portion of the revenue for the contract is based on the performance of certain targets. Revenue based on the performance of certain targets is less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated annual revenues. These performance targets are

 

106


Table of Contents

based on specific criteria to be met over specific periods of time. Such criteria includes the Company’s ability to achieve certain contractual benchmarks relative to the quality of service it provides, non-occurrence of certain disruptive events, effectiveness of its quality control programs and its responsiveness to customer requirements and concerns. For the limited number of contracts where revenue is based on the performance of certain targets, revenue is either (i) recorded pro rata when revenue is fixed and determinable or (ii) recorded when the specified time period lapses. In many instances, the Company is a party to more than one contract with a single entity. In these instances, each contract is accounted for separately.

Construction revenues are recognized from the Company’s contracts with certain customers to perform construction and design services (“project development services”) for various facilities. In these instances, the Company acts as the primary developer and subcontracts with bonded National and/or Regional Design Build Contractors. These construction revenues are recognized as earned on a percentage of completion basis measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date as compared to the estimated total cost for each contract. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts and changes to cost estimates are made in the period in which the Company determines that such losses and changes are probable. Typically, the Company enters into fixed price contracts and does not perform additional work unless approved change orders are in place. Costs attributable to unapproved change orders are expensed in the period in which the costs are incurred if the Company believes that it is not probable that the costs will be recovered through a change in the contract price. If the Company believes that it is probable that the costs will be recovered through a change in the contract price, costs related to unapproved change orders are expensed in the period in which they are incurred, and contract revenue is recognized to the extent of the costs incurred. Revenue in excess of the costs attributable to unapproved change orders is not recognized until the change order is approved. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to estimated costs and income, and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, there have been no changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability that would require a revision to the estimated costs and income related to project development services. As the primary contractor, the Company is exposed to the various risks associated with construction, including the risk of cost overruns. Accordingly, the Company records its construction revenue on a gross basis and includes the related cost of construction activities in Operating Expenses.

When evaluating multiple element arrangements for certain contracts where the Company provides project development services to its clients in addition to standard management services, the Company follows revenue recognition guidance for multiple element arrangements under ASC 605-25 “Multiple Element Arrangements”. This revenue recognition guidance related to multiple deliverables in an arrangement provides guidance on determining if separate contracts should be evaluated as a single arrangement and if an arrangement involves a single unit of accounting or separate units of accounting and if the arrangement is determined to have separate units, how to allocate amounts received in the arrangement for revenue recognition purposes. In instances where the Company provides these project development services and subsequent management services, generally, the arrangement results in no delivered elements at the onset of the agreement. The elements are delivered, and revenue is recognized, over the contract period as the project development and management services are performed. Project development services are generally not provided separately to a customer without a management contract. The Company has determined that the significant deliverables in such an arrangement during the project development phase and services performed under the management contract qualify as separate units of accounting. With respect to the deliverables during the management services period, the Company regularly negotiates such contracts and provides management services to its customers outside of any arrangement for construction. The Company establishes per diem rates for all of its management contracts based on, amongst other factors, expected and guaranteed occupancy, costs of providing the services and desired margins. As such, the fair value of the consideration to each deliverable was determined using the Company’s estimated selling price for the project development deliverable and vendor specific objective evidence for the facility management services deliverable.

 

107


Table of Contents

Lease Revenue

During 2016, three of the Company’s owned facilities were leased to an unrelated party. One lease has a term of ten years and expires in January 2018 with an option to extend for up to three additional five-year terms. The second facility lease was effective January 2014 with a one-year term and options to extend for up to three additional one-year terms. The third facility lease became effective April 2015 with month-to-month terms. This facility was sold in December 2016. The carrying value of these facilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $31.6 million and $33.7 million, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $9 million and $8.1 million, respectively. Rental income, included in Revenues, received on these leases was $4.7 million, $4.7 million and $4.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, future minimum rentals to be received on these leases are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year

   Annual Rental  
     (In thousands)  

2017

   $ 5,329  

2018

     351  
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,680  
  

 

 

 

Income Taxes

The consolidated financial statements reflect provisions for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences and carryforwards are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of a change in tax rates is recognized as income in the period that includes the enactment date. Refer to Note 16-Income Taxes. Effective January 1, 2013, as a REIT that is required to distribute at least 90% of its taxable income to shareholders, the Company does not expect to pay federal income taxes at the REIT level (including its qualified REIT subsidiaries), as the resulting dividends paid deduction will generally offset its taxable income. Since the Company does not expect to pay taxes on its REIT taxable income, it does not expect to be able to recognize such deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Deferred income taxes related to the TRS structure are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities given the provisions of enacted tax laws. Significant judgments are required to determine the consolidated provision for income taxes. Deferred income tax provisions and benefits are based on changes to the assets or liabilities from year to year. Realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon many factors such as tax regulations applicable to the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, estimates of future taxable income and the character of such taxable income.

Additionally, the Company must use significant judgment in addressing uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations. If actual circumstances differ from the Company’s assumptions, adjustments to the carrying value of deferred tax assets or liabilities may be required, which may result in an adverse impact on the results of its operations and its effective tax rate. Valuation allowances are recorded related to deferred tax assets based on the “more likely than not” criteria. The Company has not made any significant changes to the way it accounts for its deferred tax assets and liabilities in any year presented in the consolidated financial statements except for the adoption of ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes,” which requires that all deferred income tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. Based on its estimate of future earnings and its favorable earnings history, the Company currently expects full realization of the deferred tax assets net of any recorded valuation allowances. Furthermore, tax positions taken by the Company may not be fully sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. In determining the adequacy of our provision (benefit) for income taxes, potential settlement outcomes resulting from income tax examinations

 

108


Table of Contents

are regularly assessed. As such, the final outcome of tax examinations, including the total amount payable or the timing of any such payments upon resolution of these issues, cannot be estimated with certainty.

Reserves for Insurance Losses

The nature of the Company’s business exposes it to various types of third-party legal claims, including, but not limited to, civil rights claims relating to conditions of confinement and/or mistreatment, sexual misconduct claims brought by prisoners or detainees, medical malpractice claims, product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims, claims relating to employment matters (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination claims, union grievances and wage and hour claims), property loss claims, environmental claims, automobile liability claims, contractual claims and claims for personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with our facilities, programs, electronic monitoring products, personnel or prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape or from a disturbance or riot at a facility. In addition, the Company’s management contracts generally require it to indemnify the governmental agency against any damages to which the governmental agency may be subject in connection with such claims or litigation. The Company maintains a broad program of insurance coverage for these general types of claims, except for claims relating to employment matters, for which the Company carries no insurance. There can be no assurance that the Company’s insurance coverage will be adequate to cover all claims to which it may be exposed. It is the Company’s general practice to bring merged or acquired companies into its corporate master policies in order to take advantage of certain economies of scale.

The Company currently maintains a general liability policy and excess liability policies with total limits of $80.0 million per occurrence and $100 million in the aggregate covering the operations of U.S. Corrections & Detention, GEO Care’s community based services, GEO Care’s youth services and BI. The Company has a claims-made liability insurance program with a specific loss limit of $35.0 million per occurrence and in the aggregate related to medical professional liability claims arising out of correctional healthcare services. The Company is uninsured for any claims in excess of these limits. We also maintain insurance to cover property and other casualty risks including, workers’ compensation, environmental liability and automobile liability.

For most casualty insurance policies, the Company carries substantial deductibles or self-insured retentions of $3.0 million per occurrence for general liability and medical professional liability, $2.0 million per occurrence for workers’ compensation and $1.0 million per occurrence for automobile liability. In addition, certain of the Company’s facilities located in Florida and other high-risk hurricane areas carry substantial windstorm deductibles. Since hurricanes are considered unpredictable future events, no reserves have been established to pre-fund for potential windstorm damage. Limited commercial availability of certain types of insurance relating to windstorm exposure in coastal areas and earthquake exposure mainly in California and the Pacific Northwest may prevent the Company from insuring some of its facilities to full replacement value.

With respect to operations in South Africa, the United Kingdom and Australia, the Company utilizes a combination of locally-procured insurance and global policies to meet contractual insurance requirements and protect the Company. In addition to these policies, the Company’s Australian subsidiary carries tail insurance on a general liability policy related to a discontinued contract.

Of the insurance policies discussed above, the Company’s most significant insurance reserves relate to workers’ compensation, general liability and auto claims. These reserves are undiscounted and were $51.6 million and $52.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company uses statistical and actuarial methods to estimate amounts for claims that have been reported but not paid and claims incurred but not reported. In applying these methods and assessing their results, the Company considers such factors as historical frequency and severity of claims at each of its facilities, claim development, payment patterns and changes in the nature of its business, among other factors. Such factors are analyzed for each of the Company’s business segments. The Company estimates may be impacted by such factors as increases in the market price for medical services and

 

109


Table of Contents

unpredictability of the size of jury awards. The Company also may experience variability between its estimates and the actual settlement due to limitations inherent in the estimation process, including its ability to estimate costs of processing and settling claims in a timely manner as well as its ability to accurately estimate the Company’s exposure at the onset of a claim. Because the Company has high deductible insurance policies, the amount of its insurance expense is dependent on its ability to control its claims experience. If actual losses related to insurance claims significantly differ from the Company’s estimates, its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) represents the change in shareholders’ equity from transactions and other events and circumstances arising from non-shareholder sources. The Company’s total comprehensive income is comprised of net income attributable to GEO, net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, foreign currency translation adjustments that arise from consolidating foreign operations that do not impact cash flows, net unrealized gains and/ or losses on derivative instruments, and pension liability adjustments in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to GEO included in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity are as follows (in thousands):

 

    Foreign currency
translation
adjustments, net of
tax attributable  to The
GEO Group, Inc. [1]
    Unrealized loss
on derivatives,
net of tax
    Pension adjustments,
net of tax
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $ (11,747   $ (17,697   $ (2,960   $ (32,404

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

    463       1,820       (704     1,579  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ (11,284   $ (15,877   $ (3,664   $ (30,825
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

[1] The foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax, related to noncontrolling interests was not significant for the year ended December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

There were no reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the year.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s foreign operations use their local currencies as their functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of the operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date and shareholders’ equity is translated at historical rates. Income statement items are translated at the average exchange rates for the year. Any adjustment resulting from translating the financial statements of the foreign subsidiary is reflected as other comprehensive income, net of related tax. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the statement of operations.

Derivatives

The Company’s primary objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of earnings and cash flows associated with changes in interest rates. The Company measures its derivative financial instruments at fair value and records derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. For derivatives that are designed as and qualify as effective cash flow hedges, the portion of gain or loss on the derivative instrument effective at offsetting changes in the hedged item is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated as and qualify as effective fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative instruments as well as

 

110


Table of Contents

the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk is recognized in current earnings as interest income (expense) during the period of the change in fair values. For derivative instruments that do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are recorded in earnings.

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedge items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes attributing all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to floating rate liabilities and attributing all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges to fixed rate liabilities. The Company also assesses whether each derivative is highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. Fluctuations in the value of the derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the hedged item; however, if it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively for the affected derivative.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recognizes the cost of stock-based compensation awards based upon the grant date fair value of those awards. The Company uses a Black-Scholes option valuation model to estimate the fair value of options awarded. The impact of forfeitures that may occur prior to vesting is also estimated and considered in the amount recognized. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which is typically the vesting period.

The fair value of stock-based option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for options awarded during years 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Risk free interest rates

     1.45     1.00     0.62

Expected term

     4-5 years       4-5 years       4-5 years  

Expected volatility

     25     24     27

Expected dividend rate

     8.85     5.75     7.00

The Company uses historical data to estimate award exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The expected term of the awards represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding and is based on historical data and expected holding periods.

For restricted stock share-based awards that contain a performance condition, the achievement of the targets must be probable before any share-based compensation is recorded. If subsequent to initial measurement there is a change in the estimate of the probability of meeting the performance condition, the effect of the change in the estimated quantity of awards expected to vest is recognized by cumulatively adjusting compensation expense. If ultimately the performance targets are not met, for any awards where vesting was previously deemed probable, previously recognized compensation expense will be reversed in the period in which vesting is no longer deemed probable.

For restricted stock share-based awards that contain a market condition, the probability of satisfying the market condition is considered in the estimate of grant-date fair value and previously recorded compensation expense is not reversed if the market condition is never met. The fair value of restricted stock awards granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014 with market-based performance conditions was determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation, which calculates a range of possible outcomes and the probabilities that they will occur, using the following average key assumptions:

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Expected volatility

     23.5     21.4     25.6

Beta

     1.04       0.78       0.74  

Risk free interest rate

     1.08     0.93     0.62

 

111


Table of Contents

Treasury Stock

The Company accounted for repurchases of common stock using the cost method with common stock held in treasury classified as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Shares re-issued out of treasury were recorded based on a last-in first-out method. In 2014, the Company retired each share of common stock held in treasury in connection with its merger into GEO REIT.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the income from continuing operations attributable to GEO, and income (loss) from discontinued operations and net income attributable to GEO, by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. The calculation of diluted earnings per share is similar to that of basic earnings per share, except that the denominator includes the dilutive effect, if any, of common stock equivalents such as stock options and shares of restricted stock.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company implemented the following accounting standards during the year ended December 31, 2016:

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest,” which is intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. The amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The guidance in this update does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of authoritative guidance for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the debt issuance costs ratable over the term of the line-of-credit agreement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. In accordance with ASU No. 2015-03, the Company has applied the new guidance on a retrospective basis. As a result, the Company has reclassified debt issuance costs of $36.9 million and $41.1 million from Other Non-Current Assets to a direct reduction of Long-Term Debt and Non-Recourse Debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In accordance with the SEC guidance discussed above, the Company continues to present debt issuance costs related to its Revolver as an asset which is included in Other Non-Current Assets. The implementation of this standard during the year ended December 31, 2016 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Refer to Note 13 — Debt.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes,” which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that all deferred income tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. ASU No. 2015-17 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods with earlier application permitted. The Company early adopted this standard during the year ended December 31, 2016 on a prospective basis. Adoption of this ASU resulted in a reclassification of the Company’s net current deferred tax asset and net non-current deferred tax liability to the net non-current deferred tax asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016. The prior reporting period was not retroactively adjusted. The implementation of this standard during the year ended December 31, 2016 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The following accounting standards will be adopted in future periods:

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” which is intended to simplify the test for goodwill impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, this update eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step

 

112


Table of Contents

2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under the amendments in this update, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01,Business Combinations,”    which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The update provides a screen to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated. If the screen is not met, the amendments in this update (1) require that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. The amendments provide a framework to assist entities in evaluating whether both an input and a substantive process are present. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows,” to address the diversity that exists in the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this update do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17,Consolidation — Interest Held through Related Parties that are Under Common Control,” which amends the current consolidation guidance on how a reporting entity that is the single decision maker of a VIE should treat indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity when determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of that VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the reporting entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE, and therefore consolidates the VIE. A reporting entity has an indirect interest in a VIE if it has a direct interest in a related party that, in turn, has a direct interest in the VIE. The amendments in this update are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16,Income Taxes — Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory,” which requires that an entity recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity

 

113


Table of Contents

transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Prior to this ASU, an entity was prohibited from recognizing the income tax consequences of an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset had been sold to an outside party. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-16 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15,Statement of Cash Flows,” which clarified the presentation and classification in the statement of cash flows for eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing diversity in practice. These cash flow issues include debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions and also addresses separately identified cash flows and the application of the predominance principle. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-15 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13,Financial Instruments — Credit Losses,” which changes the methodology for recognizing credit losses for entities holding financial assets that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments in this update affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off-balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The main objective of this update is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in this update replace the current incurred loss methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration in a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-13 are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), as a part of its simplification initiative. Key areas of the amendments in this standard are (i) all excess tax benefits from stock plan transactions should be recognized in the income statement as opposed to being recognized in additional paid-in capital; (ii) the tax withholding threshold for triggering liability accounting on a net settlement transaction has been increased from the minimum statutory rate to the maximum statutory rate; and (iii) an entity can make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures as they occur. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-09 are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted. The Company cannot predict the impact of adopting this standard as it will be dependent upon several unknown factors including when employees exercise stock options and the Company’s stock price at settlement date. However, based on historical trends, the Company does not believe the adoption will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07,Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures,” as a part of its simplification initiative. The amendments in this standard eliminate the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the

 

114


Table of Contents

equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. The amendments in ASU 2016-07 also require that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The amendments in this standard are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increases in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Earlier application is permitted. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05,Derivatives and Hedging,” which clarifies that a change in the counter party to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments in ASU 2016-05 are effective for public companies for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in this standard on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02,Leases,” which requires entities to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and to disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For finance leases and operating leases, a lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term with each initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. The amendments in ASU 2016-02 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial position or results of operations, but expects that it will result in a significant increase in its long-term assets and liabilities given the significant number of leases as disclosed in Note 17 — Commitments and Contingencies.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01,Financial Instruments — Overall,” The main provisions of ASU No. 2016-01 applicable to public business entities are: (i) equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (ii) simplification of the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (iii) eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (v) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet in the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and (vii) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments resulting from ASU No. 2016-01 are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The implementation of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

115


Table of Contents

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new standard related to revenue recognition (ASU 2014-09. Revenue from Contracts with Customers.) Under the new standard, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The FASB has recently issued several amendments to the standard, including clarification on accounting for licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations. The guidance permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective method), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application (the cumulative catch-up transition method). The new standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating whether these standards would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows. However, upon its initial assessment, the Company believes that the timing of revenue recognition could potentially be affected as it relates to certain variable consideration arrangements with certain of its customers. However, at this time, the Company does not believe this would result in a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company has also initially determined that it will likely use the cumulative catch-up transition method to implement this standard, however, that election, as well as its analysis of any impacts related to variable consideration arrangements, may change once the Company’s final assessment is completed.

Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB (including its Emerging Issues Task Force), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the SEC did not, or are not expected to, have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

2.   Business Combinations

Soberlink, Inc.

On May 18, 2015, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, B.I. Incorporated (“BI”) acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Soberlink, Inc. (“Soberlink”) for cash consideration of $24.4 million. Soberlink is a leading developer and distributor of mobile alcohol monitoring devices and services. The Company financed the acquisition of Soberlink with borrowings under its revolving credit facility. Transaction costs incurred in connection with the acquisition were not significant and have been recorded in general and administrative expenses.

As shown below, the Company recorded $14.2 million of goodwill which is not deductible for tax purposes. The Company believes the acquisition of Soberlink provides strategic benefits and synergies with BI’s existing electronic monitoring services. These factors contributed to the goodwill that was recorded upon consummation of the transaction. The goodwill and net assets are included in the GEO Care business segment. Intangible assets consist of technology with an estimated useful life of 8 and a customer relationship with an estimated useful life of 20. The acquired contract in the acquisition of Soberlink is up for renewal on an annual basis.

 

116


Table of Contents

The purchase price of approximately $24.4 million has been preliminarily allocated to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of May 18, 2015 as follows (in ‘000’s):

 

Accounts receivable and other current assets

   $ 295  

Inventory

     385  

Intangible assets — management contracts

     5,500  

Intangible assets — technology

     9,700  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     15,880  

Accounts payable

     18  

Deferred tax and other tax liabilities

     5,670  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     10,192  

Goodwill

     14,210  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

   $ 24,402  
  

 

 

 

Additionally, the Company has provided a loan in the amount of $2.2 million to an entity (“Soberlink Healthcare, LLC”) owned by the former shareholders of Soberlink which is included in Other Non-Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The loan matures on May 19, 2019 and bears interest annually at 10.00%. Proceeds from the loan were used by the seller to fund certain research and development activities of another entity owned by the former shareholders (“DevCo, LLC”). The Company has also entered into a license and development agreement with DevCo, LLC whereby the Company will pay an annual fee of $1.3 million in exchange for a lifetime, royalty free right to use any improvements to the existing technology resident in the product that Soberlink sells. The Company has determined that it has an implicit variable interest in DevCo, LLC and that DevCo, LLC is a variable interest entity. However, the Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of DevCo, LLC since it does not have the power to direct the activities of DevCo, LLC that most significantly impact DevCo, LLC’s economic performance. Nor does the Company have the obligation to absorb the losses of DevCo, LLC. Therefore, the Company does not consolidate this entity. The Company also has determined that Soberlink Healthcare, LLC. is a variable interest entity but the Company is not the primary beneficiary as it does not have the power to direct the activities of Soberlink Healthcare, LLC that most significantly impact its performance. Nor does the Company have the obligation to absorb the losses of Soberlink Healthcare, LLC. Therefore, the Company also does not consolidate this entity.

LCS Corrections Services, Inc.

On February 17, 2015, the Company acquired eight correctional and detention facilities (the “LCS Facilities”) totaling more than 6,500 beds from LCS Corrections Services, Inc., a privately-held owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities in the United States, and its affiliates (collectively, “LCS”). Pursuant to the terms of the definitive asset purchase agreement signed on January 26, 2015, the Company acquired the LCS Facilities for approximately $307.4 million at closing in an all cash transaction, excluding transaction related expenses of approximately $2.5 million that were recorded as general and administrative expense during the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company also acquired certain tangible and intangible assets and assumed certain accounts payable and accrued expenses pursuant to the asset purchase agreement. Additionally, LCS had the opportunity to receive an additional payment if the LCS Facilities exceeded certain performance targets over an 18-month period ending August 31, 2016 (the “Earnout Payment”). The aggregate amount of the purchase price paid at closing and the Earnout Payment, if achieved were not to exceed $350 million. The contingent payment had a zero fair value ascribed at the date of acquisition since management believed there was a remote possibility that any such payment would be made. Ultimately, there were no Earnout Payments made. Approximately $298 million of outstanding debt related to the facilities was repaid at closing using the cash consideration paid by the Company. The Company did not assume any debt as a result of the transaction. The Company financed the acquisition of the LCS Facilities with borrowings under its revolving credit facility.

 

117


Table of Contents

The purchase price of $307.4 million has been allocated to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of February 17, 2015 as follows (in ‘000’s):

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 9,338  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     183  

Property and equipment

     119,726  

Intangible assets — management contracts

     73,200  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     202,447  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     2,442  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     200,005  

Goodwill

     107,398  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

   $ 307,403  
  

 

 

 

As shown above, the Company recorded $107.4 million of goodwill which is fully deductible for tax purposes. The Company believes its acquisition of the LCS Facilities provides synergies and strategic benefits which further position the Company to meet the demand for correctional and detention bed space in the United States. These factors contributed to the goodwill that was recorded upon consummation of the transaction. The goodwill and net assets acquired are included in the U.S. Corrections & Detention business segment. Revenues and earnings for LCS included in the consolidated results of the Company from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2015 were $55.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively.

Identifiable intangible assets purchased consist of facility management contracts and have an estimated useful life of 20. The acquired contracts in the acquisition of the LCS Facilities do not have contract expiration dates and are perpetual in nature.

The following unaudited supplemental pro forma financial information includes the results of operations of the LCS Facilities in 2015 and 2014 and is presented as if the LCS Facilities had been consolidated as of the beginning of the year immediately preceding the date of acquisition. The unaudited supplemental proforma financial information has been provided for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined companies for the periods presented, or of the results that may be achieved by the combined companies in the future. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the following unaudited pro forma financial information because of future events and transactions, as well as other factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented below has been prepared by adjusting the historical results of the Company to include the historical results of the acquisition described above. The unaudited pro forma combined historical results were then adjusted (i) to remove one-time acquisition costs of $1.8 million, net of tax; (ii) to increase amortization expense resulting from the incremental intangible assets acquired in the acquisition by $3.4 million, net of tax; (iii) to increase interest expense as a result of the cash consideration paid by $7.6 million, net of tax; and (iv) to increase depreciation expense as a result of the property and equipment acquired by $4.5 million. These adjustments related primarily to the 2014 adjustments to the table below. Amounts included for 2015 in the adjustments above are not significant to be presented separately. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not include any adjustments to reflect the impact of cost savings or other synergies that may result from this acquisition. As noted above, the unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined companies for the periods presented or that may be achieved by the combined companies in the future.

 

 

118


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (unaudited, in thousands)  

Pro forma financial information:

     

Revenue

   $ 1,848,351      $ 1,765,391  

Net income

   $ 140,468      $ 146,091  

Protocol Criminal Justice, Inc.

On February 25, 2014, Protocol Criminal Justice, Inc. (“Protocol”), a subsidiary of BI, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with an unrelated entity, APAC Customer Services, Inc., to acquire certain tangible and intangible assets for cash consideration of $13.0 million. The final purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of intangible assets of $7.0 million related to acquired management contracts, acquired technology and trade name, and goodwill of $3.9 million. In addition, the Company acquired accounts receivable, equipment and assumed certain liabilities, none of which were significant. Protocol’s activities are included in the GEO Care operating segment.

 

3.   Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Each holder of the Company’s common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the Company’s shareholders. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share equally in all assets available for distribution after payment of all liabilities, subject to the liquidation preference of shares of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Distributions

As a REIT, GEO is required to distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and by excluding net capital gain) and began paying regular quarterly REIT dividends in 2013. The amount, timing and frequency of future dividends, however, will be at the sole discretion of GEO’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and will be declared based upon various factors, many of which are beyond GEO’s control, including, GEO’s financial condition and operating cash flows, the amount required to maintain REIT status and reduce any income taxes that GEO otherwise would be required to pay, limitations on distributions in GEO’s existing and future debt instruments, limitations on GEO’s ability to fund distributions using cash generated through GEO’s TRSs and other factors that GEO’s Board may deem relevant.

 

119


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, GEO declared and paid the following regular cash distributions to its stockholders which were treated for federal income taxes as follows:

 

                      Ordinary Dividends            

Declaration Date

  Payment Date     Record Date     Distribution
Per Share
    Qualified(1)     Non-Qualified    

Nondividend
Distributions(2)

  Aggregate
Payment
Amount
(millions)
 

February 18, 2014

    March 14, 2014       March 3, 2014     $ 0.57     $ 0.0448272     $ 0.4154156     $0.1097572   $ 41.1  

April 28, 2014

    May 27, 2014       May 15, 2014     $ 0.57     $ 0.0448272     $ 0.4154156     $0.1097572   $ 41.5  

August 5, 2014

    August 29, 2014       August 18, 2014     $ 0.57     $ 0.0448272     $ 0.4154156     $0.1097572   $ 41.4  

November 5, 2014

    November 26, 2014       November 17, 2014     $ 0.62     $ 0.0487594     $ 0.4518556     $0.1193850   $ 46.0  

February 6, 2015

    February 27, 2015       February 17, 2015     $ 0.62     $ 0.0529749     $ 0.4139721     $0.1530530   $ 46.0  

April 29, 2015

    May 21, 2015       May 11, 2015     $ 0.62     $ 0.0529749     $ 0.4139721     $0.1530530   $ 46.3  

July 31, 2015

    August 24, 2015       August 14, 2015     $ 0.62     $ 0.0529749     $ 0.4139721     $0.1530530   $ 46.3  

November 3, 2015

    November 25, 2015       November 16, 2015     $ 0.65     $ 0.0555382     $ 0.434003     $0.1604588   $ 48.5  

February 3, 2016

    February 26, 2016       February 16, 2016     $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $0.1429979   $ 48.5  

April 20, 2016

    May 12, 2016       May 2, 2016     $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $0.1429979   $ 48.7  

July 20, 2016

    August 12, 2016       August 1, 2016     $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $0.1429979   $ 48.7  

October 18, 2016

    November 10, 2016       October 31, 2016     $ 0.65     $ 0.0740419     $ 0.4329602     $0.1429979   $ 48.8  

 

(1) The amount constitutes a “Qualified Dividend”, as defined by the Internal Revenue Service.
(2) The amount constitutes a “Return of Capital”, as defined by the Internal Revenue Service.

Prospectus Supplement

On May 8, 2013, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a prospectus supplement related to the offer and sale from time to time of the Company’s common stock at an aggregate offering price of up to $100 million through sales agents. Sales of shares of the Company’s common stock under the prospectus supplement and the equity distribution agreements entered into with the sales agents, if any, may be made in negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” (“ATM”) offerings as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933. On July 18, 2014, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment to its shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (pursuant to which the prospectus supplement had been filed) as a result of the merger of the Company into GEO REIT effective June 27, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2014, there were approximately 1.5 million shares of common stock sold under the prospectus supplement for net proceeds of $54.7 million. There were no shares of the Company’s stock sold under the prospectus supplement during 2015.

In September 2014, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a new automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3. On November 10, 2014, in connection with the new shelf registration, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a new prospectus supplement related to the offer and sale from time to time of the Company’s common stock at an aggregate offering price of up to $150 million through sales agents.    Sales of shares of the Company’s common stock under the prospectus supplement and the equity distribution agreements entered into with the sales agents, if any, may be made in negotiated transactions

 

120


Table of Contents

or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” offerings as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933. There were no shares of the Company’s stock issued under this prospectus supplement during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 or 2014.

Preferred Stock

In April 1994, the Company’s Board authorized 30 million shares of “blank check” preferred stock. The Board is authorized to determine the rights and privileges of any future issuance of preferred stock such as voting and dividend rights, liquidation privileges, redemption rights and conversion privileges. As of December 31, 2016, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Noncontrolling Interests

The Company includes the results of operations and financial position of SACM or the “joint venture”, its majority-owned subsidiary, in its consolidated financial statements. SACM was established in 2001 to operate correctional centers in South Africa. The joint venture currently provides security and other management services for the Kutama Sinthumule Correctional Centre in the Republic of South Africa under a 25-year management contract which commenced in February 2002. The Company’s and the second joint venture partner’s shares in the profits of the joint venture are 88.75% and 11.25%, respectively. There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage of the consolidated subsidiary during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

4.   Equity Incentive Plans

In 2014, the Board of Directors adopted The GEO Group, Inc. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 2, 2014. The 2014 Plan replaced the former GEO Group, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). The 2014 Plan provides for a reserve of 3,083,353 shares, which consists of 2,000,000 new shares of common stock available for issuance and 1,083,353 shares of common stock that were available for issuance under the 2006 Plan prior to the 2014 Plan replacing it. At December 31, 2016, there were 1,839,659 shares of common stock reserved for issuance in connection with awards under the 2014 Plan and outstanding options exercisable for 807,315 shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan.

Under the terms of the 2014 Plan, the vesting period and, in the case of stock options, the exercise price per share, are determined by the terms of each grant agreement. All stock options that have been granted under the Company plans are exercisable at the fair market value of the common stock at the date of the grant. Generally, the stock options vest and become exercisable ratably over a four-year period, beginning immediately on the date of the grant. However, the Board of Directors has exercised its discretion to grant stock options that vest 100% immediately for the Chief Executive Officer. All stock options awarded under the 2014 Plan expire no later than ten years after the date of the grant. When options are exercised, the Company issues shares related to exercised options out of common stock.

The Company recognized compensation expense related to the Company plans for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 as follows (in thousands):

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Stock option plan expense

   $ 538      $ 727      $ 1,161  

Restricted stock expense

   $ 12,235      $ 10,982      $ 7,748  

 

121


Table of Contents

Stock Options

A summary of the activity of the Company’s stock options plans is presented below:

 

    Shares     Wtd. Avg.
Exercise
Price
    Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Term(years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
    (In thousands)                 (In thousands)  

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015

    749     $ 29.98       6.85     $ 3,057  

Granted

    295       29.39      

Exercised

    (155     21.07      

Forfeited/Canceled

    (82     35.00      
 

 

 

       

Options outstanding at December 31, 2016

    807     $ 30.97       7.14     $ 5,466  
 

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

    769     $ 30.85       7.06     $ 5,292  
 

 

 

       

Options exercisable at December 31, 2016

    414     $ 27.97       5.81     $ 3,885  
 

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of fiscal year 2016 and the exercise price, times the number of shares that are “in the money”) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2016. This amount changes based on the fair value of the Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes information relative to stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 1,671      $ 2,000      $ 5,736  

Fair value of shares vested

   $ 518      $ 1,314      $ 1,095  

The following table summarizes information about the exercise prices and related information of stock options outstanding under the Company plans at December 31, 2016:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
     Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Wtd. Avg.
Exercise
Price
     Number
Exercisable
     Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Wtd. Avg.
Exercise
Price
 
     (In thousands)                                     

       0 - 18.23

     51        2.71      $ 17.54        51        2.71      $ 17.54  

18.24 - 22.26

     122        3.69      $ 21.14        122        3.69      $ 21.14  

22.27 - 29.39

     296        8.65      $ 28.32        89        7.38      $ 25.86  

29.40 - 43.15

     338        7.74      $ 38.83        152        7.64      $ 38.18  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Total

     807        7.14      $ 30.97        414        5.81      $ 27.97  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $2.09, $4.26 and $2.92 per share, respectively. There were 0.3 million, 0.3 million and 0.2 million options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

122


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the status of non-vested stock options as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the year ending December 31, 2016:

 

     Number of Shares     Wtd. Avg. Grant
Date Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)        

Options non-vested at December 31, 2015

     314     $ 3.84  

Granted

     295       2.09  

Vested

     (134     3.29  

Forfeited

     (82     3.10  
  

 

 

   

Options non-vested at December 31, 2016

     393     $ 2.90  
  

 

 

   

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $0.8 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock option awards that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

Restricted Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted approximately 349,000 shares of restricted stock to certain employees and executive officers. Of these awards, 115,000 are market and performance-based awards which will be forfeited if the Company does not achieve certain annual metrics over a three year period from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2018.

The fair value of restricted stock awards, which do not contain a market performance-based condition, is determined using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. Generally, the restricted stock awards vest in equal increments over either a three or four year period.

The vesting of these performance-based restricted stock grants are subject to the achievement by GEO of two annual performance metrics as follows: (i) up to 50% of the shares of restricted stock (“TSR Target Award”) can vest at the end of a three-year performance period if GEO meets certain total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance targets, as compared to the total shareholder return of a peer group of companies, over a three year period from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2018 and (ii) up to 50% of the shares of restricted stock (“ROCE Target Award”) can vest at the end of a three-year period if GEO meets certain return on capital employed (“ROCE”) performance targets over a three year period from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2018. These market and performance awards can vest at between 0% and 200% of the target awards for both metrics. The number of shares shown for the performance-based awards is based on the target awards for both metrics.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted 423,000 shares of restricted stock to certain employees and executive officers. Of these awards, 148,500 are performance-based awards which will be forfeited if the Company does not achieve certain annual metrics over a three year period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017.

The vesting of the performance-based restricted stock grants awarded in 2015 are subject to the achievement by GEO of two annual performance metrics as follows: (i) up to 75% of the shares of restricted stock (“TSR Target Award”) can vest at the end of a three-year performance period if GEO meets certain total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance targets, as compared to the total shareholder return of a peer group of companies, over a three year period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017; and (ii) up to 25% of the shares of restricted stock (“ROCE Target Award”) can vest at the end of a three-year performance period if GEO meets certain return on capital employed (“ROCE”) performance targets over a three year period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. These performance awards can vest at between 0% and 200% of the target awards for both metrics. The number of shares shown for the performance-based awards is based on the target awards for both metrics.

 

123


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted 306,150 shares of restricted stock to its executive officers and to certain senior employees. Of these awards, 90,000 are performance-based awards which will be forfeited if the Company does not achieve certain annual metrics over a three year period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2016. The vesting of the performance-based restricted stock grants awarded in 2014 are subject to the achievement by GEO of two annual performance metrics as follows: (i) up to 75% of the TSR Target Award can vest at the end of a three-year performance period if GEO meets certain TSR performance targets, as compared to the total shareholder return of a peer group of companies, over a three year period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2016; and (ii) up to 25% of the ROCE Target Award can vest at the end of a three-year period if GEO meets certain ROCE performance targets over a three year period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2016. These performance awards can vest at the end of the three year performance period at between 0% and 200% of the target awards for both metrics. The number of shares shown for the performance-based awards is based on the target awards for both metrics.

The metric related to TSR is considered to be a market condition. For share-based awards that contain a market condition, the probability of satisfying the market condition must be considered in the estimate of grant-date fair value. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period and previously recorded compensation expense is not reversed if the market condition is never met. Refer to Note 1 — Summary of Business Organization, Operations and Significant Accounting Policies, Stock-Based Compensation Expense, for the assumptions and method used to value these awards.

The metric related to ROCE is considered to be a performance condition. For share-based awards that contain a performance condition, the achievement of the targets must be probable before any share-based compensation expense is recorded. The Company reviews the likelihood of which target in the range will be achieved and if deemed probable, compensation expense is recorded at that time. If subsequent to initial measurement there is a change in the estimate of the probability of meeting the performance condition, the effect of the change in the estimated quantity of awards expected to vest is recognized by cumulatively adjusting compensation expense. If ultimately the performance targets are not met, for any awards where vesting was previously deemed probable, previously recognized compensation expense will be reversed in the period in which vesting is no longer deemed probable. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company deemed the achievement of the target award to be probable and there were no changes in the estimated quantity of awards expected to vest. The fair value of these awards was determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

The following table summarizes the status of restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

     Shares      Wtd. Avg.
Grant  date
Fair value
 
     (In thousands)         

Restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2015

     863      $ 39.74  

Granted

     349        30.43  

Vested

     (259      35.66  

Forfeited/Canceled

     (56      38.24  
  

 

 

    

Restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2016

     897      $ 36.56  
  

 

 

    

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $19.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company previously adopted The GEO Group Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders. The purpose of the Plan, which is qualified under

 

124


Table of Contents

Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended, is to encourage stock ownership through payroll deductions by the employees of GEO and designated subsidiaries of GEO in order to increase their identification with the Company’s goals and secure a proprietary interest in the Company’s success. These deductions are used to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a 5% discount from the then current market price. The Company has made available up to 500,000 shares of its common stock, which were registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2012, as amended on July 18, 2014, for sale to eligible employees.

The Plan is considered to be non-compensatory. As such, there is no compensation expense required to be recognized. Share purchases under the Plan are made on the last day of each month. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 15,358, 13,205 and 11,196 shares of common stock, respectively, were issued in connection with the Plan.

 

5.   Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) from continuing operations were calculated for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively, as follows:

 

Fiscal Year

   2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net Income

   $ 148,498      $ 139,315      $ 143,840  

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     217        123        90  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 148,715      $ 139,438      $ 143,930  

Basic earnings per share attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.:

        

Weighted average shares outstanding

     74,043        73,696        72,270  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per share amount

   $ 2.01      $ 1.89      $ 1.99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.:

        

Weighted average shares outstanding

     74,043        73,696        72,270  

Dilutive effect of equity incentive plans

     280        299        277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares assuming dilution

     74,323        73,995        72,547  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per share amount

   $ 2.00      $ 1.88      $ 1.98  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, 575,309 weighted average shares of common stock underlying options were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because the effect would be anti-dilutive. 178,030 common stock equivalents from restricted shares were anti-dilutive and excluded from the computation of diluted EPS.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, 240,462 weighted average shares of common stock underlying options were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because the effect would be anti-dilutive. 210,074 common stock equivalents from restricted shares were anti-dilutive.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, 65,168 weighted average shares of common stock underlying options were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because the effect would be anti-dilutive. No common stock equivalents from restricted shares were anti-dilutive.

 

125


Table of Contents
6.   Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at fiscal year end:

 

     Useful
Life
     2016      2015  
     (Years)      (In thousands)  

Land

     —        $ 116,517      $ 105,203  

Buildings and improvements

     2 to 50        1,853,409        1,830,736  

Leasehold improvements

     1 to 29        270,760        268,781  

Equipment

     3 to 10        186,095        175,908  

Furniture, fixtures and computer software

     1 to 7        52,225        47,417  

Facility construction in progress

        14,574        9,337  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,493,580      $ 2,437,382  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (596,339      (520,996
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

      $ 1,897,241      $ 1,916,386  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company depreciates its leasehold improvements over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the terms of the leases including renewal periods that are reasonably assured. The Company’s construction in progress primarily consists of expansions to facilities that are owned by the Company. Interest capitalized in property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was not significant.

Depreciation expense was $89.9 million, $87.5 million and $79.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $17.1 million and $17.1 million, respectively, of assets recorded under capital leases related to land, buildings and improvements. Capital leases are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $11.2 million and $10.1 million, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Depreciation expense related to assets recorded under capital leases for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and is included in Depreciation and Amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

7.   Contract Receivable

On September 16, 2014, GEO’s newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, GEO Ravenhall Pty. Ltd., in its capacity as trustee of another newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, GEO Ravenhall Trust (“Project Co”), signed the Ravenhall Prison Project Agreement (“Ravenhall Contract”) with the State of Victoria (the “State”) for the development and operation of a new 1,000-bed facility in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia under a Public-Private Partnership financing structure. The facility will also have the capacity to house 1,300 inmates should the State have the need for additional beds in the future. The design and construction phase (“D&C Phase”) of the agreement began in September 2014 with completion expected towards the end of 2017. Project Co is the primary developer during the D&C Phase and has subcontracted with a bonded international design and build contractor to design and construct the facility. Once constructed and commercially accepted, GEO’s wholly-owned subsidiary, the GEO Group Australasia Pty. Ltd. (“GEO Australia”) will operate the facility under a 25-year management contract (“Operating Phase”). During the D&C Phase, GEO Australia will also provide construction management and consultant services to the State.

The cost of the project during the D&C Phase will be funded by debt financing along with a capital contribution by GEO in the amount of AUD 115 million, or $82.9 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, which was contributed in January 2017 (Refer to Note 13 — Debt). Another wholly-owned subsidiary of GEO, Ravenhall Finance Co Pty. Limited (“Finance Co”), has entered into a syndicated facility agreement with National Australia Bank Limited to provide the debt financing for the project. Refer to

 

126


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Debt. In order to fix the interest rate on this variable non-recourse debt, Finance Co has entered into interest rate swap agreements. Refer to Note 8 — Derivative Financial Instruments. Upon completion and commercial acceptance of the facility, in accordance with the Ravenhall Contract, the State will make a lump sum payment of AUD 310 million, or $223.4 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, towards a portion of the outstanding balance. This payment is expected to be made by the State in December 2017 and the remaining balance will be paid over the life of the 25-year management contract.

During the D&C Phase, the Company recognizes revenue as earned on a percentage of completion basis measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date as compared to the estimated total costs for the design and construction of the facility. Costs incurred and estimated earnings in excess of billings is classified as Contract Receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The total balance of the Contract Receivable at December 31, 2016 is $443.8 million which is recorded at net present value based on the timing of expected future settlement. Interest income is recorded as earned using an effective interest rate of 8.97%. As the primary contractor, Project Co is exposed to the various risks associated with the D&C Phase. Accordingly, the Company will record construction revenue on a gross basis and include the related costs of construction activities in operating expenses within the Facility Design & Construction segment. Reimbursable pass through costs are excluded from revenues and expenses.

 

8.   Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company’s primary objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of earnings and cash flows associated with changes in interest rates. The Company measures its derivative financial instruments at fair value.

Australia — Fullham

The Company’s Australian subsidiary is a party to an interest rate swap agreement to fix the interest rate on the variable rate non-recourse debt to 9.7%. The Company has determined the swap, which has a notional amount of $50.9 million, payment and expiration dates, and call provisions that coincide with the terms of the non-recourse debt, to be an effective cash flow hedge. Accordingly, the Company records the change in the value of the interest rate swap in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes. Total net unrealized gain (loss) recognized in the periods and recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, related to this cash flow hedge was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The net unrealized gain (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was also not significant. The total value of the swap liability as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was not significant and is recorded as a component of other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There was no material ineffectiveness of this interest rate swap for the periods presented. The Company does not expect to enter into any transactions during the next twelve months which would result in the reclassification into earnings or losses associated with this swap currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Australia — Ravenhall

In September 2014, the Company’s Australian subsidiary entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rate on its variable rate non-recourse debt related to a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia to 3.3% during the design and construction phase and 4.2% during the project’s operating phase. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable. The swaps’ notional amounts coincide with scheduled construction draw commitments throughout the project. At December 31, 2016, the swaps had a notional value of approximately AUD 716.0 million, or $516.0 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, related to the outstanding draws for the design and construction phase and approximately AUD 466.0 million, or $336.0 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, related to future construction draws. At the onset, the Company had determined that the swaps have payment, expiration dates and provisions that coincide with the

 

127


Table of Contents

terms of the non-recourse debt and the critical terms of the swap agreements and scheduled construction draw commitments are the same and were therefore considered to be effective cash flow hedges. During 2016, certain of the critical terms of the swap agreements no longer coincided with the scheduled construction draw commitments. However, the swaps are still considered to be highly effective and the measurement of any ineffectiveness was not significant during the year ended December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the Company records the change in the fair value of the interest rate swaps in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes. Total unrealized gains recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, related to this cash flow hedge were approximately $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. The total fair value of the swap liability as of December 31, 2016 was $18.7 million and is recorded as a component of Other Non-Current liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. There was no material ineffectiveness for the periods presented. The Company does not expect to enter into any transactions during the next twelve months which would result in the reclassification into earnings or losses associated with these swaps currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Additionally, upon completion and commercial acceptance of the prison project, the State, in accordance with the prison contract, will make a lump sum payment of AUD 310 million, or $224.0 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016, towards a portion of the outstanding balance which will be used to pay down the principal of the non-recourse debt. This payment from the State is expected to be made in December 2017. The Company’s Australian subsidiary also entered into interest rate cap agreements in September 2014 giving the Company the option to cap the interest rate on its variable non-recourse debt related to the project in the event that the completion of the prison project is delayed which could delay the State’s payment. The Company paid $1.7 million for the interest rate cap agreements. These instruments do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting, and therefore, changes in fair value of the interest rate caps are recorded in earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a loss of $0.1 million related to a decline in the fair value of the interest rate cap assets. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of the interest rate cap assets was not significant and is included in Other Non-Current Assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

9.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net

Changes in the Company’s goodwill balances recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2015     Acquisitions     Foreign
currency
translation
    December 31, 2016  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

  $ 277,774     $ —       $ —       $ 277,774  

GEO Care

    337,257       —         —         337,257  

International Services

    407       —         (5     402  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Goodwill

  $ 615,438     $ —       $ (5   $ 615,433  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014      Acquisition      Foreign
currency
translation
    December 31, 2015  

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 170,376      $ 107,398      $ —       $ 277,774  

GEO Care

     323,047        14,210        —         337,257  

International Services

     467        —          (60     407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Goodwill

   $ 493,890      $ 121,608      $ (60   $ 615,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  
     Weighted
Average
Useful Life
(years)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Facility management contracts

     15.6      $ 233,136      $ (87,256   $ 145,880      $ 233,041      $ (71,538   $ 161,503  

Technology

     7.3        33,700        (20,896     12,804        33,700        (16,255     17,445  

Trade names

     Indefinite        45,200        —         45,200        45,200        —         45,200  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total acquired intangible assets

      $ 312,036      $ (108,152   $ 203,884      $ 311,941      $ (87,793   $ 224,148  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accounting for recognized intangible assets is based on the useful lives to the reporting entity. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. The Company estimates the useful lives of its intangible assets taking into consideration (i) the expected use of the asset by the Company, (ii) the expected useful lives of other related assets or groups of assets, (iii) legal or contractual limitations, (iv) the Company’s historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements, (v) the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors and (vi) the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected cash flows from the asset.

Amortization expense was $20.4 million, $19.3 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and primarily related to the U.S. Corrections & Detention and GEO Care segments’ amortization of intangible assets for acquired management contracts. The Company relies on its historical experience in determining the useful life of facility management contracts. The Company makes assumptions related to acquired facility management contracts based on the competitive environment for individual contracts, our historical success rates in retaining contracts, the supply of available beds in the market, changes in legislation, the projected profitability of the facilities and other market conditions. As of December 31, 2016, the weighted average period before the next contract renewal or extension for the facility management contracts was approximately 1.6 years. Although the facility management contracts acquired have renewal and extension terms in the near term, the Company has historically maintained these relationships beyond the contractual periods.

Estimated amortization expense related to the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets for 2017 through 2021 and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year

   Total Amortization
Expense
 

2017

   $ 20,328  

2018

     17,468  

2019

     17,140  

2020

     17,141  

2021

     15,375  

Thereafter

     71,232  
  

 

 

 
   $ 158,684  
  

 

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents
10.   Financial Instruments

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s significant financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value and measured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

          Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016  
    Carrying Value at
December 31, 2016
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable  Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets:

   

Restricted investments:

   

Rabbi Trust

  $ 15,662     $ —       $ 15,662     $ —    

Fixed income securities

    1,782       —         1,782       —    

Interest rate cap derivatives

    15       —         15       —    

Liabilities:

   

Interest rate swap derivatives

  $ 18,679     $ —       $ 18,679     $ —    

 

          Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015  
    Carrying Value at
December 31, 2015
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable  Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets:

   

Restricted investments:

   

Rabbi Trust

  $ 13,071     $ —       $ 13,071     $ —    

Fixed income securities

    1,717       —         1,717       —    

Interest rate cap derivatives

    93       —         93       —    

Liabilities:

   

Interest rate swap derivatives

  $ 20,835     $ —       $ 20,835     $ —    

The Company’s level 2 financial instruments included in the tables above as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consist of the Company’s rabbi trust established for GEO employee and employer contributions to The GEO Group, Inc. Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, interest rate swaps and interest rate caps held by our Australian subsidiaries and an investment in Canadian dollar denominated fixed income securities. The Company’s restricted investment in the Rabbi Trust is invested in Company owned life insurance policies which are recorded at their cash surrender values. These investments are valued based on the underlying investments held in the policies’ separate account. The Australian subsidiaries’ interest rate swaps and interest rate caps are valued using a discounted cash flow model based on projected Australian borrowing rates. The Canadian dollar denominated securities, not actively traded, are valued using quoted rates for these and similar securities.

 

130


Table of Contents
11.   Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect certain financial instruments at carrying value. The following table presents the carrying values of those instruments and the corresponding estimated fair values (in thousands):

 

    Estimated Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016  
    Carrying Value as of
December 31, 2016
    Total Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

Assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 68,038     $ 68,038     $ 68,038     $ —       $ —    

Restricted cash and investments

    22,319       22,319       19,614       2,705       —    

Liabilities:

         

Borrowings under Senior Credit Facility

  $ 804,500     $ 795,008     $ —       $ 795,008     $ —    

5.875% Senior Notes due 2024

    250,000       247,813       —         247,813       —    

5.125% Senior Notes

    300,000       292,125       —         292,125       —    

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022

    250,000       254,688       —         254,688       —    

6.00% Senior Notes

    350,000       346,938       —         346,938       —    

Non-recourse debt, Australian subsidiary

    454,222       454,185       —         454,185       —    

Other non-recourse debt, including current portion

    36,280       37,550       —         37,550       —    

 

    Estimated Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015  
    Carrying Value as of
December 31, 2015
    Total Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

Assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 59,638     $ 59,638     $ 59,638     $ —       $ —    

Restricted cash

    15,654       15,654       11,536       4,118       —    

Liabilities:

         

Borrowings under Senior Credit Facility

  $ 777,500     $ 777,500     $ —       $ 777,500     $ —    

5.875% Senior Notes due 2024

    250,000       245,783       —         245,783       —    

5.125% Senior Notes

    300,000       308,625       —         308,625       —    

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022

    300,000       285,189       —         285,189       —    

6.625% Senior Notes

    250,000       248,125       —         248,125       —    

Non-recourse debt, Australian subsidiary

    204,539       204,531       —         204,531       —    

Other non-recourse debt, including current portion

    42,592       43,353       —         43,353       —    

The fair values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash approximates the carrying values of these assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Restricted cash consists of money market funds, commercial paper and time deposits used for payments on the Company’s non-recourse debt and asset replacement funds contractually required to be maintained at the Company’s Australian subsidiary. The fair value of the money market funds is based on quoted market prices (level 1) and the fair value of commercial paper and time deposits is based on market prices for similar instruments (level 2). The fair values of the Company’s 6.00% senior unsecured notes due 2026 (the “6.00% Senior Notes”), 5.125% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “5.125% Senior Notes”), 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “5.875% Senior Notes due 2022”) and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “5.875% Senior Notes due 2024”), although not actively traded, are based on published financial data for these instruments. On April 18, 2016, the Company completed an offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.00% Senior Notes. The Company used part of the net proceeds to fund the redemption of any and all of its 6.625% Senior Notes. Refer to Note 13—Debt. The fair value of the Company’s non-recourse debt related to Washington Economic Development Finance Authority (“WEDFA”) is based on market prices for similar instruments. The fair value of the non-recourse debt related to the Company’s Australian subsidiary is based on an estimate of trading value considering the Company’s borrowing rate, the

 

131


Table of Contents

undrawn spread and similar instrument. The fair value of borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility is also based on an estimate of trading value considering the Company’s borrowing rate, the undrawn spread and similar instruments.

 

12.   Accrued Expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2016      2015  

Accrued interest

   $ 20,564      $ 25,030  

Accrued bonus

     14,788        10,444  

Accrued insurance

     52,280        53,745  

Accrued property and other taxes

     17,379        16,656  

Construction retainage

     226        1,463  

Other

     25,859        28,145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 131,096      $ 135,483  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents
13.   Debt

Debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     12/31/2016      12/31/2015  

Senior Credit Facility:

     

Term loan

   $ 289,500      $ 292,500  

Unamortized debt issuance costs on term loan

     (375      (486

Revolver

     515,000        485,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Senior Credit Facility

   $ 804,125      $ 777,014  

6.00% Senior Notes:

     

Notes Due in 2026

   $ 350,000      $ —    

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (5,770      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 6.00% Senior Notes Due in 2026

   $ 344,230      $ —    

5.875% Senior Notes:

     

Notes Due in 2024

   $ 250,000      $ 250,000  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (3,773      (4,140
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 5.875% Senior Notes Due in 2024

   $ 246,227      $ 245,860  

5.125% Senior Notes:

     

Notes Due in 2023

   $ 300,000      $ 300,000  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (4,786      (5,358
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 5.125% Senior Notes Due in 2023

   $ 295,214      $ 294,642  

5.875% Senior Notes:

     

Notes Due in 2022

   $ 250,000      $ 250,000  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (3,923      (4,564
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 5.875% Senior Notes Due in 2022

   $ 246,077      $ 245,436  

6.625% Senior Notes:

     

Notes Due in 2021

   $ —        $ 300,000  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     —          (5,198
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 6.625% Senior Notes Due in 2021

   $ —        $ 294,802  

Non-Recourse Debt:

     

Non-Recourse Debt

   $ 490,902      $ 247,679  

Unamortized debt issuance costs on non-recourse debt

     (18,295      (21,369

Discount on Non-Recourse Debt

     (400      (548
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Recourse Debt

   $ 472,207      $ 225,762  

Capital Lease Obligations

     8,693        9,856  

Other debt

     3,030        1,370  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 2,419,803      $ 2,094,742  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations, long-term debt and non-recourse debt [1]

     (238,065      (17,141

Capital Lease Obligations, long-term portion

     (7,431      (8,693

Non-Recourse Debt, long-term portion

     (238,842      (213,098
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

   $ 1,935,465      $ 1,855,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

[1] Includes a lump sum payment of AUD 310 million, or $224.0 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, to be made in December 2017. Refer to Note 7 – Contract Receivable.

 

133


Table of Contents

Amended Credit Agreement

On May 19, 2016 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), GEO executed Amendment No. 1, among GEO and GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc. (together with GEO, the “Borrowers”), GEO Australasia Holdings Pty Ltd (“GEO Australasia Holdings”), GEO Australasia Finance Holdings Pty Ltd as trustee for the GEO Australasia Finance Holding Trust (the “Australian Trust”) (the “Australian Trustee”, and together with GEO Australasia Holdings, collectively, the “Australian Borrowers”), the guarantors party thereto, the issuing lenders party thereto, the lenders party thereto and BNP Paribas, as administrative agent (the “Amendment”), to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2014, by and among the Borrowers, BNP Paribas, as administrative agent, and the lenders who are, or may from time to time become, a party thereto (the “Existing Credit Agreement”).

The Amendment amends certain terms of the Existing Credit Agreement to effect a revolving credit increase in the amount of $200 million, increases to the total leverage thresholds used in the determination of the applicable interest rates, and certain other modifications (the Existing Credit Agreement as so modified, the “Amended Credit Agreement”).

The Amendment provides that each lender (including each Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) that executed a lender addendum as a revolving credit lender agrees to provide a revolving credit commitment, inclusive of letters of credit issued thereunder, to the Borrowers at the Amendment Effective Time in an aggregate principal amount equal to $900 million (the“Revolving Credit Commitment”) on the terms set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement. In addition, the Amendment increases the principal amount of letters of credit that may be issued under the Revolving Credit Commitment from $175 million to $300 million.

The Amendment further provides that each Revolving Credit Lender (including each applicable Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender) that executed a lender addendum as a multicurrency subfacility lender agrees to provide a multicurrency subfacility commitment to the Borrowers and the Australian Borrowers at the Amendment Effective Time in an aggregate principal amount equal to $100 million (the “Multicurrency Subfacility Commitment”) on the terms set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement. The aggregate amount of loans and letters of credit that may be issued under the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Multicurrency Subfacility Commitment may not exceed $900 million.

Giving effect to the Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement currently evidences a Credit Facility (the “Credit Facility”) consisting of a $291 million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”) bearing interest at LIBOR plus 2.50% (with a LIBOR floor of .75%), and a $900 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) initially bearing interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% (with a LIBOR floor of 0.00%) together with AUD 225 million available solely for the issuance of financial letters of credit and performance letters of credit, in each case denominated in Australian Dollars (the “Australian LC Facility”). The Amended Credit Agreement also includes a $100 million Multicurrency Subfacility Commitment that is part of the Revolver and a $300 million letter of credit subfacility that is part of the Revolver. The Amended Credit Agreement also has an accordion feature of $450 million, subject to lender demand and prevailing market conditions and satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions. The Term Loan Maturity Date under the Amended Credit Agreement did not change from the Existing Credit Agreement and is April 3, 2020. The Amendment amended the termination date for the Revolving Credit Commitment component to May 19, 2021; provided, that if on October 3, 2019 both the maturity dates of all Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans have not been extended to November 19, 2021 or a later date, and the senior secured leverage ratio exceeds 2.50 to 1.00, then the termination date of the Revolving Credit Commitments will be October 3, 2019. The Amendment amended the maturity date for the performance letter of credit component of the Australian LC Facility to October 1, 2016, and the maturity date for the financial letter of credit component of the Australian LC Facility to February 15, 2017. On September 9, 2016, the performance letter of credit component of the Australian LC Facility was reduced by AUD 110 million after the Company executed a Letter of Offer by and among GEO and HSBC Bank Australia Limited (the “Letter of Offer”)

 

134


Table of Contents

providing for a bank guarantee line and bank guarantee/standby sub-facility in an aggregate amount of AUD 100 million as further discussed below. In January 2017, the remaining Australian LC Facility of AUD 115 million was used to fund the Company’s capital contribution towards the design and construction of a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia (Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable). On January 31, 2017, the Australian LC Facility related to the financial letters of credit was reduced to zero.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, and certain customary covenants that restrict GEO’s ability to, among other things (i) create, incur or assume any indebtedness, (ii) create, incur, assume or permit liens, (iii) make loans and investments, (iv) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, (v) make certain restricted payments, (vi) issue, sell or otherwise dispose of capital stock, (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates, (viii) allow the total leverage ratio to exceed 6.25 to 1.00, allow the senior secured leverage ratio to exceed 3.50 to 1.00, or allow the interest coverage ratio to be less than 3.00 to 1.00, (ix) cancel, forgive, make any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on, or redeem or acquire for value any senior notes, except as permitted, (x) allow the Australian Trustee to resign or retire as trustee of the Australian Trust or cause or permit any other person to become an additional trustee of the Australian Trust or take, or omit to take any action, which might or would result in the retirement, removal or replacement of the Australian Trustee as trustee of the Australian Trust, except as permitted, (xi) alter the business GEO conducts, and (xii) materially impair GEO’s lenders’ security interests in the collateral for its loans.

Events of default under the Amended Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to, (i) GEO’s or any Australian Borrower’s failure to pay principal or interest when due, (ii) GEO’s material breach of any representation or warranty, (iii) covenant defaults, (iv) liquidation, reorganization or other relief relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (v) cross default under certain other material indebtedness, (vi) unsatisfied final judgments over a specified threshold, (vii) certain material environmental liability claims which have been asserted against GEO, (viii) unless the Australian Borrower Resignation Date (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) has occurred, certain events involving the Australian Trustee or the Australian Trust occur including the Australian Trustee ceases to be the trustee of the Australian Trust or the Australian Trust is terminated, and (ix) a change in control.

All of the obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by certain domestic subsidiaries of GEO and the Amended Credit Agreement and the related guarantees are secured by a perfected first-priority pledge of substantially all of GEO’s present and future tangible and intangible domestic assets and all present and future tangible and intangible domestic assets of each guarantor, including but not limited to a first-priority pledge of all of the outstanding capital stock owned by GEO and each guarantor in their domestic subsidiaries.

The Australian Borrowers are wholly owned foreign subsidiaries of GEO, and became party to the Amended Credit Agreement by executing the Amendment. Pursuant to the Amendment, GEO designated each of the Australian Borrowers as restricted subsidiaries under the Amended Credit Agreement. However, the Australian Borrowers are not obligated to pay or perform any obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement other than their own obligations as Australian Borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement. The Australian Borrowers do not pledge any of their assets to secure any obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.

On August 18, 2016, the Company executed a Letter of Offer by and among GEO and HSBC Bank Australia Limited (the “Letter of Offer”) providing for a bank guarantee line and bank guarantee/standby sub-facility in an aggregate amount of AUD 100 million, or $72.1 million, based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016 (collectively, the “Bank Guarantee Facility”). The Bank Guarantee Facility allows GEO to provide letters of credit to assure performance of certain obligations of its wholly owned subsidiary relating to its prison project in Ravenhall, located near Melbourne, Australia and replaced the performance letter of credit discussed above which was previously included in the Amended Credit Agreement. The Bank Guarantee Facility is unsecured. The issuance of letters of credit under the Bank Guarantee Facility is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent specified in the Letter of Offer. Letters of credit issued under the bank guarantee lines

 

135


Table of Contents

are due on demand and letters of credit issued under the bank guarantee/standby sub-facility cannot have a duration exceeding twelve months. The Bank Guarantee Facility may be terminated by HSBC on 90 days written notice. As of December 31, 2016, there was AUD 100 million in letters of credit issued under the Bank Guarantee Facility.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $289.5 million in aggregate borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan, $515.0 million in borrowings under the Revolver, and approximately $53.6 million in letters of credit which left $331.4 million in additional borrowing capacity under the Revolver. In addition, the Company has the ability to increase the Senior Credit Facility by an additional $450.0 million, subject to lender demand and prevailing market conditions and satisfying the relevant borrowing conditions thereunder. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2016 was 3.1%. At December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately AUD 215.0 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Australian LC Facility in connection with certain performance and financing guarantees related to the Ravenhall Prison Project.

6.00% Senior Notes due 2026

On April 18, 2016, the Company completed an offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 6.00% senior notes due 2026. The 6.00% Senior Notes were offered and sold in a registered offering pursuant to an underwriting agreement, dated as of April 11, 2016 (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among the Company, certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative for the underwriters named therein. The 6.00% Senior Notes were issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2014 (the “Base Indenture”), by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as supplemented by a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 18, 2016 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, the guarantors and the trustee which governs the terms of the 6.00% Senior Notes. The sale of the 6.00% Senior Notes was registered under GEO’s existing shelf registration statement on Form S-3 filed on September 12, 2014, as amended (File No. 333-198729). The 6.00% Senior Notes were issued at a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 6.00%. Interest on the 6.00% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2016. The 6.00% Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2026. The Company used the net proceeds to fund the tender offer and the redemption of all of its 6.625% Senior Notes (see discussion below), to pay all related fees, costs and expenses and for general corporate purposes including repaying borrowings under the Company’s Revolver. Loan costs of approximately $6 million were incurred and capitalized in connection with the offering.

Up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 6.00% Senior Notes may be redeemed on or prior to April 15, 2019, with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.000% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, GEO may, at its option, redeem the 6.00% Senior Notes in whole or in part before April 15, 2021 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 6.00% Senior Notes being redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

On or after April 15, 2021, GEO may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 6.00% Senior Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the 6.00% Senior Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2021

     103.000

2022

     102.000

2023

     101.000

2024 and thereafter

     100.000

 

136


Table of Contents

If there is a “change of control” (as defined in the Indenture), holders of the 6.00% Senior Notes will have the right to cause GEO to repurchase their 6.00% Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 6.00% Senior Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date.

The 6.00% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors. The 6.00% Senior Notes and the guarantees are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of GEO and the Guarantors. The 6.00% Senior Notes rank equally in right of payment with any unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of GEO and the Guarantors, including GEO’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, the 5.125% Senior Notes due 2023 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024, and the guarantors’ guarantees thereof, senior in right of payment to any future indebtedness of GEO and the Guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the 6.00% Senior Notes and the guarantees, effectively junior to any secured indebtedness of GEO and the Guarantors, including indebtedness under GEO’s Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2014, by and among GEO, GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc., BNP Paribas, as Administrative Agent, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., as Lead Arranger, and the lenders who are, or may from time to time become, a party thereto (“Credit Agreement”), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and structurally junior to all obligations of GEO’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, including trade payables.

The Indenture contains covenants which, among other things, limit the ability of GEO and its “restricted subsidiaries” (as defined in the Indenture) to incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, make dividend payments or other restricted payments (other than the payment of dividends or other distributions, or any other actions necessary to maintain GEO’s status as a real estate investment trust), create liens, sell assets, engage in sale and lease back transactions, create or permit restrictions on the ability of the restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to GEO, enter into transactions with affiliates, and enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of their assets. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions as set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture also contains events of default with respect to, among other things, the following: failure by GEO to pay interest on the 6.00% Senior Notes when due, which failure continues for 30 days; failure by GEO to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the 6.00% Senior Notes when due; failure by GEO or any of its restricted subsidiaries to comply with their obligations to offer to repurchase the 6.00% Senior Notes at the option of the holders of the 6.00% Senior Notes upon a change of control, to offer to redeem the 6.00% Senior Notes under certain circumstances in connection with asset sales with “excess proceeds” (as defined in the Indenture) in excess of $50.0 million or to observe certain restrictions on mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of their assets; the failure by GEO or any Guarantor to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture, which failure continues for 60 days after notice; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of GEO or a restricted subsidiary that is a significant subsidiary or any group of restricted subsidiaries that together would constitute a significant subsidiary.

6.625% Senior Notes due 2021

On February 10, 2011, the Company completed a private offering of $300 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes. Interest on the 6.625% Senior Notes accrued at the stated rate. The Company paid interest semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year.

On April 11, 2016, the Company announced that it had commenced a cash tender offer for any and all of its $300 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021. On April 18, 2016, the Company completed the purchase of $231 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Notes validly tendered in connection with the Company’s tender offer on or prior to the expiration time. On May 20, 2016, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining 6.625% Senior Notes in connection with the terms of the notice of redemption delivered to the note holders on April 20, 2016 pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the 6.625% Senior Notes. The Company financed the purchase of the 6.625% Senior Notes under the tender offer with part of the net cash proceeds from the 6.00% Senior Notes (see discussion above). As a result of the tender offer and redemption, the Company incurred a $15.9 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the tender premium and deferred costs associated with the 6.625% Senior Notes.

 

137


Table of Contents

5.875% Senior Notes due 2024

On September 25, 2014, the Company completed an offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes due 2024”). The notes will mature on October 15, 2024 and have a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 5.875%. Interest is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15, beginning April 15, 2015. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all the Company’s restricted subsidiaries that guarantee obligations. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 rank equally in right of payment with any unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and the guarantors, including the Company’s 6.625% senior notes due 2021, the 5.875% senior notes due 2022, the 5.125% senior notes due 2023, and the guarantors’ guarantees thereof, senior in right of payment to any future indebtedness of the Company and the guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and the guarantees, effectively junior to any secured indebtedness of the Company and the guarantors, including indebtedness under the Company’s senior credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and structurally junior to all obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not guarantors. The sale of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 was registered under the Company’s automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 filed on September 12, 2014, as supplemented by the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement filed on September 22, 2014 and the Prospectus Supplement filed on September 24, 2014. The Company capitalized $4.6 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the offering.

At any time on or prior to October 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 issued under the indenture governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (including any additional notes) at a redemption price of 105.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, the Company may, at its option, redeem the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 in whole or in part before October 15, 2019 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 being redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Lastly, the Company may, at its option, redeem the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 in whole or in part on or after October 15, 2019 through 2024 and thereafter as indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2019

     102.938

2020

     101.958

2021

     100.979

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

The indenture contains covenants which, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, make dividend payments or other restricted payments (other than the payment of dividends or other distributions, or any other actions necessary to maintain the Company’s status as a real estate investment trust), create liens, sell assets, engage in sale and lease back transactions, create or permit restrictions on the ability of the restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to the Company, enter into transactions with affiliates, and enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of their assets. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions as set forth in the indenture.

The indenture also contains events of default with respect to, among other things, the following: failure by the Company to pay interest on the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 when due, which failure continues for 30 days; failure by the Company to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 when due; failure by the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries to comply with their obligations to offer to repurchase the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 at the option of the holders of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 upon a change of control, to offer to redeem the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 under certain circumstances in connection with asset sales with excess proceeds in excess of $25.0 million or to observe certain restrictions on mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of their assets; the failure by the Company or any guarantor

 

138


Table of Contents

to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture, which failure continues for 60 days after notice; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of GEO or a restricted subsidiary that is a significant subsidiary or any group of restricted subsidiaries that together would constitute a significant subsidiary. The Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants of the indenture governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024 as of December 31, 2016.

5.125% Senior Notes

On March 19, 2013, the Company completed an offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes in a private offering under the Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013 among GEO, certain of its domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The 5.125% Senior Notes were offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The notes will mature on April 1, 2023 and have a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 5.125%. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 each year, beginning October 1, 2013. The 5.125% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries that guarantee obligations under the Senior Credit Facility, the Company’s 6.00% Senior Notes, the Company’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024. The 5.125% Senior Notes and the guarantees are the Company’s general unsecured senior obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior debt, including the Company’s 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024. The 5.125% Senior Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of the Company’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, including all anticipated borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility. The 5.125% Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 5.125% Senior Notes.

At any time on or prior to April 1, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.125% Senior Notes issued under the indenture governing the 5.125% Senior Notes (including any additional notes) at a redemption price of 105.125% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages (as defined in the indenture), if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings (as defined in the indenture); provided, that: (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture (including any additional notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding notes held by us and our Subsidiaries); and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.

At any time prior to April 1, 2018, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 5.125% Senior Notes upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium (as defined in the indenture) as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption. On or after April 1, 2018, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 5.125% Senior Notes upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the 5.125% Senior Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12 months period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2018

     102.563

2019

     101.708

2020

     100.854

2021 and thereafter

     100.000

 

139


Table of Contents

On April 3, 2013, the Company’s Prior Senior Credit Facility was refinanced and a portion of the proceeds of the 5.125% Senior Notes were used to pay the outstanding Prior Term Loans under the Senior Credit Facility. Loan costs of $6.8 million were incurred and capitalized in connection with the issuance of the 5.125% Senior Notes. The Company incurred a $4.4 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized debt discount pertaining to the Prior Senior Credit Facility and $1.1 million in fees related to the new Credit Agreement.

If there is a “change of control” (as defined in the Indenture), holders of the 5.125% Senior Notes will have the right to cause GEO to repurchase their 5.125% Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 5.125% Senior Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the purchase date.

The indenture governing the 5.125% Senior Notes contains certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on the Company and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; make dividend payments or other restricted payments; create liens; sell assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of the date of the indenture, all of the Company’s subsidiaries, other than certain dormant domestic and other subsidiaries and all foreign subsidiaries in existence on the date of the indenture, were restricted subsidiaries. The Company’s failure to comply with certain of the covenants under the indenture governing the 5.125% Senior Notes could cause an event of default of any indebtedness and result in an acceleration of such indebtedness. In addition, there is a cross-default provision which becomes enforceable upon failure of payment of indebtedness at final maturity. The Company’s unrestricted subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the indenture. The Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants of the indenture governing the 5.125% Senior Notes as of December 31, 2016.

The indenture also contains events of default with respect to, among other things, the following: failure by the Company to pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the 5.125% Senior Notes when due, which failure continues for 30 days; failure by the Company to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the 5.125% Senior Notes when due; failure by the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries to comply with their obligations to offer to repurchase the 5.125% Senior Notes at the option of the holders of the 5.125% Senior Notes upon a change of control, to offer to redeem notes under certain circumstances in connection with asset sales with “excess proceeds” (as defined in the indenture) in excess of $25.0 million or to observe certain restrictions on mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of their assets; the failure by the Company or any guarantor to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture, which failure continues for 60 days after notice; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or a restricted subsidiary that is a significant subsidiary or any group of restricted subsidiaries that together would constitute a significant subsidiary.

Under the terms of a registration rights agreement dated as of March 19, 2013, among GEO, the guarantors and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as the representative of the initial purchasers of the 5.125% Senior Notes, GEO agreed to register under the Securities Act notes having terms identical in all material respects to the 5.125% Senior Notes (the “5.125% Exchange Notes”) and to make an offer to exchange the 5.125% Exchange Notes for the 5.125% Senior Notes. GEO filed the registration statement on May 30, 2013 which was declared effective on September 12, 2013. GEO launched the exchange offer on September 13, 2013 and the exchange offer expired on October 11, 2013.

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022

On October 3, 2013, the Company completed an offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2022 (the “5.875% Senior Notes due 2022”) in a private offering under the Indenture dated as of October 3, 2013 among GEO, certain of its domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 were offered and sold to “qualified institutional

 

140


Table of Contents

buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Regulations S under the Securities Act. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 were issued at a coupon rate and yield to maturity of 5.875%. Interest on the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2014. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 mature on January 15, 2022. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the guarantees are the Company’s general unsecured senior obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior debt, including the Company’s 6.00% Senior Notes, the 5.125% Senior Notes and the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of the Company’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, including all anticipated borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility. The 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022.

GEO may, at its option, redeem the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 in whole or in part before January 15, 2017 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 being redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date. On or after January 15, 2017, GEO may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 5.875% Senior Notes 2022 upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and including Liquidated Damages, if any, on the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on January 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2017

     104.406

2018

     102.938

2019

     101.469

2020 and thereafter

     100.000

If there is a “change of control” (as defined in the Indenture), holders of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 will have the right to cause GEO to repurchase their 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the purchase date.

The indenture governing the notes contains certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on the Company and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; make dividend payments or other restricted payments; create liens; sell assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of the date of the indenture, all of the Company’s subsidiaries, other than certain dormant domestic and other subsidiaries and all foreign subsidiaries in existence on the date of the indenture, were restricted subsidiaries. The Company’s failure to comply with certain of the covenants under the indenture governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 could cause an event of default of any indebtedness and result in an acceleration of such indebtedness. In addition, there is a cross-default provision which becomes enforceable upon failure of payment of indebtedness at final maturity. The Company’s unrestricted subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the indenture. The Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants of the indenture governing the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 as of December 31, 2016.

The Indenture also contains events of default with respect to, among other things, the following: failure by GEO to pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 when due, which failure continues for 30 days; failure by GEO to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 when due; failure by GEO or any of its restricted subsidiaries to comply with their obligations to offer to repurchase the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 at the option of the holders of the 5.875% Senior Notes

 

141


Table of Contents

due 2022 upon a change of control, to offer to redeem notes under certain circumstances in connection with asset sales with “excess proceeds” (as defined in the Indenture) in excess of $25.0 million or to observe certain restrictions on mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of their assets; the failure by GEO or any Guarantor to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture, which failure continues for 60 days after notice; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of GEO or a restricted subsidiary that is a significant subsidiary or any group of restricted subsidiaries that together would constitute a significant subsidiary.

GEO used the net proceeds from the offering, together with cash on hand, to fund the repurchase, redemption or other discharge of its 7 3/4% Senior Notes and to pay related transaction fees and expenses. Loan costs of $5.9 million were incurred and capitalized in connection with the offering.

Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, among GEO, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as the representative of the initial purchasers of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), GEO agreed to register under the Securities Act notes having terms identical in all material respects to the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “5.875% % Exchange Notes”) and to make an offer to exchange the 5.875% Exchange Notes for the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022. GEO filed the registration statement on October 2, 2013 which was declared effective on January 6, 2014. GEO launched the exchange offer on January 6, 2014 and the exchange offer expired on February 4, 2014.

Non-Recourse Debt

Northwest Detention Center

On December 9, 2011, the Washington Economic Development Finance Authority issued $54.4 million of its Washington Economic Development Finance Authority Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds, series 2011 (“2011 Revenue Bonds”). The bonds were rated AA- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and the scheduled payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by municipal bond insurance issued by Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. The 2011 Revenue Bonds have an average all-in cost of approximately 6.4%, including debt issuance costs and the bond discount, and maturity dates ranging through October 1, 2021. The 2011 Revenue Bonds were issued to provide funds to make a loan to CSC of Tacoma, LLC for purposes of reimbursing GEO for costs incurred by GEO for the 2009 expansion of the Northwest Detention Facility and paying the costs of issuing the 2011 Revenue Bonds. The payment of principal and interest on the bonds is non-recourse to GEO. None of the bonds nor CSC’s obligations under the loan are obligations of GEO nor are they guaranteed by GEO.

As of December 31, 2016, the remaining balance of the debt service requirement related to the 2011 Revenue Bonds is $36.7 million, of which $6.7 million is classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016, included in restricted cash and investments is $5.9 million (all current) of funds held in trust with respect to the Northwest Detention Center for debt service and other reserves which had not been released to the Company as of December 31, 2016.

Australia — Fulham

The Company’s wholly-owned Australian subsidiary financed the development of a facility and subsequent expansion in 2003 with long-term debt obligations. These obligations are non-recourse to the Company and total $2.6 million (AUD 3.6 million) and $9.0 million (AUD 12.4 million) at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016. The term of the non-recourse debt is through 2017 and it bears interest at a variable rate quoted by certain Australian banks plus 140 basis points. Any obligations or liabilities of the subsidiary are matched by a similar or corresponding commitment from the government of the State of Victoria. As a condition of the loan, the Company is required to maintain a restricted cash balance of AUD 5.0 million (along with interest earned on the account) which, at December 31, 2016, was $3.6 million (including interest) based on exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2016. This amount is included in non-current restricted cash and the annual maturities of the future debt obligation are included in Non-Recourse Debt.

 

142


Table of Contents

Australia — Ravenhall

In connection with a new design and build prison project agreement with the State of Victoria, in September 2014 the Company entered into a syndicated facility agreement (the “Construction Facility”) with National Australia Bank Limited to provide debt financing for construction of the project. Refer to Note 7 — Contract Receivable. The Construction Facility provides for non-recourse funding up to AUD 791 million, or $570.1 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016. Construction draws will be funded throughout the project according to a fixed utilization schedule as defined in the syndicated facility agreement. The term of the Construction Facility is through October 2019 and bears interest at a variable rate quoted by certain Australian banks plus 200 basis points. After October 2019, the Construction Facility will be converted to a term loan with payments due quarterly beginning in 2019 through 2041. In accordance with the terms of the Construction Facility, upon completion and commercial acceptance of the prison, in accordance with the prison contract, the State will make a lump sum payment of AUD 310 million, or $224.0 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, which will be used to pay down a portion of the outstanding principal balance. The remaining outstanding principal balance will be repaid over the term of the operating agreement. As of December 31, 2016, $451.6 million was outstanding under the Construction Facility. The Company also entered into interest rate swap and interest rate cap agreements related to its non-recourse debt in connection with the project. Refer to Note 8 — Derivative Financial Instruments.

Debt Repayment

Debt repayment schedules under Capital Lease Obligations, Long-Term Debt, Non-Recourse Debt and the Senior Credit Facility are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year

   Capital
Leases
    Long-Term
Debt
    Non-
Recourse
Debt
    Revolver      Term
Loans
    Total
Annual
Repayment
 
     (In thousands)  

2017

   $ 1,934     $ 436     $ 233,365     $ —        $ 3,000     $ 238,735  

2018

     1,936       452       6,970       —          3,000       12,358  

2019

     1,934       454       7,280       —          3,000       12,668  

2020

     1,934       209       7,665       —          280,500       290,308  

2021

     1,936       132       8,065       515,000        —         525,133  

Thereafter

     1,233       1,151,348       227,557       —          —         1,380,138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,907       1,153,031       490,902       515,000          289,500       2,459,340  

Interest imputed on Capital Leases

     (2,215     —         —         —          —         (2,215

Original issuer’s discount

     —         —         (400     —          —         (400

Current portion

     (1,264     (436     (233,365     —          (3,000     (238,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current portion

   $ 7,428     $ 1,152,595     $ 257,137     $ 515,000      $ 286,500     $ 2,218,660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Guarantees

The Company has entered into certain guarantees in connection with the financing and construction performance of a facility in Australia (Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable). The obligations amounted to approximately AUD 215 million, or $154.9 million, based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016. These guarantees are secured by outstanding letters of credit under the Company’s Revolver as of December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2016, the Company also had thirteen letters of guarantee outstanding under separate international facilities relating to performance guarantees of its Australian subsidiary totaling $19.0 million.

In addition to the above, in connection with the creation of SACS, the Company entered into certain guarantees related to the financing, construction and operation of the prison. The Company guaranteed certain

 

143


Table of Contents

obligations of SACS under its debt agreements to SACS’ senior lenders through the issuance of letters of credit for 7.3 million South African Rand, or $0.5 million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016. Additionally, SACS was required to fund a Rectification Account for the repayment of certain costs in the event of contract termination. In the event SACS is unable to maintain the required funding in the Rectification Account, the guarantee for the shortfall will need to be re-instated. This guarantee is included as part of the value of the Company’s outstanding letters of credit under its Revolver as of December 31, 2016. No amounts have been drawn against these letters of credit.

The Company has also agreed to provide a loan, of up to 20.0 million South African Rand, or $1.5 million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, referred to as the Shareholder’s Loan, to SACS for the purpose of financing SACS’ obligations under its contract with the South African government. No amounts have been funded under the Shareholder’s Loan, and the Company does not currently anticipate that such funding will be required by SACS in the future. The Company’s obligations under the Shareholder’s Loan expire upon the earlier of full funding or SACS’s release from its obligations under its debt agreements. The lenders’ ability to draw on the Shareholder’s Loan is limited to certain circumstances, including termination of the contract.

The Company has also guaranteed certain obligations of SACS to the security trustee for SACS’ lenders. The Company secured its guarantee to the security trustee by ceding its rights to claims against SACS in respect of any loans or other finance agreements, and by pledging the Company’s shares in SACS. The Company’s liability under the guarantee is limited to the cession and pledge of shares. The guarantee expires upon expiration of the cession and pledge agreements.

In connection with a design, build, finance and maintenance contract for a facility in Canada, the Company guaranteed certain potential tax obligations of a trust. The potential estimated exposure of these obligations is Canadian Dollar $1.5 million, or $1.1 million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, commencing in 2017. The Company has a liability of $1.1 million and $2.0 million related to this exposure included in Other Non-Current Liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. To secure this guarantee, the Company purchased Canadian dollar denominated securities with maturities matched to the estimated tax obligations in 2017 to 2021. The Company has recorded an asset equal to the current fair value of those securities included in Other Non-Current Assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not currently operate or manage this facility.

In connection with the creation of GEOAmey, the Company and its joint venture partner guarantee the availability of working capital in equal proportion to ensure that GEOAmey can comply with current and future contractual commitments related to the performance of its operations. The Company and the 50% joint venture partner have each extended a £12 million line of credit of which £3.5 million, or $4.3 million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2016, was outstanding as of December 31, 2016. The Company’s maximum exposure relative to the joint venture is its note receivable of $4.3 million and future financial support necessary to guarantee performance under the contract.

Except as discussed above, the Company does not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

 

14.   Benefit Plans

The Company’s employees participate in an Employee Retirement Savings Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that covers substantially all U.S. based salaried employees. Employees may contribute a percentage of eligible compensation to the plan, subject to certain limits under the Internal Revenue Code. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company provided matching contributions of $4.4 million, $3.8 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

The Company has two non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain of the Company’s executives. Retirement benefits are based on years of service, employees’ average compensation for the last five years prior to retirement and social security benefits. Currently, the plans are not funded. The Company

 

144


Table of Contents

purchased and is the beneficiary of life insurance policies for certain participants enrolled in the plans. There were no significant transactions between the employer or related parties and the plans during 2016, 2015 or 2014.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a non-qualified deferred compensation agreement with its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). In August 2012, the CEO’s agreement was amended to eliminate the tax gross-up provision which was previously applicable to his lump sum retirement payment and in exchange for the elimination of the tax gross-up provision, the amount of the lump sum retirement payment which Mr. Zoley is entitled to receive has been proportionately increased so that he would receive substantially the same net benefit as he would have otherwise received had the tax gross-up remained in the plan. The current agreement provides for a lump sum payment upon retirement, no sooner than age 55. As of December 31, 2016, the CEO had reached age 55 and was eligible to receive the payment upon retirement. If the Company’s CEO had retired as of December 31, 2016, the Company would have had to pay him $7.7 million. The long-term portion of the pension liability related to the defined benefit plans and the deferred compensation agreement with the CEO as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $28.3 million and $25.6 million, respectively, and is included in Other Non-Current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The following table summarizes key information related to the Company’s pension plans and retirement agreements. The table illustrates the reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation showing the effects during the periods presented attributable to service cost, interest cost, plan amendments, termination benefits, actuarial gains and losses. The assumptions used in the Company’s calculation of accrued pension costs are based on market information and the Company’s historical rates for employment compensation and discount rates.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2016
    Year Ended
December 2015
 

Accumulated Benefit Obligation, End of Year

   $ 22,515     $ 20,323  

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation

    

Projected Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year

   $ 25,935     $ 25,826  

Service Cost

     995       1,173  

Interest Cost

     1,155       1,082  

Actuarial (Gain) Loss

     1,031       (1,818

Benefits Paid

     (492     (328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected Benefit Obligation, End of Year

   $ 28,624     $ 25,935  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets

    

Plan Assets at Fair Value, Beginning of Year

   $ —       $ —    

Company Contributions

     492       328  

Benefits Paid

     (492     (328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan Assets at Fair Value, End of Year

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfunded Status of the Plan

   $ (28,624   $ (25,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

    

Net Loss

     5,561       4,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Pension Cost

   $ 5,561     $ 4,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents
     2016     2015  

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

    

Service Cost

   $ 995     $ 1,173  

Interest Cost

     1,155       1,082  

Amortization of:

    

Net Loss

     213       427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Periodic Pension Cost

   $ 2,363     $ 2,682  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Assumptions for Expense

    

Discount Rate

     4.50     4.75

Expected Return on Plan Assets

     N/A       N/A  

Rate of Compensation Increase

     4.40     4.40

The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2016 that has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost is $3.7 million. The amount included in other accumulated comprehensive income as of December 31, 2016 that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in fiscal year 2017 is $0.3 million.

The benefit payments reflected in the table below represent the Company’s obligations to employees that are eligible for retirement or have already retired and are receiving deferred compensation benefits:

 

Fiscal Year

   Pension
Benefits
 
     (In thousands)  

2017

   $ 8,349  

2018

     687  

2019

     815  

2020

     830  

2021

     822  

Thereafter

     17,121  
  

 

 

 
   $ 28,624  
  

 

 

 

The Company also maintains The GEO Group Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Deferred Compensation Plan”), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for employees who are ineligible to participate in its qualified 401(k) plan. Eligible employees may defer a fixed percentage of their salary and the Company matches employee contributions up to a certain amount based on the employee’s years of service. Payments will be made at retirement age of 65, at termination of employment or earlier depending on the employees’ elections. The Company established a rabbi trust; the purpose of which is to segregate the assets of the Deferred Compensation Plan from the Company’s cash balances. The funds in the rabbi trust are included in Restricted Cash and Investments in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. These funds are not available to the Company for any purpose other than to fund the Deferred Compensation Plan; however, these funds may be available to the Company’s creditors in the event the Company becomes insolvent. All employee and employer contributions relative to the Deferred Compensation Plan are made directly to the rabbi trust. The Company recognized expense related to its contributions of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively. The total liability for this plan at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $16.2 million and $13.8 million, respectively and is included in Other Non-Current Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The current portion of the liability was $0.8 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

146


Table of Contents
15.   Business Segments and Geographic Information

Operating and Reporting Segments

The Company conducts its business through four reportable business segments: the U.S. Corrections & Detention segment; the International Services segment; the GEO Care segment; and Facility Construction & Design segment. The Company has identified these four reportable segments to reflect the current view that the Company operates four distinct business lines, each of which constitutes a material part of its overall business. The U.S. Corrections & Detention segment primarily encompasses U.S.-based privatized corrections and detention business. The International Services segment primarily consists of privatized corrections and detention operations in South Africa, Australia and the United Kingdom. The Company’s community-based services, youth services and BI are operating segments aggregated under the GEO Care reporting segment. The GEO Care segment, which conducts its services in the United States, represents services provided to adult offenders and juveniles for non-residential treatment, educational and community based programs, pre-release and half-way house programs, compliance technologies, monitoring services and evidence-based supervision and treatment programs for community-based parolees, probationers, and pretrial defendants. The Facility Construction & Design segment primarily contracts with various state, local and federal agencies for the design and construction of facilities for which the Company has management contracts. Generally, the assets and revenues from the Facility Construction & Design segment are offset by a similar amount of liabilities and expenses. Segment disclosures below (in thousands) reflect the results of continuing operations. All transactions between segments are eliminated.

 

Fiscal Year

   2016      2015      2014  

Revenues:

        

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 1,375,277      $ 1,240,440      $ 1,108,397  

GEO Care

     394,449        340,918        329,253  

International Services

     157,363        154,902        197,992  

Facility Construction and Design [1]

     252,401        107,047        55,978  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 2,179,490      $ 1,843,307      $ 1,691,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures:

        

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 40,764      $ 76,070      $ 74,044  

GEO Care

     35,001        39,523        36,747  

International Services

     5,800        1,988        3,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 81,565      $ 117,581      $ 114,224  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

        

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 74,154      $ 70,486      $ 63,690  

GEO Care

     38,687        33,582        29,766  

International Services

     2,075        2,688        2,715  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 114,916      $ 106,756      $ 96,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Income:

        

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 296,078      $ 281,945      $ 263,027  

GEO Care

     111,780        82,806        80,152  

International Services

     5,809        7,666        6,130  

Facility Construction & Design [1]

     626        352        440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income from segments

   $ 414,293      $ 372,769      $ 349,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and Administrative Expenses

     (148,709      (137,040      (115,018
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating income

   $ 265,584      $ 235,729      $ 234,731  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

 

[1] The Company began the design and construction of a new prison located in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia in 2014. There were no capital expenditures or depreciation or amortization associated with this segment in 2016 or 2015. Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable.

Pre-Tax Income Reconciliation of Segments

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s total operating income from its reportable segments to the Company’s income before income taxes and equity in earnings of affiliates, in each case, during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Fiscal Year Ended

   2016     2015     2014  
     (In thousands)  

Operating income from segments

   $ 414,293     $ 372,769     $ 349,749  

Unallocated amounts:

      

General and administrative expense

     (148,709     (137,040     (115,018

Net interest expense

     (100,222     (94,558     (82,621

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (15,885     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings of affiliates

   $ 149,477     $ 141,171     $ 152,110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Segment assets:

     

U.S. Corrections & Detention

   $ 2,390,705      $ 2,396,076  

GEO Care

     711,795        722,248  

International Services

     64,417        43,589  

Facility Construction & Design

     446,434        176,638  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment assets

   $ 3,613,351      $ 3,338,551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Asset Reconciliation

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s reportable segment assets to the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Reportable segment assets

   $ 3,613,351      $ 3,338,551  

Cash

     68,038        59,638  

Deferred income tax assets

     30,039        35,313  

Restricted cash and investments, current and non-current

     37,981        28,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,749,409      $ 3,462,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic Information

During each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s international operations were conducted through (i) the Company’s wholly owned Australian subsidiary, The GEO Group Australia Pty. Ltd., through which the Company has management contracts for four correctional facilities, (ii) the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, GEO Ravenhall Finance Holdings Pty. Ltd. and GEO Ravenhall Holdings Pty. Ltd. which, together, have a design and construction contract for a new prison in Ravenhall, Australia, (iii) the Company’s consolidated joint venture in South Africa, SACM, through which the Company manages one correctional facility, and (iv) the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, The GEO Group UK Ltd., through which the Company manages the Dungavel House Immigration Removal Centre.

 

148


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year

   2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues:

        

U.S. operations

   $ 1,770,273      $ 1,581,811      $ 1,438,144  

Australia operations

     388,361        237,731        210,577  

South African operations

     13,658        14,964        16,831  

United Kingdom operations

     7,198        8,801        26,068  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 2,179,490      $ 1,843,307      $ 1,691,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, net:

        

U.S. operations

   $ 1,887,043      $ 1,910,378      $ 1,765,391  

Australia operations

     10,053        5,871        5,923  

South African operations

     145        90        127  

United Kingdom operations

     —          47        725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Property and Equipment, net

   $ 1,897,241      $ 1,916,386      $ 1,772,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sources of Revenue

The Company derives most of its revenue from the management of privatized correction and detention facilities. The Company also derives revenue from the provision of community based and youth services, monitoring and evidence-based supervision and treatment programs in the United States, and expansion of new and existing correction, detention facilities. All of the Company’s revenue is generated from external customers.

 

Fiscal Year

   2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues:

        

Corrections & Detention

   $ 1,532,640      $ 1,395,342      $ 1,306,389  

GEO Care

     394,449        340,918        329,253  

Facility Construction and Design

     252,401        107,047        55,978  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 2,179,490      $ 1,843,307      $ 1,691,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

Equity in earnings of affiliates for 2016, 2015 and 2014 includes the operating results of the Company’s joint ventures in SACS and GEOAmey. These joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method and the Company’s investments in SACS and GEOAmey are presented as a component of other non-current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company has recorded $4.3 million, $4.7 million and $5.1 million in earnings, net of tax impact, for SACS operations during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which are included in equity in earnings of affiliates, net of income tax provision in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s investment in SACS was $11.8 million and $9.0 million, respectively. The investment is included in other non-current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company received dividend distributions of $1.6 million and $3.2 million, in 2016 and 2015, respectively from this unconsolidated joint venture.

The Company has recorded $2.6 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million in earnings, net of tax impact, for GEOAmey’s operations during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which are included in equity in earnings of affiliates, net of income tax provision, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s investment in GEOAmey was $1.3 million and $(1.2) million, respectively, and represents its share of cumulative reported earnings (losses).

 

149


Table of Contents

Losses in excess of the Company’s investment had been recognized as the Company has provided certain loans and guarantees to provide financial support to GEOAmey (Refer to Note 13-Debt and Note 1 — Summary of Business Organization, Operations and Significant Account Policies — Note Receivable from Joint Venture).

Business Concentration

Except for the major customer noted in the following table, no other single customer made up greater than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the following fiscal years:

 

Customer

   2016     2015     2014  

Various agencies of the U.S Federal Government:

     48     45     42

The concentrations above relate entirely to the Company’s U.S. Corrections & Detention segment.

Credit risk related to accounts receivable is reflective of the related revenues.

 

16.   Income Taxes

The United States and foreign components of income before income taxes and equity in earnings in affiliates are as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings in affiliates

        

United States

   $ 139,937      $ 130,752      $ 145,656  

Foreign

     9,540        10,419        6,454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings in affiliates

   $ 149,477      $ 141,171      $ 152,110  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following components:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Federal income taxes:

        

Current

   $ 5,801      $ 3,437      $ 12,393  

Deferred

     (3,541      (1,924      (5,393
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,260        1,513        7,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

State income taxes:

        

Current

     2,764        683        4,302  

Deferred

     (1,792      684        (1,422
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     972        1,367        2,880  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign income taxes:

        

Current

     5,302        5,643        7,753  

Deferred

     (630      (1,134      (3,540
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,672        4,509        4,213  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. and foreign provision for income taxes

   $ 7,904      $ 7,389      $ 14,093  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate of 35.00% and the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Provisions using statutory federal income tax rate

   $ 52,317      $ 49,410      $ 53,239  

State income taxes (benefit), net of federal tax benefit

     1,161        (322      2,510  

REIT Benefit

     (41,479      (42,536      (44,538

Change in contingent tax liabilities

     (403      (395      (576

Change in valuation allowance

     243        3,702        664  

Other, net

     (3,935      (2,470      2,794  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 7,904      $ 7,389      $ 14,093  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s effective tax rate, beginning in 2013, differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to a zero tax rate on earnings generated by the Company’s REIT operations. State income taxes (benefit), net of federal tax benefits of $1.2 million, $(0.3) million and $2.5 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, is presented exclusive of the related change in valuation allowance of state income tax deferred items. Net of the related change in valuation allowances the state income taxes, net of federal tax benefits is $1.2 million, $0.9 million and $2.5 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following table presents the breakdown between current and non-current net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets — current

   $ —        $ 27,914  

Deferred tax liabilities — current (1)

     —          (47

Deferred tax assets — non current

     30,039        7,399  

Deferred tax liabilities — non current

     —          (11,471
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 30,039      $ 23,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Deferred tax liabilities — current is included in Accrued Expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

 

151


Table of Contents

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating losses

   $ 32,088      $ 24,992  

Accrued liabilities

     26,355        26,524  

Deferred compensation

     14,273        12,362  

Accrued compensation

     6,527        5,920  

Deferred revenue

     4,564        5,692  

Deferred rent

     2,469        3,921  

Tax credits

     4,524        4,670  

Equity awards

     4,296        5,031  

Other, net

     1,260        1,746  

Valuation allowance

     (17,312      (17,069
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 79,044      $ 73,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangible assets

   $ (40,935    $ (44,067

Capitalized transaction costs

     (5,945      (3,416

Depreciation

     (2,125      (2,511
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (49,005    $ (49,994
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 30,039      $ 23,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes should be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is not more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. On a periodic basis, management evaluates and determines the amount of the valuation allowance required and adjusts such valuation allowance accordingly. At year end 2016 and 2015, the Company has a valuation allowance of $17.3 million and $17.1 million, respectively related to deferred tax assets for foreign net operating losses, state net operating losses and state tax credits. The valuation allowance increased by $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company provides income taxes on the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries except to the extent that such earnings are permanently invested outside the United States. At December 31, 2016, $6.1 million of accumulated undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries were permanently invested. At the existing U.S. federal income and applicable foreign withholding tax rates, additional taxes (net of foreign tax credits) of $0.3 million, consisting solely of withholding taxes, would have to be provided if such earnings were remitted currently.

As of the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company had $0.3 million of Federal net operating loss carryforwards which begin to expire in 2035 and $146.0 million of combined net operating loss carryforwards in various states which began to expire in 2017. The Company has recorded a partial valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets related to the state operating losses.

Also as of the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company had $83.2 million of foreign operating losses which carry forward indefinitely and $3.5 million of state tax credits which begin to expire in 2019. The Company has recorded a partial valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets related to the foreign operating losses and state tax credits.

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards. The exercise of non-qualified stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards which have been granted under the Company’s equity award plans give rise to

 

152


Table of Contents

compensation income which is includable in the taxable income of the applicable employees and deducted by the Company for federal and state income tax purposes. In the case of non-qualified stock options, the compensation income results from increases in the fair market value of the Company’s common stock subsequent to the date of grant. At year end 2016, the deferred tax asset net of a valuation allowance related to unexercised stock options and restricted stock grants for which the Company has recorded a book expense was $4.4 million.

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at Beginning of Period

   $ 1,571      $ 2,076      $ 2,766  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     1,290        —          —    

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     341        —          —    

Reductions as a result of a lapse of applicable statutes of limitations

     (1,562      (505      (690
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at End of Period

   $ 1,640      $ 1,571      $ 2,076  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All amounts in the reconciliation are reported on a gross basis and do not reflect a federal tax benefit on state income taxes. The Company has accrued $1.2 million of accrued uncertain tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 which is inclusive of the federal tax benefit on state income taxes. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that a decrease may be necessary in the unrecognized tax benefits within twelve months of the reporting date of approximately $0.1 million, related to state tax exposures, due to lapse of statute of limitation. The accrued uncertain tax balance at December 31, 2016 includes $1.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits which, if ultimately recognized, will reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2011. The Company participated in the voluntary IRS real-time tax audit Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”) for the 2011 and 2012 tax year. The 2009 and 2010 years were under audit as transition years as provided under the IRS CAP program. The federal income tax audits for 2009 through 2012 were concluded in 2013. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company was notified by the IRS that its 2013 tax year will be under audit commencing in 2016.

The calculation of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes requires the use of significant judgment and involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations. In determining the adequacy of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes, potential settlement outcomes resulting from income tax examinations are regularly assessed. As such, the final outcome of tax examinations, including the total amount payable or the timing of any such payments upon resolution of these issues, cannot be estimated with certainty.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized $0.1 million in interest and penalties. There were no interest and penalties recognized during the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company had accrued $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company classifies interest and penalties as interest expense and other expense, respectively.

 

153


Table of Contents

In 2016, the Company discovered certain immaterial errors in prior periods related to the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In accordance with ASC Topic 250-10-S99-2,Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” the Company recorded an aggregate adjustment of approximately $2.7 million reducing the provision for income taxes in 2016. This adjustment to the Company’s financial statements is immaterial both as it relates to the current period as well as each of the prior periods affected. In evaluating materiality and determining the appropriateness of applying ASC Topic 250-10-S99-2 to these errors, the Company considered materiality both qualitatively and quantitatively as prescribed by ASC Topic 250-10-S99-1,Assessing Materiality.”

 

17.   Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases facilities, office space, computers and transportation equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring between 2017 and 2096. The future minimum commitments under these leases are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year

   Annual Rental  
     (In thousands)  

2017

   $ 39,484  

2018

     36,517  

2019

     24,765  

2020

     8,585  

2021

     5,226  

Thereafter

     24,423  
  

 

 

 
   $ 139,000  
  

 

 

 

The Company leases its corporate offices, which are located in Boca Raton, Florida, under a lease agreement which was amended in November 2015. The current lease expires in March 2019 and has two 5-year renewal options, which if exercised will result in a maximum term ending in March 2029. In 2016, the Company purchased land in Boca Raton, Florida to construct a new corporate office building which is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2018. In addition, the Company leases office space for its regional offices in Charlotte, North Carolina; San Antonio, Texas; and Los Angeles, California. The Company is also currently leasing office space in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Boulder, Colorado and Aurora, Illinois. The Company also leases office space in Sydney, and Melbourne Australia and in Sandton, South Africa through its overseas affiliates to support its Australian and South African operations, respectively. These rental commitments are included in the table above. Certain of these leases contain leasehold improvement incentives, rent holidays, and scheduled rent increases which are included in the Company’s rent expense recognized on a straight-line basis. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded exit charges related to non-core operating leases of approximately $4.6 million.

Minimum rent expense associated with the Company’s leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year was $38.2 million, $36.9 million and $34.8 million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

The Company had approximately 26% of its workforce covered by collective bargaining agreements at December 31, 2016. Collective bargaining agreements with 8% of employees are set to expire in less than one year.

Employment Agreements

On June 1, 2015, GEO and Mr. George C. Zoley, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, entered into a Third Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of June 1,

 

154


Table of Contents

2015 (the “Amendment”). The Amendment modifies Mr. Zoley’s employment agreement by decreasing his annual base salary from $1.215 million to $1.0 million and increasing the maximum target annual performance award he may receive from 100% of his annual base salary to 150% of his annual base salary. Additionally, effective June 1, 2015, a grant of 25,000 shares of performance-based restricted stock was made to Mr. Zoley with the same performance metrics and vesting schedule as the shares of performance-based restricted stock granted to him on February 5, 2015.

On February 1, 2016, GEO entered into a Senior Officer Employment Agreement with Mr. J. David Donahue to serve as Senior Vice President, The GEO Group, Inc., and President, GEO Corrections and Detention. The term of the agreement will be for an initial period of two years, and terminating two years thereafter. The term will be automatically extended by one day every day such that it has a continuous “rolling” two-year term until the age of 67 years , unless otherwise terminated pursuant to the Agreement. The agreement calls for an annual base salary of $0.5 million.

Contract Awards

On December 19, 2016, the Company announced that it had signed a contract with ICE for 780 beds at an existing company-owned facility in Folkston, Georgia which will be named the Folkston ICE Processing Center (the “Center”). The Center will house immigration detainees under a five-year intergovernmental service agreement between Charlton County and ICE. The Center is located adjacent to the company-owned D. Ray James facility. The Center began intake during the first quarter of 2017.

On September 30, 2016, the Company announced that the BOP has extended its contract for its company-owned D. Ray James Correctional Facility for a two-year renewal term through September 30, 2018 for the housing of up to 1,900 beds with a fixed payment for 1,800 beds compared to its previous contract which contained a fixed payment for 1,962 beds.

Commitments

The Company currently has contractual commitments for a number of projects using existing Company financing facilities. The Company’s management estimates that these existing capital projects will cost approximately $112.6 million, of which $15.2 million was spent through the end of 2016. The Company estimates the remaining capital requirements related to these capital projects to be approximately $97.4 million. These projects are expected to be completed in 2017. Included in these commitments is a contractual commitment to provide a capital contribution towards the design and construction of a prison project in Ravenhall, a locality near Melbourne, Australia, in the amount of AUD 115 million, or $82.9 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016. Refer to Note 7-Contract Receivable. This capital contribution was made in January 2017. Refer to Note 13-Debt. Additionally, in connection with the prison project in Ravenhall, Australia, the Company has a contractual commitment for construction of the facility and has entered into a syndicated facility agreement with National Australia Bank Limited to provide funding for the project up to AUD 791 million, or $570.1 million, based on exchange rates at December 31, 2016.

In addition to these current estimated capital requirements, the Company is currently in the process of bidding on, or evaluating potential bids for the design, construction and management of a number of new projects. In the event that the Company wins bids for these projects and decides to self-finance their construction, its capital requirements could materially increase.

Litigation, Claims and Assessments

On August 25, 2016, a purported shareholder class action lawsuit was filed against the Company, its Chief Executive Officer, George C. Zoley (“Mr. Zoley”), and its Chief Financial Officer, Brian R. Evans (“Mr. Evans”), in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The complaint alleges that the Company and Messrs. Zoley and Evans made false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business, operational and compliance policies. The lawsuit alleges that it is brought by John J. Mulvaney individually and on behalf of a class consisting of all persons other than the defendants who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s securities during the alleged class period between March 1, 2012 through and

 

155


Table of Contents

including August 17, 2016. The complaint alleges that the Company and Messrs. Zoley and Evans violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and alleges that Messrs. Zoley and Evans violated Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. On December 21, 2016, the appointed lead plaintiffs filed an Amended Class Action Complaint, which reasserted the claims against the Company and Messrs. Zoley and Evans, and asserted new claims for alleged false and misleading statements in violation of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the Company’s former Senior Vice President, GEO Detention & Corrections Services, John Hurley (“Mr. Hurley”) and the Company’s Senior Vice President and President, GEO Corrections & Detention, David Donahue (“Mr. Donahue”). The amended complaint seeks damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, expert fees, other costs, and such other relief as the court may deem proper. The Company intends to take all necessary steps to vigorously defend itself and Messrs. Zoley, Evans, Hurley and Donahue. The Company has elected to record an accrual related soley to the attorney’s fees and cost of litigation incurred to date in this matter. The Company has not recorded any further accrual relating to this matter at this time, as a loss is not considered probable or reasonably estimable at this preliminary stage of the lawsuit.

Other Litigation Matter

On February 8, 2017, the Attorney General of the State of Mississippi filed a lawsuit in the Circuit Court for the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi against the Company, Cornell Companies, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, Christopher B. Epps, the former Commissioner of the Mississippi Department of Corrections, and Cecil McCrory, a former consultant of the Company. The complaint alleges several statutory and common law claims, including violations of various public servant statutes, racketeering activity, antitrust law, civil conspiracy, unjust enrichment and fraud. The complaint seeks compensatory damages, punitive damages, exemplary damages, forfeiture of all money received by the defendants, restitution, interest, attorneys’ fees, other costs, and such other expenses or damages as the court may deem proper. The complaint claims that between 2007 and 2014, the Company and Cornell Companies, Inc. received approximately $256 million in proceeds from public contracts paid for by the State of Mississippi. The Company intends to take all necessary steps to vigorously defend itself and Cornell Companies, Inc. The Company has not recorded an accrual relating to this matter at this time, as a loss is not considered probable or reasonably estimable at this preliminary stage of the lawsuit.

The nature of the Company’s business exposes it to various types of third-party legal claims or litigation against the Company, including, but not limited to, civil rights claims relating to conditions of confinement and/or mistreatment, sexual misconduct claims brought by prisoners or detainees, medical malpractice claims, product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims, claims relating to employment matters (including, but not limited to, employment discrimination claims, union grievances and wage and hour claims), property loss claims, environmental claims, automobile liability claims, indemnification claims by its customers and other third parties, contractual claims and claims for personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with the Company’s facilities, programs, electronic monitoring products, personnel or prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape or from a disturbance or riot at a facility. The Company accrues for legal costs associated with loss contingencies when those costs are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company does not expect the outcome of any pending claims or legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Other Assessment

A recently completed state non-income tax audit included tax periods for which a state tax authority had a number of years ago processed a substantial tax refund. At the completion of the audit fieldwork, the Company received a notice of audit findings disallowing deductions that were previously claimed by the Company, approved by the state tax authority and served as the basis for the approved refund claim. In early January 2017, the Company received a formal Notice of Assessment of Taxes and Demand for Payment from the taxing authority disallowing the deductions. The total tax, penalty and interest assessed is approximately $19.6 million. The Company disagrees with the assessment and intends to take all necessary steps to vigorously defend its position. The Company has established a reserve based on its estimate of the most probable loss based on the facts and circumstances known to date and the advice of outside counsel in connection with this matter.

 

156


Table of Contents
18.   Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The Company’s selected quarterly financial data is as follows (in thousands, except per share data attributable to GEO):

 

     First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
 

2016

           

Revenues

   $ 510,185      $ 548,350      $ 554,376      $ 566,579  

Operating income *

     59,167        65,957        72,452        68,008  

Net Income *

     32,326        23,156        43,674        49,342  

Net Income Attributable to The GEO Group, Inc. *

     32,350        23,209        43,720        49,436  

Basic earnings per share:

           

Net income per share *

   $ 0.44      $ 0.31      $ 0.59      $ 0.67  

Diluted earnings per share:

           

Net income per share *

   $ 0.44      $ 0.31      $ 0.59      $ 0.66  
     First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
 

2015

           

Revenues

   $ 427,369      $ 445,945      $ 469,866      $ 500,127  

Operating income *

     52,672        53,281        63,031        66,745  

Net Income *

     28,756        28,253        38,291        44,015  

Net Income Attributable to The GEO Group, Inc. *

     28,777        28,291        38,312        44,058  

Basic earnings per share:

           

Net income per share *

   $ 0.39      $ 0.38      $ 0.52      $ 0.60  

Diluted earnings per share:

           

Net income per share *

   $ 0.39      $ 0.38      $ 0.52      $ 0.59  

 

* First quarter operating income, net income and related income per share amounts are typically lower than the remaining quarters in the year due to the resetting of certain payroll tax limits which occurs in January of each year and results in higher payroll tax costs in the first quarter. Net income for second quarter 2016 includes a loss on extinguishment of debt. Refer to Note 13 – Debt.

 

19.   Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

The following condensed consolidating financial information, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements for presentation of Rule 3-10(d) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, presents the condensed consolidating financial information separately for:

(i) The GEO Group, Inc., as the issuer of the 6.00% Senior Notes, 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, 5.875% Senior Notes due 2024, 5.125% Senior Notes and 6.625% Senior Notes (collectively, the “Notes”);

(ii) The Subsidiary Guarantors, on a combined basis, which are 100% owned by The Geo Group, Inc., and which are guarantors of the Notes;

(iii) The Company’s other subsidiaries, on a combined basis, which are not guarantors of the Notes (the “Subsidiary Non-Guarantors”);

(iv) Consolidating entries and eliminations representing adjustments to: (a) eliminate intercompany transactions between or among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Subsidiary Non-Guarantors and (b) eliminate the investments in the Company’s subsidiaries; and

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Refer to Note 13 — Debt for a description of the notes that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by the Company and certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.

 

157


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2016  
     The GEO
Group, Inc.
    Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ 697,292     $ 1,626,690     $ 420,019     $ (564,511   $ 2,179,490  

Operating expenses

     560,694       1,283,447       370,651       (564,511     1,650,281  

Depreciation and amortization

     25,224       85,852       3,840       —         114,916  

General and administrative expenses

     47,354       72,831       28,524       —         148,709  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     64,020       184,560       17,004       —         265,584  

Interest income

     20,409       1,842       28,944       (22,699     28,496  

Interest expense

     (65,018     (55,295     (31,104     22,699       (128,718

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (15,885     —         —         —         (15,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings of affiliates

     3,526       131,107       14,844       —         149,477  

Provision for income taxes

     1,124       2,108       4,672       —         7,904  

Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of income tax provision

     —         —         6,925       —         6,925  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations before equity in income of consolidated subsidiaries

     2,402       128,999       17,097       —         148,498  

Income from consolidated subsidiaries, net of income tax provision

     146,096       —         —         (146,096     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     148,498       128,999       17,097       (146,096     148,498  

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         217     $ —         217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 148,498     $ 128,999     $ 17,314     $ (146,096   $ 148,715  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 148,498     $ 128,999     $ 17,097     $ (146,096   $ 148,498  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —         (704     2,302       —         1,598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 148,498     $ 128,295     $ 19,399     $ (146,096   $ 150,096  

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         198       —         198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 148,498     $ 128,295     $ 19,597     $ (146,096   $ 150,294  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2015  
     The GEO
Group, Inc.
    Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ 664,741     $ 1,462,540     $ 272,204     $ (556,178   $ 1,843,307  

Operating expenses

     546,100       1,143,679       230,181       (556,178     1,363,782  

Depreciation and amortization

     24,711       77,582       4,463       —         106,756  

General and administrative expenses

     47,553       70,015       19,472       —         137,040  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     46,377       171,264       18,088       —         235,729  

Interest income

     23,771       3,059       11,329       (26,581     11,578  

Interest expense

     (61,293     (57,431     (13,993     26,581       (106,136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings of affiliates

     8,855       116,892       15,424       —         141,171  

Provision for income taxes

     1,083       1,797       4,509       —         7,389  

Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of income tax provision

     —         —         5,533       —         5,533  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations before equity in income of consolidated subsidiaries

     7,772       115,095       16,448       —         139,315  

Income from consolidated subsidiaries, net of income tax provision

     131,543       —         —         (131,543     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     139,315       115,095       16,448       (131,543     139,315  

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ —       $ —       $ 123     $ —       $ 123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 139,315     $ 115,095     $ 16,571     $ (131,543   $ 139,438  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 139,315     $ 115,095     $ 16,448     $ (131,543   $ 139,315  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —         1,276       (6,311     —         (5,035
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 139,315     $ 116,371     $ 10,137     $ (131,543   $ 134,280  

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         215       —         215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 139,315     $ 116,371     $ 10,352     $ (131,543   $ 134,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     For the Year ended December 31, 2014  
     The GEO
Group,  Inc.
    Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ 558,764     $ 1,315,024     $ 264,216     $ (446,384   $ 1,691,620  

Operating expenses

     449,805       1,014,713       227,566       (446,384     1,245,700  

Depreciation and amortization

     25,605       66,077       4,489       —         96,171  

General and administrative expenses

     36,437       61,351       17,230       —         115,018  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     46,917       172,883       14,931       —         234,731  

Interest income

     22,327       3,103       4,416       (25,099     4,747  

Interest expense

     (47,622     (56,195     (8,650     25,099       (87,368

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings of affiliates

     21,622       119,791       10,697       —         152,110  

Provision for income taxes

     729       9,152       4,212       —         14,093  

Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of income tax provision

     —         —         5,823       —         5,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations before equity in income of consolidated subsidiaries

     20,893       110,639       12,308       —         143,840  

Income from consolidated subsidiaries, net of income tax provision

     122,947       —         —         (122,947     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     143,840       110,639       12,308       (122,947     143,840  

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ —       $ —       $ 90     $ —       $ 90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 143,840     $ 110,639     $ 12,398     $ (122,947   $ 143,930  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 143,840     $ 110,639     $ 12,308     $ (122,947   $ 143,840  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     —         (2,522     (20,560     —         (23,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 143,840     $ 108,117     $ (8,252   $ (122,947   $ 120,758  

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         140       —         140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

   $ 143,840     $ 108,117     $ (8,112   $ (122,947   $ 120,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     The GEO
Group, Inc.
     Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
     Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
ASSETS  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,566      $ 842      $ 21,630     $ —       $ 68,038  

Restricted cash and investments

     —          —          17,133       —         17,133  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

     139,571        200,239        16,445       —         356,255  

Contract receivable, current portion

     —          —          224,033       —         224,033  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     677        24,096        7,437       —         32,210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     185,814        225,177        286,678       —         697,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Cash and Investments

     170        19,742        936       —         20,848  

Property and Equipment, Net

     735,104        1,078,220        83,917       —         1,897,241  

Non-Current Contract Receivable

     —          —          219,783       —         219,783  

Intercompany Receivable

     918,527        141,987        27,290       (1,087,804     —    

Non-Current Deferred Income Tax Assets

     764        17,918        11,357       —         30,039  

Goodwill

     79        614,941        413       —         615,433  

Intangible Assets, Net

     —          203,138        746       —         203,884  

Investment in Subsidiaries

     1,238,772        453,635        2,190       (1,694,597     —    

Other Non-Current Assets

     15,011        108,434        20,933       (79,866     64,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 3,094,241      $ 2,863,192      $ 654,243     $ (2,862,267   $ 3,749,409  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Accounts payable

   $ 8,402      $ 50,200      $ 21,035     $ —       $ 79,637  

Accrued payroll and related taxes

     —          41,230        14,030       —         55,260  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     36,792        83,906        10,398       —         131,096  

Current portion of capital lease obligations, long-term debt and non-recourse debt

     3,000        1,700        233,365       —         238,065  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     48,194        177,036        278,828       —         504,058  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intercompany Payable

     133,039        920,825        33,940       (1,087,804     —    

Other Non-Current Liabilities

     2,487        144,383        21,652       (79,866     88,656  

Capital Lease Obligations

     —          7,431        —         —         7,431  

Long-Term Debt

     1,935,465        —          —         —         1,935,465  

Non-Recourse Debt

     —          —          238,842       —         238,842  

Commitments & Contingencies

            

Shareholders’ Equity:

            

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

     975,056        1,613,517        81,080       (1,694,597     975,056  

Noncontrolling Interests

     —          —          (99     —         (99
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     975,056        1,613,517        80,981       (1,694,597     974,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 3,094,241      $ 2,863,192      $ 654,243     $ (2,862,267   $ 3,749,409  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     The GEO
Group, Inc.
     Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations     Consolidated  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
ASSETS  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 37,077      $ —       $ 22,561      $ —       $ 59,638  

Restricted cash and investments

     —          —         8,489        —         8,489  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

     131,747        162,538       19,812        —         314,097  

Current deferred income tax assets, net

     —          23,120       4,794        —         27,914  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,190        17,917       10,310        (1,209     28,208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     170,014        203,575       65,966        (1,209     438,346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Cash and Investments

     138        16,386       3,712        —         20,236  

Property and Equipment, Net

     746,478        1,088,417       81,491        —         1,916,386  

Contract Receivable

     —          —         174,141        —         174,141  

Direct Finance Lease Receivable

     —          —         1,826        —         1,826  

Intercompany Receivable

     971,291        86,519       —          (1,057,810     —    

Non-Current Deferred Income Tax Assets

     710        (102     6,791        —         7,399  

Goodwill

     79        614,941       418        —         615,438  

Intangible Assets, Net

     —          223,426       722        —         224,148  

Investment in Subsidiaries

     1,106,546        453,636       —          (1,560,182     —    

Other Non-Current Assets

     2,387        116,561       25,486        (80,127     64,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 2,997,643      $ 2,803,359     $ 360,553      $ (2,699,328   $ 3,462,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

Accounts payable

   $ 9,731      $ 54,675     $ 13,117      $ —       $ 77,523  

Accrued payroll and related taxes

     —          35,516       12,961        —         48,477  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     43,043        78,510       15,139        (1,209     135,483  

Current portion of capital lease obligations, long-term debt and non-recourse debt

     3,000        1,477       12,664        —         17,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     55,774        170,178       53,881        (1,209     278,624  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Current Deferred Income Tax Liabilities

        11,120       351        —         11,471  

Intercompany Payable

     76,427        967,048       14,335        (1,057,810     —    

Other Non-Current Liabilities

     2,894        143,887       21,040        (80,127     87,694  

Capital Lease Obligations

     —          8,693       —          —         8,693  

Long-Term Debt

     1,855,810        —         —          —         1,855,810  

Non-Recourse Debt

     —          —         213,098        —         213,098  

Commitments & Contingencies

            

Shareholders’ Equity:

            

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to The GEO Group, Inc.

     1,006,738        1,502,433       57,749        (1,560,182     1,006,738  

Noncontrolling Interests

     —          —         99        —         99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     1,006,738        1,502,433       57,848        (1,560,182     1,006,837  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 2,997,643      $ 2,803,359     $ 360,553      $ (2,699,328   $ 3,462,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2016  
     The GEO
Group, Inc.
    Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidated  

Cash Flow from Operating Activities:

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 154,125     $ 66,009     $ (248,162   $ (28,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities:

        

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     2,030       —         —         2,030  

Insurance proceeds — damaged property

     —         —         4,733       4,733  

Change in restricted cash and investments

     (24     (3,356     (6,178     (9,558

Capital expenditures

     (14,040     (61,811     (5,714     (81,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12,034     (65,167     (7,159     (84,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities:

        

Payments on long-term debt

     (934,006     —         —         (934,006

Proceeds from long-term debt

     1,012,945       —         —         1,012,945  

Payments on non-recourse debt

     —         —         (10,064     (10,064

Proceeds from non-recourse debt

     —         —         266,835       266,835  

Taxes paid related to net share settlements of equity awards

     (2,336     —         —         (2,336

Tax deficiency related to equity compensation

     (844     —         (782     (1,626

Debt issuance costs

     (16,980     —         (4,135     (21,115

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     2,367       —         980       3,347  

Dividends paid

     (194,748     —         —         (194,748

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with ESPP

     —         —         436       436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (133,602     —         253,270       119,668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     —         —         1,120       1,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     8,489       842       (931     8,400  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     37,077       —         22,561       59,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 45,566     $ 842     $ 21,630     $ 68,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2015  
     The GEO
Group Inc.
    Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidated  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash Flow from Operating Activities:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 153,861     $ 84,795     $ (96,499   $ 142,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities:

        

Acquisition of LCS, net of cash acquired

     (307,404     —         —         (307,404

Acquisition of Soberlink, cash consideration

     —         (24,402     —         (24,402

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —         42       —         42  

Insurance proceeds - damaged property

     —         1,270       —         1,270  

Change in restricted cash and investments

     90       (2,658     (2,237     (4,805

Capital expenditures

     (55,629     (59,829     (2,123     (117,581
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (362,943     (85,577     (4,360     (452,880
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities:

        

Proceeds from long-term debt

     724,798       —         —         724,798  

Payments on long-term debt

     (311,985       —         (311,985

Payments on non-recourse debt

     —         —         (11,908     (11,908

Proceeds from non-recourse debt

     —         —         123,560       123,560  

Income tax benefit of equity compensation

     1,409       —         —         1,409  

Taxes paid related to net share settlements of equity awards

     (2,786     —         —         (2,786

Debt issuance costs

     —         —         (7,069     (7,069

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     2,774       —         —         2,774  

Dividends paid

     (186,984     —         —         (186,984

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with ESPP

     441       —         —         441  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     227,667       —         104,583       332,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     —         —         (3,226     (3,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     18,585       (782     498       18,301  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     18,492       782       22,063       41,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 37,077     $ —       $ 22,561     $ 59,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     The GEO
Group Inc.
    Combined
Subsidiary
Guarantors
    Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidated  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash Flow from Operating Activities:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     185,721       63,154       (46,334     202,541  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities:

        

Acquisition of Protocol, cash consideration

     —         (13,025     —         (13,025

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —         746       (47     699  

Change in restricted cash and investments

     61       2,571       2,748       5,380  

Capital expenditures

     (58,188     (52,550     (3,486     (114,224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (58,127     (62,258     (785     (121,170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities:

        

Proceeds from long-term debt

     654,000       —         —         654,000  

Income tax benefit of equity compensation

     2,035       —         —         2,035  

Debt issuance costs

     (9,182     —         (17,238     (26,420

Payments on long-term debt

     (677,000     (1,099     —         (678,099

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     7,281       —         —         7,281  

Taxes paid related to net share settlements of equity awards

     (1,844     —         —         (1,844

Payments on non-recourse debt

     —         —         (18,627     (18,627

Proceeds from non-recourse debt

     —         —         87,896       87,896  

Issuance of common stock under prospectus supplement

     54,725       —         —         54,725  

Dividends paid

     (170,234     —         —         (170,234

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with ESPP

     387       —         —         387  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (139,832     (1,099     52,031       (88,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     —         —         (3,259     (3,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (12,238     (203     1,653       (10,788

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     30,730       985       20,410       52,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 18,492     $ 782     $ 22,063     $ 41,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

20.   Subsequent Events

Community Education Centers Acquisition

On February 22, 2017, the Company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement to acquire Community Education Centers (“CEC”), a private provider of rehabilitation services for offenders in reentry and in-prison treatment facilities as well as management services for county, state and federal correctional and detention facilities. Pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreement, GEO will acquire CEC for $360 million in an all cash transaction, excluding transaction related expenses. GEO will not assume any debt as a result of the transaction. CEC’s operations encompass over 12,000 beds nationwide. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2017 subject to the fulfillment of customary conditions. The transaction will be supported by a term loan financing commitment and borrowings under GEO’s existing Revolving Credit Facility. GEO plans to integrate CEC into GEO’s existing business units of GEO Corrections & Detention and GEO Care.

 

 

165


Table of Contents

Options and Restricted Stock Awards

On February 16, 2017, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors resolved to grant approximately

310,000 options and 418,000 shares of restricted stock to certain employees of the Company effective March 1, 2017. Of the total shares of restricted stock granted, approximately 115,000 are performance-based awards which vest subject to the achievement of certain total shareholder return and return on capital employed metrics over a three year period.

Dividend

On February 6, 2017, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.70 per share of common stock, which is to be paid on February 27, 2017 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2017.

 

166


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to as the Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by this report. On the basis of this review, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to give reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, in a manner that allows timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

It should be noted that the effectiveness of our system of disclosure controls and procedures is subject to certain limitations inherent in any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the exercise of judgment in designing, implementing and evaluating the controls and procedures, the assumptions used in identifying the likelihood of future events, and the inability to eliminate misconduct completely. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect all errors or fraud. As a result, by its nature, our system of disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management’s control objectives.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

(a) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

See “Item 8. — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” for management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.

(b) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

See “Item 8. — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” for the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for reporting any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such terms are defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the period to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management believes that there have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the period to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

 

167


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives, including our consultants. The code strives to deter wrongdoing and promote honest and ethical conduct, the avoidance of conflicts of interest, full, fair, accurate, timely and transparent disclosure, compliance with the applicable government and self-regulatory organization laws, rules and regulations, prompt internal reporting of violations of the code, and accountability for compliance with the code. In addition, we have adopted a code of ethics for the CEO, our senior financial officers and all other employees. The codes can be found on our website at http://www.geogroup.com by clicking on the link “About Us” on our homepage and then clicking on the link “Corporate Governance.” In addition, the codes are available in print to any shareholder who request them by contacting our Vice President of Corporate Relations at 561-999-7306.    In the event that we amend or waive any of the provisions of the code of business conduct and ethics and the code of ethics for the CEO, our senior financial officers and employees that relate to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, we intend to disclose the same on our Investor Relations website. The other information required by this item will be contained in, and is incorporated by reference from, the proxy statement for our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the year covered by this report.

 

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be contained in, and is incorporated by reference from, the proxy statement for our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

 

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2016 under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. Our shareholders have approved all of these plans.

 

Plan Category

   (a)
Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     (b)
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     (c)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     807,315      $ 30.97        1,032,344  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —          —          —    

Total

     807,315      $ 30.97        1,032,344  

 

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will be contained in, and is incorporated by reference from, the proxy statement for our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

 

168


Table of Contents
ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be contained in, and is incorporated by reference from, the proxy statement for our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements.

The consolidated financial statements of GEO are filed under Item 8 of Part II of this report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts — Page 176

Schedule III — Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation — Page 177

All other schedules specified in the accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or not required.

(3) Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit

Number

         

Description

1.1           Form of Equity Distribution Agreement, dated May 8, 2013, by and among The GEO Group, Inc. and each of SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Avondale Partners, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on May 8, 2013).
1.2           Form of Equity Distribution Agreement, dated November 10, 2014, by and among The GEO Group, Inc. and each of SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Avondale Partners, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and MLV & Co. LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on November 10, 2014).
3.1           Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
3.2           Articles of Merger, effective as of June 27, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
3.3           Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
3.4           Amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of The GEO Group, Inc., effective July 2, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2014).
4.1           Indenture, dated as of February 10, 2011, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee relating to the 6 5/8% Senior Notes due 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on February 16, 2011).

 

169


Table of Contents
4.2       Form of 6 5/8% Senior Note due 2021 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.3       Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2013, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee relating to the 5.125% Senior Notes due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on March 25, 2013).
4.4       Form of 5.125% Senior Note due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.3).
4.5       Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2013, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee relating to the 5 7/8% Senior Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on October 9, 2013).
4.6       Form of 5 7/8% Senior Note due 2022 (included in Exhibit 4.5).
4.7       Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 27, 2014, to Indenture dated as of February 10, 2011, with respect to the Predecessor Registrant’s 6.625% Senior Notes, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
4.8       Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 27, 2014, to Indenture dated as of March 19, 2013, with respect to the Predecessor Registrant’s 5.125% Senior Notes, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
4.9       Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 27, 2014, to Indenture dated as of October 3, 2013, with respect to the Predecessor Registrant’s 5 7/8% Senior Notes, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
4.10       Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2014, by and between GEO and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on October 1, 2014).
4.11       First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2014, by and among GEO, certain subsidiary guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on October 1, 2014).
4.12       Form of 5.875% Senior Note due 2024 (included in Exhibit 4.11).
4.13       Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among The GEO Group, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on April 18, 2016).
4.14      

Form of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.13).

10.1       1994 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed on May 24, 1994)†
10.2       Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its Officers and Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed on May 24, 1994)†
10.3       1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 30, 2000)†

 

170


Table of Contents
10.4       Amended Executive Retirement Agreement, dated January 17, 2003, by and between the Company and Wayne H. Calabrese (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 20, 2003)†
10.5       Senior Officer Employment Agreement, dated March 23, 2005, by and between the Company and John M. Hurley (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 23, 2005)†
10.6       Office Lease, dated September 12, 2002, by and between the Company and Canpro Investments Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 20, 2003)
10.7       The GEO Group, Inc. Senior Management Performance Award Plan, as Amended and Restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on May 2, 2016).†
10.8       Amended and Restated Senior Officer Employment Agreement, effective December 31, 2008, by and between The GEO Group, Inc. and John J. Bulfin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K January 7, 2009)†
10.9       Amended and Restated The GEO Group, Inc. Senior Officer Retirement Plan, effective December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K January 7, 2009)†
10.10       Senior Officer Employment Agreement, dated August 3, 2009, by and between the Company and Brian Evans (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 3, 2009)†
10.11       Amended and Restated The GEO Group, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on September 3, 2010(File No. 333-169198))†
10.12       Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated The GEO Group, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 2, 2011)†
10.13       Cornell Companies, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169199), filed on September 3, 2010)†
10.14       First Amendment to Senior Officer Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2011, by and between the Company and Brian R. Evans (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 2, 2011)†
10.15       First Amendment to Senior Officer Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2011, by and between the Company and John M. Hurley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 2, 2011)†
10.16       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Senior Officer Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2011, by and between the Company and John J. Bulfin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 2, 2011)†
10.17       Amended and Restated Senior Officer Employment Agreement, effective December 17, 2008, by and between the GEO Group, Inc. and Jorge A. Dominicis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 10, 2011)†

 

171


Table of Contents
10.18       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Senior Officer Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2011, by and between the GEO Group, Inc. and Jorge A. Dominicis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 10, 2011) †
10.19       Amended and Restated The GEO Group, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan (effective January 1, 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 1, 2012)†
10.20       Amendment to The GEO Group, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 1, 2012)†
10.21       The GEO Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 1, 2012)†
10.22       Amendment to The GEO Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 1, 2012)†
10.23       Amendment to The GEO Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s report on Form 10-K, filed on March 1, 2012)†
10.24       The GEO Group, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on May 4, 2012 (File No. 333-181175))†
10.25       Third Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated August 22, 2012, by and between The GEO Group, Inc. and George C. Zoley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on August 28, 2012)†
10.26       Amended and Restated Executive Retirement Agreement, dated August 22, 2012, by and between The GEO Group, Inc. and George C. Zoley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on August 28, 2012)†
10.27       Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2013, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as representative of the several initial purchasers relating to the 5.125% Senior Notes due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on March 25, 2013).
10.28       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2013, by and among The GEO Group, Inc. and GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc., as Borrowers, BNP Paribas, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders who are, or may from time to time become, a party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on April 9, 2013. Portions of this exhibit were omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.)
10.29       First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 29, 2013, by and between The GEO Group, Inc. and George C. Zoley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on April 30, 2013) †.
10.3       Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 29, 2013, by and between The GEO Group, Inc. and George C. Zoley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 4, 2013) †.

 

172


Table of Contents
10.31       Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative of the several initial purchasers relating to the 5 7/8% Senior Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on October 9, 2013).
10.32       First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 29, 2013, by and between The GEO Group, Inc. and George C. Zoley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on April 30, 2013) †.
10.33       The GEO Group, Inc. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on May 5, 2014). †
10.34       Confirmation and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2014, among the Company, the Predecessor Registrant, GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc., certain of the Predecessor Registrant’s domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, and BNP Paribas, relating to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2013, as amended, among The GEO Group, Inc. and GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc., as Borrowers, BNP Paribas, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders who are, or may from time to time become, a party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on June 30, 2014).
10.35       Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2014, by and among The GEO Group, Inc. and GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc., as Borrowers, BNP Paribas, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders who are, or may from time to time become, a party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on September 3, 2014).***
10.36       Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, among The GEO Group, Inc., GEO Corrections Holdings, Inc., GEO Australasia Holdings Pty Ltd., GEO Australasia Finance Holdings Pty Ltd as trustee for the GEO Australasia Finance Holding Trust, the Guarantor party thereto, the Issuing Lenders party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and BNP Paribas, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on May 25, 2016).
10.37       Letter of Offer, dated August 18, 2016, between The GEO Group, Inc. and HSBC Bank Australia Limited (incorporated by reference to the Company’s report on Form 8-K, filed on August 24, 2016).
21.1       Subsidiaries of the Company*
23.1       Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
31.1       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
31.2       Rule 13a-14(a) Certification in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
32.1       Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
32.2       Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
101.INS       XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

173


Table of Contents
101.DEF           XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB           XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE          

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

* Filed herewith.
** Certain exhibits and schedules to the agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. We agree to furnish supplementally to the SEC, upon request, a copy of the omitted exhibits and schedules.
*** Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement as defined in Item 402 (a)(3) of Regulation S-K.

 

174


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

/s/    BRIAN R. EVANS

Brian R. Evans

Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 24, 2017

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    George C. Zoley

George C. Zoley

  

Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

  February 24, 2017

/s/    Brian R. Evans

Brian R. Evans

  

Senior Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  February 24, 2017

/s/    Ronald A. Brack

Ronald A. Brack

  

Vice President, Chief Accounting

Officer and Controller

(principal accounting officer)

  February 24, 2017

/s/    Clarence E. Anthony

Clarence E. Anthony

   Director   February 24, 2017

/s/    Julie M. Wood

Julie M. Wood

   Director   February 24, 2017

/s/    Anne N. Foreman

Anne N. Foreman

   Director   February 24, 2017

/s/    Richard H. Glanton

Richard H. Glanton

   Director   February 24, 2017

/s/    Christopher C. Wheeler

Christopher C. Wheeler

   Director   February 24, 2017

 

175


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

Description    Balance  at
Beginning
of Period
     Charged to
Cost and
Expenses
     Charged
to Other
Accounts
     Deductions,
Actual
Charge-Offs
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
     (In thousands)  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016:

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,088      $ 2,682      $ —        $ (2,106   $ 3,664  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015:

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,315      $ 764      $ —        $ (991   $ 3,088  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014:

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,549      $ 985      $ —        $ (219   $ 3,315  

 

176


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE III- REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

December 31, 2016

(dollars in thousands)

 

            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition (2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 

Corrections and Detention — Owned and Leased

 

                   

Broward Transition

Center

  Detention
Facility
  Deerfield Beach, FL   $ 4,085     $ 15,441     $ 18,301     $ 4,094     $ 33,733     $ —       $ —       $ 37,827     $ 6,690     1998, 2004,
2010/2011,
2013/2014
  $ 31,137  
D. Ray James Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Folkston, GA   $ 1,229     $ 55,961     $ 13,663     $ 1,674     $ 68,936     $ 243     $ —       $ 70,853     $ 10,317     1998/1999,
2008/2009,
2011/2012
  $ 60,536  
Folkston ICE Processing Center   Detention
Facility
  Folkston, GA   $ 291     $ 30,399     $ 4,149     $ 291     $ 34,548     $ —       $ —       $ 34,839     $ 4,319     2005, 2008, 2013   $ 30,520  
LaSalle Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  Jena, LA   $ 856     $ 51,623     $ 4,486     $ 1,127     $ 55,324     $ 514     $ —       $ 56,965     $ 12,261     1998, 2008,
2010/2011
  $ 44,704  
Alexandria Transfer Center (3)   Detention
Facility
  Alexandria, LA   $ —       $ 17,283     $ 22     $ —       $ 17,305     $ —       $ —       $ 17,305     $ 810     2014   $ —    
Moshannon Valley Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Philipsburg, PA   $ 1,107     $ 65,160     $ 8,109     $ 1,575     $ 72,530     $ 87     $ 184     $ 74,376     $ 10,588     2005/2006, 2013   $ 63,788  
North Lake Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Baldwin, MI   $ 66     $ 36,727     $ 50,876     $ 66     $ 87,603     $ —       $ —       $ 87,669     $ 9,962     1998/1999, 2002,
2011
  $ 77,707  
Queens Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  Jamaica, NY   $ 2,237     $ 19,847     $ 499     $ 2,237     $ 20,346     $ —       $ —       $ 22,583     $ 8,434     1971, 1996/1997,
2004
  $ —    
Riverbend Correctional Facility (3)   Correctional
Facility
  Milledgeville, GA   $ —       $ 72,932     $ 190     $ 25     $ 73,097     $ —       $ —       $ 73,122     $ 10,015     2011   $ 63,107  
Rivers Correctional Institution   Correctional
Facility
  Winton, NC   $ 875     $ 60,328     $ 4,207     $ 1,229     $ 62,766     $ 149     $ 1,266     $ 65,410     $ 20,060     2000/2001,
2016-CIP
  $ 45,350  
Robert A. Deyton Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  Lovejoy, GA   $ —       $ 8,163     $ 10,185     $ 15     $ 18,333     $ —       $ —       $ 18,348     $ 7,896     1984-1986,
2008/2009
  $ —    

 

177


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Big Spring Correctional Center(3)   Correctional
Facility
  Big Spring, TX   $ 530     $ 83,160     $ 13,097     $ 2,245     $ 91,564     $ —       $ 2,978     $ 96,787     $ 20,164     1940, 1960, 1982,
1991, 1994, 1996,
2001, 2009-2012,
2016-CIP
  $ —    
Great Plains Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Hinton, OK   $ 463     $ 76,580     $ 12,322     $ 1,196     $ 87,979     $ —       $ 190     $ 89,365     $ 12,426     1990-1992, 1995,
2008, 2011, 2013,
2015
  $ 76,939  
Joe Corley Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  Conroe, TX   $ 470     $ 64,813     $ 3,682     $ 598     $ 65,734     $ —       $ 2,633     $ 68,965     $ 5,905     2008, 2016-CIP   $ 63,060  
Karnes Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Karnes City, TX   $ 937     $ 24,825     $ 1,708     $ 912     $ 26,382     $ 176     $ —       $ 27,470     $ 6,644     1995   $ 20,826  
Karnes County Residential Center   Detention
Facility
  Karnes City, TX   $ —       $ 29,052     $ 30,027     $ 47     $ 59,032     $ —       $ —       $ 59,079     $ 4,071     2011/2012, 2014,
2015
  $ 55,008  
Lawton Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Lawton, OK   $ 1,012     $ 96,637     $ 10,190     $ 1,041     $ 106,702     $ —       $ 96     $ 107,839     $ 21,638     1998/1999,
2005/2006, 2015
  $ 86,201  
Rio Grande Detention Center   Detention
Facility
  Laredo, TX   $ 8,365     $ 81,178     $ 1,189     $ 6,266     $ 82,367     $ 2,099     $ —       $ 90,732     $ 14,082     2007, 2008   $ 76,650  
South Texas Detention Complex   Detention
Facility
  Pearsall, TX   $ 437     $ 31,405     $ 5,069     $ 437     $ 36,383     $ —       $ 91     $ 36,911     $ 8,891     2004/2005, 2012   $ —    
Val Verde Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Del Rio, TX   $ 21     $ 56,009     $ 1,082     $ 16     $ 57,091     $ 5     $ —       $ 57,112     $ 14,099     2000/2001, 2005,
2007
  $ 43,013  
Adelanto Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  Adelanto, CA   $ 8,005     $ 113,255     $ 41,460     $ 8,753     $ 153,967     $ —       $ —       $ 162,720     $ 13,249     1990/1991, 2011,
2012, 2015
  $ 149,471  

Aurora/ICE

Processing

Center

  Detention
Facility
  Aurora, CO   $ 4,590     $ 15,200     $ 71,963     $ 4,269     $ 86,159     $ 1,310     $ 15     $ 91,753     $ 13,854     1987, 1993,
1998, 2009, 2010,
2011
  $ 77,899  

Central Valley

MCCF

  Correctional
Facility
  Mc Farland, CA   $ 1,055     $ 28,133     $ 2,804     $ 905     $ 30,850     $ 211     $ 26     $ 31,992     $ 7,482     1997, 2009/2010   $ 24,510  

Desert View

MCCF

  Correctional
Facility
  Adelanto, CA   $ 1,245     $ 27,943     $ 4,437     $ 1,245     $ 32,365     $ —       $ 15     $ 33,625     $ 8,359     1997, 2010, 2013   $ 25,266  

Golden State

MCCF

  Correctional
Facility
  Mc Farland, CA   $ 1,264     $ 27,924     $ 2,399     $ 1,072     $ 30,262     $ 253     $ —       $ 31,587     $ 7,286     1997, 2010   $ 24,301  

 

178


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 

Guadalupe

County

Correctional

Facility

  Correctional
Facility
  Santa Rosa, NM   $ 181     $ 29,732     $ 809     $ 27     $ 30,541     $ 154     $ —       $ 30,722     $ 10,674     1998/1999, 2008   $ 20,048  

Hudson

Correctional

Facility

  Correctional
Facility
  Hudson, CO   $ 11,140     $ —       $ 4,599     $ 7,372     $ 4,447     $ 3,920     $ —       $ 15,739     $ 4,025     2009, 2011   $ —    

Lea County

Correctional

Facility,(3)

  Correctional
Facility
  Hobbs, NM   $ 347     $ 67,933     $ 1,434     $ —       $ 69,171     $ 347     $ 196     $ 69,714     $ 16,171     1997/1998   $ —    
McFarland CCF   Correctional
Facility
  Mc Farland, CA   $ 914     $ 9,019     $ 9,077     $ 2,036     $ 16,682     $ 183     $ 109     $ 19,010     $ 3,946     1988, 2011, 2014   $ —    

Mesa Verde

CCF

  Correctional
Facility
  Bakersfield, CA   $ 2,237     $ 13,714     $ 12,020     $ 2,237     $ 25,714     $ —       $ 20     $ 27,971     $ 3,515     1989, 2011, 2015   $ —    

Northwest

Detention

Center

  Detention
Facility
  Tacoma, WA   $ 3,916     $ 39,000     $ 49,964     $ 4,542     $ 86,334     $ 2,004     $ —       $ 92,880     $ 17,352     2003/2004, 2009,
2010, 2012
  $ —    

Western Region

Detention

Facility

  Detention
Facility
  San Diego, CA   $ —       $ 28,071     $ 1,289     $ —       $ 29,360     $ —       $ —       $ 29,360     $ 29,086     1959-1961, 2000   $ —    
Delaney Hall   Detention
Facility
  Newark, NJ   $ 3,759     $ 22,502     $ 12,970     $ 3,759     $ 35,472     $ —       $ —       $ 39,231     $ 8,497     1999/2000, 2008   $ —    

Brooks

County

Detention

Center

  Detention
Facility
  Falfurrias, TX   $ 410     $ 18,940     $ 447     $ 414     $ 19,383     $ —       $ —       $ 19,797     $ 923     2001, 2011   $ —    

East Hidalgo

Detention

Center

  Detention
Facility
  LaVilla, TX   $ 460     $ 28,010     $ 460     $ 481     $ 28,449     $ —       $ —       $ 28,930     $ 1,212     2001, 2002,
2004, 2005, 2007,
2011
  $ —    
Perry County Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Uniontown, AL   $ 400     $ 12,880     $ 70     $ 400     $ 12,950     $ —       $ —       $ 13,350     $ 618     2006   $ —    
Pine Prairie Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Pine Prairie, LA   $ 260     $ 11,910     $ 1,378     $ 626     $ 12,922     $ —       $ —       $ 13,548     $ 703     1999, 2008   $ —    
South Louisiana Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Basile, LA   $ 290     $ 13,040     $ 69     $ 290     $ 13,109     $ —       $ —       $ 13,399     $ 748     1993, 1994, 1996,
1998-1999, 2000-
2001, 2010-2011
  $ —    
J. B. Evans Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Newellton, LA   $ 30     $ 720     $ —       $ 30     $ 720     $ —       $ —       $ 750     $ 97     1994, 1996   $ —    

 

179


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Coastal Bend Detention Center   Detention
Facility
  Robstown, TX   $ 1,330     $ 26,820     $ 745     $ 1,348     $ 27,524     $ —       $ 23     $ 28,895     $ 1,341     2008, 2009   $ —    
Corrections & Detention—Managed                      
Allen Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Kinder, LA   $ —       $ 28     $ 480     $ 2     $ 506     $ —       $ —       $ 508     $ 292     1989-1991,
1994/1995,
1998-1999
  $ —    
Central Texas Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  San Antonio, TX   $ —       $ —       $ 3,917     $ —       $ 3,906     $ —       $ 11     $ 3,917     $ 2,892     1962, 1989/1990,
2006, 2010
  $ —    
Lawrenceville Correctional Center   Correctional
Facility
  Lawrenceville, VA   $ —       $ —       $ 844     $ —       $ 844     $ —       $ —       $ 844     $ 810     1996-1998, 2011   $ —    
Arizona State Prison- Florence West   Correctional
Facility
  Florence, AZ   $ 320     $ 9,317     $ 1,060     $ 320     $ 10,377     $ —       $ —       $ 10,697     $ 7,120     1997   $ —    
Arizona State Prison — Phoenix West   Correctional
Facility
  Phoenix, AZ   $ —       $ 7,919     $ 480     $ —       $ 8,399     $ —       $ —       $ 8,399     $ 5,412     1979-1984,
1995/1996, 2002
  $ —    
Central Arizona Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Florence, AZ   $ —       $ 396     $ 1,648     $ —       $ 2,024     $ —       $ 20     $ 2,044     $ 1,777     2006   $ —    
Arizona State Prison — Kingman   Correctional
Facility
  Kingman, AZ   $ —       $ —       $ 227     $ —       $ 227     $ —       $ —       $ 227     $ 28     2004, 2010   $ —    
New Castle Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  New Castle, IN   $ —       $ —       $ 22,798     $ —       $ 22,798     $ —       $ —       $ 22,798     $ 7,257     2001, 2012   $ —    
Plainfield Indiana STOP Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Plainfield, IN   $ —       $ —       $ 10     $ —       $ 10     $ —       $ —       $ 10     $ 5     1890, 1900, 1921,
1961
  $ —    
South Bay Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  South Bay, FL   $ —       $ —       $ 2,411     $ —       $ 2,411     $ —       $ —       $ 2,411     $ 2,308     1996/1997, 2001,
2004/2005, 2007,
2012
  $ —    
Reeves County Detention Complex R1/R2   Detention
Facility
  Pecos, TX   $ —       $ —       $ 1,203     $ —       $ 1,203     $ —       $ —       $ 1,203     $ 1,181     1986, 1998, 2001,
2004, 2009/2010
  $ —    
Reeves County Detention Complex R3   Detention
Facility
  Pecos, TX   $ —       $ —       $ 4,238     $ —       $ 4,238     $ —       $ —       $ 4,238     $ 4,234     2003, 2006, 2010   $ —    

 

180


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Northeast New Mexico Detention Facility   Detention
Facility
  Clayton, NM   $ —       $ —       $ 293     $ —       $ 272     $ —       $ 21     $ 293     $ 254     2008   $ —    
Blackwater River Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Milton, FL   $ —       $ —       $ 36     $ —       $ 36     $ —       $ —       $ 36     $ 35     2010   $ —    
Bay Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Panama City, FL   $ —       $ —       $ 6     $ —       $ 6     $ —       $ —       $ 6     $ 6     1995   $ —    
Moore Haven Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Moore Haven, FL   $ —       $ —       $ 15     $ —       $ 15     $ —       $ —       $ 15     $ 15     1995, 1999, 2007   $ —    
Graceville Correctional Facility   Correctional
Facility
  Jackson, FL   $ —       $ —       $ 512     $ —       $ 512     $ —       $ —       $ 512     $ 260     2007, 2009, 2015   $ —    
Community Based Services — Owned/Leased                      
Beaumont Transitional Treatment Center   Community
Corrections
  Beaumont, TX   $ 105     $ 560     $ 430     $ 120     $ 975     $ —       $ —       $ 1,095     $ 325     1940-1950, 1967,
1975, 1986, 1997
  $ —    
Bronx Community Re-entry Center   Community
Corrections
  Bronx, NY   $ —       $ 154     $ 3,259     $ —       $ 3,413     $ —       $ —       $ 3,413     $ 1,645     1966, 1998, 2009,
2012, 2015
  $ —    
Cordova Center   Community
Corrections
  Anchorage, AK   $ 235     $ 3,225     $ 3,912     $ 235     $ 6,825     $ —       $ 312     $ 7,372     $ 1,459     1974-1979, 2001,
2013
  $ —    
El Monte Center   Community
Corrections
  El Monte, CA   $ —       $ 47     $ 317     $ —       $ 359     $ —       $ 5     $ 364     $ 344     1960, 2004, 2012   $ —    
Grossman Center   Community
Corrections
  Leavenworth, KS   $ —       $ 24     $ 34     $ —       $ 58     $ —       $ —       $ 58     $ 47     2002/2003, 2010   $ —    
Las Vegas Community Correctional Center   Community
Corrections
  Las Vegas, NV   $ 520     $ 1,580     $ 386     $ 520     $ 1,966     $ —       $ —       $ 2,486     $ 363     1978, 2004   $ —    
Leidel Comprehensive Sanction Center   Community
Corrections
  Houston, TX   $ 3,210     $ 710     $ 536     $ 3,210     $ 1,246     $ —       $ —       $ 4,456     $ 327     1930, 1960,
2005/2006, 2012
  $ —    
Marvin Gardens Center   Community
Corrections
  Los Angeles, CA   $ —       $ 50     $ 978     $ —       $ 273     $ 241     $ 514     $ 1,028     $ 224     1962/1965, 1990   $ —    
McCabe Center   Community
Corrections
  Austin, TX   $ 350     $ 510     $ 529     $ 350     $ 1,039     $ —       $ —       $ 1,389     $ 477     1962, 2012   $ —    

 

181


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Mid Valley House   Community
Corrections
  Edinburg, TX   $ 694     $ 3,608     $ 225     $ 700     $ 3,827     $ —       $ —       $ 4,527     $ 235     1985, 2001, 2014   $ —    
Midtown Center   Community
Corrections
  Anchorage, AK   $ 130     $ 220     $ 153     $ 130     $ 373     $ —       $ —       $ 503     $ 110     Early 1950s, 1972,
1998
  $ —    
Newark Residental Re-entry Center   Community
Corrections
  Newark, NJ   $ —       $ 799     $ 1,406     $ —       $ 2,205     $ —       $ —       $ 2,205     $ 533     1925, 1992, 2014,
2016
  $ —    
Northstar Center   Community
Corrections
  Fairbanks, AK   $ —       $ 12     $ 250     $ —       $ 262     $ —       $ —       $ 262     $ 230     1970/1975, 1995   $ —    
Oakland Center   Community
Corrections
  Oakland, CA   $ 970     $ 250     $ 77     $ 970     $ 327     $ —       $ —       $ 1,297     $ 111     1904-1911, 2000s   $ —    
Parkview Center   Community
Corrections
  Anchorage, AK   $ 160     $ 1,480     $ 275     $ 160     $ 1,755     $ —       $ —       $ 1,915     $ 587     1971, 1976   $ —    
Reality House   Community
Corrections
  Brownsville, TX   $ 487     $ 2,771     $ 122     $ 493     $ 2,881     $ —       $ 6     $ 3,380     $ 350     1983, 2011   $ —    
Southeast Texas Transitional Center   Community
Corrections
  Houston, TX   $ 910     $ 3,210     $ 2,335     $ 939     $ 5,507     $ —       $ 9     $ 6,455     $ 1,549     1960, 1967, 1970,
1984, 1997/1998,
2008, 2012
  $ —    
Salt Lake City Center   Community
Corrections
  Salt Lake City, UT   $ 751     $ 1,505     $ 120     $ 751     $ 1,625     $ —       $ —       $ 2,376     $ 136     1970, 1977, 2004   $ —    
Seaside Center   Community
Corrections
  Nome, AK   $ 67     $ 732     $ 3,938     $ 67     $ 4,670     $ —       $ —       $ 4,737     $ 101     1999, 2015/2016   $ —    
Taylor Street Center   Community
Corrections
  San Francisco, CA   $ 3,230     $ 900     $ 3,052     $ 3,230     $ 3,934     $ —       $ 18     $ 7,182     $ 881     1907, 2010/2011   $ —    
Tundra Center   Community
Corrections
  Bethel, AK   $ 20     $ 1,190     $ 1,252     $ 79     $ 2,383     $ —       $ —       $ 2,462     $ 941     1960/1970   $ —    
Youth Services — Owned/Leased                      
Abraxas Academy   Youth
Facility
  Morgantown, PA   $ 4,220     $ 14,120     $ 1,317     $ 4,224     $ 15,328     $ —       $ 105     $ 19,657     $ 2,548     1999/2000   $ —    
Abraxas I   Youth
Facility
  Marienville, PA   $ 990     $ 7,600     $ 1,292     $ 1,028     $ 8,781     $ —       $ 73     $ 9,882     $ 1,893     1930s, 1960,
1982, 1985-1987,
1989-1999, 2003
  $ —    
Abraxas Ohio   Youth
Facility
  Shelby, OH   $ 1,160     $ 2,900     $ 839     $ 1,197     $ 3,675     $ —       $ 27     $ 4,899     $ 842     1900, 1935, 1965,
1992
  $ —    
Abraxas Youth Center   Youth
Facility
  South Mountain,
PA
  $ —       $ 36     $ 345     $ —       $ 381     $ —       $ —       $ 381     $ 347     1938, 1948, 2001   $ —    

 

182


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
DuPage Interventions   Youth
Facility
  Hinsdale, IL   $ 2,110     $ 1,190     $ 283     $ 2,110     $ 1,473     $ —       $ —       $ 3,583     $ 373     1988   $ —    
Hector Garza Center   Youth
Facility
  San Antonio, TX   $ 1,590     $ 3,540     $ 834     $ 1,637     $ 3,963     $ —       $ 364     $ 5,964     $ 796     1986/1987, 2006   $ —    
Leadership Development Program   Youth
Facility
  South Mountain,
PA
  $ —       $ 25     $ 527     $ —       $ 521     $ —       $ 31     $ 552     $ 330     1920, 1938, 2000,
2005
  $ —    
Southern Peaks Regional Treatment Center   Youth
Facility
  Canon City, CO   $ 2,850     $ 11,350     $ 368     $ 3,000     $ 11,492     $ —       $ 76     $ 14,568     $ 2,197     2003-2004   $ —    
Southwood Interventions   Youth
Facility
  Chicago, IL   $ 870     $ 6,310     $ 1,036     $ 898     $ 7,166     $ —       $ 152     $ 8,216     $ 1,781     1925, 1950, 1975,
2008
  $ —    
Woodridge Interventions   Youth
Facility
  Woodridge, IL   $ 5,160     $ 4,330     $ 694     $ 5,304     $ 4,880     $ —       $ —       $ 10,184     $ 1,160     1982/1986   $ —    
Contact Interventions   Youth
Facility
  Wauconda, IL   $ 719     $ 1,110     $ (638   $ 699     $ 492     $ —       $ —       $ 1,191     $ 141     1950s/1960, 2006   $ —    
Electronic & Location Monitoring Centers — Managed                      
FCM Washington DC/Baltimore   Day
Reporting
Center
  Silver Springs, MD   $ —       $ 345     $ —       $ —       $ 345     $ —       $ —       $ 345     $ 52     1964/1965, 2007   $ —    
FCM Los Angeles   Day
Reporting
Center
  Los Angeles, CA   $ —       $ 13     $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ 2     1919/1921, 1936   $ —    
FCM Chicago   Day
Reporting
Center
  Chicago, IL   $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ 2     1893, 1990   $ —    
El Centro DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  El Centro, CA   $ —       $ 11     $ —       $ —       $ 11     $ —       $ —       $ 11     $ 2     1976   $ —    
Ventura DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Ventura, CA   $ —       $ 19     $ —       $ —       $ 19     $ —       $ —       $ 19     $ 7     1988   $ —    
Neptune CRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Neptune City, NJ   $ —       $ 16     $ 5     $ —       $ 21     $ —       $ —       $ 21     $ 17     2008-2009, 2011-
2012, 2015
  $ —    
Perth Amboy CRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Perth Amboy, NJ   $ —       $ 19     $ 36     $ —       $ 55     $ —       $ —       $ 55     $ 31     2006-2008, 2010,
2015
  $ —    

 

183


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Elizabeth NJ CRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Elizabeth, NJ   $ —       $ 26     $ 10     $ —       $ 36     $ —       $ —       $ 36     $ 29     2003, 2006-2007,
2009, 2011, 2015
  $ —    
Atlantic City CRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Atlantic City, NJ   $ —       $ 10     $ 6     $ —       $ 16     $ —       $ —       $ 16     $ 9     2004, 2005, 2011   $ —    
Orange DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Santa Ana, CA   $ —       $ 72     $ —       $ —       $ 72     $ —       $ —       $ 72     $ 72     2012   $ —    
South Philadelphia PADOC DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Philadelphia, PA   $ —       $ 124     $ —       $ —       $ 124     $ —       $ —       $ 124     $ 120     2014   $ —    
Lancaster County PADOC DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Lancaster, PA   $ —       $ 73     $ —       $ —       $ 73     $ —       $ —       $ 73     $ 42     2014   $ —    
North Pittsburgh PADOC DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Pittsburgh, PA   $ —       $ 81     $ —       $ —       $ 81     $ —       $ —       $ 81     $ 70     2014   $ —    
Lycoming County DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Williamsport, PA   $ —       $ 56     $ 94     $ —       $ 150     $ —       $ —       $ 150     $ 50     2014, 2015   $ —    
Vineland NJ DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Vineland, NJ   $ —       $ 163     $ (1   $ —       $ 162     $ —       $ —       $ 162     $ 47     2015   $ —    
Eagle DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Eagle, CO   $ —       $ —       $ 12     $ —       $ 12     $ —       $ —       $ 12     $ —       2016   $ —    
Northglenn DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Northglenn, CO   $ —       $ 21     $ —       $ —       $ 21     $ —       $ —       $ 21     $ 21     2011, 2013   $ —    
Aurora DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Aurora, CO   $ —       $ 21     $ 23     $ —       $ 44     $ —       $ —       $ 44     $ 44     2003, 2008, 2010,
2013, 2015
  $ —    
Denver DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Denver, CO   $ —       $ 43     $ 294     $ —       $ 337     $ —       $ —       $ 337     $ 92     2005, 2009, 2010,
2011, 2012, 2013,
2014
  $ —    
Santa Ana CDCR   Day
Reporting
Center
  Santa Ana, CA   $ —       $ 113     $ —       $ —       $ 113     $ —       $ —       $ 113     $ 113     2013   $ —    

 

184


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Los Angeles CDCR   Day
Reporting
Center
  Pamona, CA   $ —       $ 44     $ —       $ —       $ 44     $ —       $ —       $ 44     $ 18     2013   $ —    
Merced DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Merced, CA   $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ 18     2007, 2008, 2011   $ —    
Kern County DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Bakersfield, CA   $ —       $ 23     $ 7     $ —       $ 30     $ —       $ —       $ 30     $ 25     2010, 2012, 2015   $ —    
San Diego DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  San Diego, CA   $ —       $ 30     $ —       $ —       $ 30     $ —       $ —       $ 30     $ 30     2007, 2010   $ —    
Luzerne EM   Day
Reporting
Center
  Wilkes Barre, PA   $ —       $ 20     $ —       $ —       $ 20     $ —       $ —       $ 20     $ 20     2007, 2013   $ —    
Luzerne DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Wilkes Barre, PA   $ —       $ 110     $ 7     $ —       $ 117     $ —       $ —       $ 117     $ 113     2010, 2014   $ —    
Sedgwick DRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Wichita, KS   $ —       $ 23     $ —       $ —       $ 23     $ —       $ —       $ 23     $ 23     2006, 2007   $ —    
Chicago Heights SRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Chicago Heights, IL   $ —       $ 3     $ 19     $ —       $ 22     $ —       $ —       $ 22     $ 8     2011, 2012, 2015   $ —    
Chicago West Grand SRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Chicago, IL   $ —       $ 22     $ —       $ —       $ 22     $ —       $ —       $ 22     $ 22     2005, 2006, 2008,
2010, 2011
  $ —    
Rockford SRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Rockford, IL   $ —       $ 2     $ 15     $ —       $ 16     $ —       $ —       $ 16     $ 6     2005, 2006, 2015   $ —    
Decatur SRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  Decatur, IL   $ —       $ 28     $ 33     $ —       $ 60     $ —       $ —       $ 60     $ 41     2004, 2005, 2006,
2009, 2010, 2011,
2015
  $ —    
East St. Louis SRC   Day
Reporting
Center
  East St. Louis, IL   $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ —       $ 13     $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ 5     2005, 2015   $ —    
Chatham IL   Day
Reporting
Center
  Chatham, IL   $ —       $ 53     $ —       $ —       $ 53     $ —       $ —       $ 53     $ 19     2015   $ —    

 

185


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Philadelphia ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Philadelphia, PA   $ —       $ 378     $ (117   $ —       $ 260     $ —       $ —       $ 260     $ 106     2010, 2014, 2015   $ —    
Miami ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Miami, FL   $ —       $ 82     $ 9     $ —       $ 91     $ —       $ —       $ 91     $ 86     2007, 2008, 2010,
2014
  $ —    
Delray Beach ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Delray Beach, FL   $ —       $ 26     $ 3     $ —       $ 29     $ —       $ —       $ 29     $ 1     2006   $ —    
Orlando ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Orlando, FL   $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ 18     2007, 2010   $ —    
Atlanta ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Atlanta, GA   $ —       $ 268     $ (54   $ —       $ 215     $ —       $ —       $ 215     $ 78     2009, 2015   $ —    
New Orleans ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  New Orleans, LA   $ —       $ 54     $ —       $ —       $ 54     $ —       $ —       $ 54     $ 24     2009, 2015   $ —    
Washington DC ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Fairfax, VA   $ —       $ 20     $ 2     $ —       $ 22     $ —       $ —       $ 22     $ 9     2014, 2015   $ —    
Charleston, SC   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Charleston, SC   $ —       $ 39     $ —       $ —       $ 39     $ —       $ —       $ 39     $ 12     2015   $ —    
Chicago ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Chicago, IL   $ —       $ 25     $ —       $ —       $ 25     $ —       $ —       $ 25     $ 25     2009, 2013   $ —    
Detroit ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Detroit, MI   $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ —       $ —       $ 18     $ 18     2009   $ —    
Denver ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Centennial, CO   $ —       $ 173     $ (6   $ —       $ 167     $ —       $ —       $ 167     $ 63     2015   $ —    

 

186


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
St Louis MO   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  St. Louis, MO   $ —       $ 50     $ —       $ —       $ 50     $ —       $ —       $ 50     $ 16     2015   $ —    
Indianapolis, IN   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Indianapolis, IN   $ —       $ 35     $ —       $ —       $ 35     $ —       $ —       $ 35     $ 6     2016   $ —    
San Francisco ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  San Francisco, CA   $ —       $ 272     $ (92   $ —       $ 180     $ —       $ —       $ 180     $ 66     2004, 2009, 2015   $ —    
Salt Lake City ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Murray, UT   $ —       $ 7     $ 17     $ —       $ 24     $ —       $ —       $ 24     $ 14     2009, 2015   $ —    
Seattle ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Tukwila, WA   $ —       $ 40     $ 15     $ —       $ 55     $ —       $ —       $ 55     $ 47     2009, 2014   $ —    
Sacramento, CA   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Sacracmento, CA   $ —       $ 28     $ —       $ —       $ 28     $ —       $ —       $ 28     $ 9     2015   $ —    
Bronx ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Bronx, NY   $ —       $ 31     $ 40     $ —       $ 71     $ —       $ —       $ 71     $ 35     2010, 2015   $ —    
Manhattan ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  New York, NY   $ —       $ 10     $ 10     $ —       $ 20     $ —       $ —       $ 20     $ 13     2010   $ —    
Queens ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Jamaica, NY   $ —       $ 125     $ 7     $ —       $ 132     $ —       $ —       $ 132     $ 52     2014, 2015   $ —    
Boston ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Burlington, MA   $ —       $ 80     $ 5     $ —       $ 85     $ —       $ —       $ 85     $ 35     2014, 2015   $ —    
Hartford ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Hartford, CT   $ —       $ 23     $ 6     $ —       $ 29     $ —       $ —       $ 29     $ 14     2009, 2014, 2015   $ —    

 

187


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Newark ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Newark, NJ   $ —       $ 29     $ 2     $ —       $ 31     $ —       $ —       $ 31     $ 31     2009, 2014   $ —    
Marlton ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Marlton, NJ   $ —       $ 2     $ 10     $ —       $ 13     $ —       $ —       $ 13     $ 7     2013, 2015   $ —    
Richmond, VA ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Richmond, VA   $ —       $ 52     $ —       $ —       $ 52     $ —       $ —       $ 52     $ 14     2015   $ —    
Los Angeles ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Los Angeles, CA   $ —       $ 35     $ 45     $ —       $ 80     $ —       $ —       $ 80     $ 53     2007, 2008, 2014,
2015
  $ —    
San Bernadino ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  San Bernadino, CA   $ —       $ 42     $ —       $ —       $ 42     $ —       $ —       $ 42     $ 42     2008, 2012, 2013   $ —    

Dallas ISAP

  Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Dallas, TX   $ —       $ 17     $ 5     $ —       $ 22     $ —       $ —       $ 22     $ 18     2009   $ —    
El Paso ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  El Paso, TX   $ —       $ 2     $ 27     $ —       $ 29     $ —       $ —       $ 29     $ 13     2009, 2015   $ —    
Houston ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Houston, TX   $ —       $ 21     $ 19     $ —       $ 40     $ —       $ —       $ 40     $ 25     2009   $ —    
Phoenix ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Phoenix, AZ   $ —       $ 79     $ —       $ —       $ 79     $ —       $ —       $ 79     $ 36     2015   $ —    
San Antonio ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  San Antonio, TX   $ —       $ 7     $ 50     $ —       $ 57     $ —       $ —       $ 57     $ 28     2009, 2014, 2015   $ —    
San Diego ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  San Diego, CA   $ —       $ 14     $ 10     $ —       $ 24     $ —       $ —       $ 24     $ 8     2015   $ —    

 

188


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held for
Development
    Development and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s) Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Bakersfield ISAP   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Bakersfield, CA   $ —       $ 16     $ —       $ —       $ 16     $ —       $ —       $ 16     $ 16     2012   $ —    
Fresno, CA   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Fresno, CA   $ —       $ 120     $ —       $ —       $ 120     $ —       $ —       $ 120     $ 33     2015   $ —    
Ventura C-Site   Intensive
Supervision
Appearance
Program
  Camarillo, CA   $ —       $ 59     $ —       $ —       $ 59     $ —       $ —       $ 59     $ 4     2016   $ —    
International Corrections & Detention — Managed                      
Arthur Gorrie Correctional Centre   Correctional
Facility
  Brisbane,
Queensland AUS
  $ —       $ —       $ 182     $ —       $ 182     $ —       $ —       $ 182     $ 147     1992   $ —    
Fulham Correctional Centre & Fulham Nalu Challenge Community Unit   Correctional
Facility
  West Sale, Victoria
AUS
  $ —       $ —       $ 3,840     $ —       $ 3,840     $ —       $ —       $ 3,840     $ 1,144     1997, 2002   $ —    
Junee Correctional Centre   Correctional
Facility
  Junee, New South
Wales, AUS
  $ —       $ —       $ 1,057     $ —       $ 1,057     $ —       $ —       $ 1,057     $ 706     1993   $ —    
Parklea Correctional Centre   Correctional
Facility
  Parklea, New South
Wales, AUS
  $ —       $ —       $ 966     $ —       $ 966     $ —       $ —       $ 966     $ 938     1987   $ —    
Dungavel House Immigration Removal Centre   Detention
Facility
  South Lanarkshire,
UK
  $ —       $ —       $ 80     $ —       $ 80     $ —       $ —       $ 80     $ 39     2013   $ —    
Kutama-Sinthumule Correctional Centre   Correctional
Facility
  Louis Trichardt,
South Africa
  $ —       $ —       $ 148     $ —       $ 148     $ —       $ —       $ 148     $ 113     2003-2008   $ —    
Offices — Leased                      
Corporate Headquarters   Office   Boca Raton, FL   $ —       $ 1,072     $ 6,307     $ —       $ 7,379     $ —       $ —       $ 7,379     $ 5,237     1985, 2003, 2005,
2011-2013
  $ —    
New Corporate Headquarters   Office   Boca Raton, FL   $ —       $ —       $ 10,703     $ —       $ —       $ 10,019     $ 684     $ 10,703     $ —       CIP   $ —    
Central Regional Office   Office   San Antonio, TX   $ —       $ —       $ 76     $ —       $ 76     $ —       $ —       $ 76     $ 25     1985, 2003/2004,
2010
  $ —    

 

189


Table of Contents
            Original                                                      

Property

Name(1)

  Type   Location   Land     Building and
Improvements
    Costs  Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(2)
    Land and
Improvements
    Building and
Improvements
    Land Held  for
Development
    Development  and
Construction in
Progress
    Total     Accumulated
Depreciation
    Year(s)  Built/
Renovated
  Book
Value of
Mortgaged
Properties
 
Eastern Regional Office   Office   Charlotte, NC   $ —       $ —       $ 11     $ —       $ 11     $ —       $ —       $ 11     $ 8     1998, 2013   $ —    
Western Regional Office   Office   Los Angeles,
CA
  $ —       $ 22     $ 134     $ —       $ 156     $ —       $ —       $ 156     $ 61     2002, 2010,
2014
  $ —    
Anderson, IN Call Center   Office   Anderson, IN   $ 114     $ 5,141       $ 114     $ 5,141       $ —       $ 5,255     $ 149     2016   $ —    
Boulder, CO Point II   Office   Boulder CO     $ 3,289     $ (358     $ 2,931       $ —       $ 2,931     $ 347     1969, 2015   $ —    
Protocol   Office   Aurora, IL     $ 4     $ 196       $ 200       $ —       $ 200     $ 42     2014, 2015   $ —    

Sydney Office

  Office   Sydney, AUS   $ —       $ —       $ 4,691     $ —       $ 4,691     $ —       $ —       $ 4,691     $ 85     1980   $ —    

Melbourne Office

  Office   Melbourne,
AUS
  $ —       $ —       $ 12     $ —       $ 12     $ —       $ —       $ 12     $ 8     2015   $ —    

Miscellaneous Investments

                         

Miscellaneous Investments

  Various   Various   $ 16,185     $ 4,385     $ 7,773     $ 1,319     $ 4,671     $ 18,050     $ 4,304     $ 28,344     $ 2,841     Various   $ —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 
    Total   $ 112,941     $ 1,623,807     $ 518,512     $ 98,703     $ 2,102,018     $ 39,965     $ 14,574     $ 2,255,260     $ 429,814       $ 1,160,041  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation related to the real estate investments reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Land improvements

   The shorter of 7 years or the term of the lease/contract

Buildings

   Generally 50 years or a shorter period if management determines that the building has a shorter useful life

Building improvements

   7 or 15 years

Leasehold improvements

   The shorter of 15 years or the term of the lease/contract

The aggregate remaining net basis of the real estate investments for federal income tax purposes was approximately $1.5 billion at December 31, 2016. Depreciation and amortization are provided on the alternative depreciation system and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. This amount excludes international real estate investments.

 

(1) This schedule presents the real estate property of the Company and does not include facilities with no real estate assets.
(2) The negative balance for costs capitalized subsequent to acquisition include losses recorded subsequent to the initial costs.
(3) Land on which the facility is situated is subject to one or more ground leases.

 

190


Table of Contents

THE GEO GROUP, INC.

REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(dollars in thousands)

A summary of activity for real estate and accumulated depreciation is as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Real Estate:

        

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 2,214,057      $ 2,026,872      $ 1,935,556  

Additions to/improvements of real estate

     49,685        191,846        94,521  

Assets sold/written-off

     (8,482      (4,661      (3,205
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   $ 2,255,260      $ 2,214,057      $ 2,026,872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

        

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 371,563      $ 317,584      $ 266,848  

Depreciation expense

     60,856        57,746        53,182  

Assets sold/written-off

     (2,605      (3,767      (2,446
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   $ 429,814      $ 371,563      $ 317,584  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

191